Category: General

Colonialism and imperialism – Colonialism is a form of influence exercised by one country or empire over another, smaller or weaker nation, usually through colonization or territorial control. Colonial countries usually exploit the natural resources and labor of the occupied country for their own economic gain.

Imperialism is a form of influence exercised by one country or empire over another, smaller or weaker state, usually through colonization or territorial domination. Imperialist countries usually exploit the natural resources and labor of the occupied country for their own economic and political gain. Imperialism can also occur through unfair or discriminatory treatment of an ethnic or racial group within a country.

These two terms are often used together to describe the practice of territorial control and exploitation of natural resources by stronger countries over weaker ones. However, colonialism is usually more devoted to describing economic practices, while imperialism is more devoted to describing political practices.

Definition of Colonialism

Colonialism is a system created by a state or corporation to control a region or another country and exploit its natural resources for economic and political gain. This is usually done by sending soldiers or officers to the area and taking over the government, or by influencing the politics of the area through various means.

Colonialism has been an important part of world history for centuries, and has caused a great deal of injustice and suffering to the people living in the colonized areas.

Colonialism has existed for centuries, with various nations sending soldiers and officers to other territories to control them and exploit their natural resources. The history of colonialism begins in the 15th century, when European countries started sending fleets to South America, Africa and Asia to take control of the region and build colonial empires.

Early colonialism dates back to the 15th century, when European nations began sending fleets to South America, Africa and Asia to take control of the region and build colonial empires. The European countries involved in this early colonialism included Spain, Portugal, the Netherlands and England.

They sent soldiers, officers, and trading agents to the region to take over the government and control natural resources, such as gold, silver, and other raw materials.

During the first world war, colonialism continued. Although the war affected many of the countries involved, countries with colonial empires were less affected. On the contrary, the war caused the countries that had colonial empires to become stronger and strengthened their positions in the colonized areas.

During the second world war, colonialism began to decline. The war affected many of the countries that had colonial empires, making them weaker and less able to defend the areas they colonized. In addition, the war also caused the colonized countries to begin to gain independence and ended the era of colonialism.

Although many colonized countries have succeeded in gaining independence, colonialism still exists today. However, not in the same form as before, some countries still exploit other territories and their natural resources for economic and political gain. This is usually done in more subtle ways, such as influencing the politics of the region or controlling international trade.

form of colonialism

There are several different forms of colonialism, including political, economic and cultural colonialism.

• Political colonialism is a form of colonialism in which a state or corporation takes over the governance of a region or another country and controls political policies in that region.
• Economic colonialism is a form of colonialism in which a country or corporation exploits the natural resources of a region or another country for economic gain.
• Cultural colonialism is a form of colonialism in which a state or corporation tries to change the culture and way of life of another region or country to suit their own culture.

Definition of Imperialism

Imperialism is a form of relationship between a stronger state or power and a weaker state or power, in which the stronger power takes over control of the territory, resources and political policies of the weaker power. Imperialism has existed for centuries, and has caused many changes in world history.

In the 19th and early 20th centuries, imperialism was at its peak, with many European nations vying to conquer territories around the world and expand their empires. This led to many conflicts and wars, and strengthened economic and social differences between the stronger and weaker nations.

In the 19th century, imperialism reached its peak, with many European nations vying to conquer territories around the world and expand their empires. This led to many wars and conflicts, especially in Africa and Asia, where European countries struggled to expropriate these areas from local governments.

Imperialism also fuels global economic growth and trade, as more powerful nations open previously isolated territories to global markets. However, imperialism also causes many social and economic injustices, as weaker countries are often forced to sell their natural resources at exorbitant prices to stronger countries.

At the start of the 20th century, imperialism was still a powerful phenomenon, with many European nations continuing to expand their empires around the world. However, imperialism was also beginning to be challenged by the growth of anti-imperialist and nationalist ideas, which called on weaker nations to fight for their own independence and sovereignty.

During World War I, there was a major war between various imperially linked nations, which caused a great deal of destruction and destruction throughout the world. After World War II, imperialism began to collapse, as the weaker countries managed to fight for their independence and many of the stronger countries started to lose their power. Today, imperialism still exists, but it is not as strong as it was in the 19th and early 20th centuries.

During World War I, imperialism was one of the main factors that triggered the war. Imperially related nations, such as Britain, France, Germany, and Russia, fought against each other to maintain and expand their empires around the world. This war caused a great deal of destruction and destruction around the world, and killed millions of people.

Imperialism also strengthened nationalist feelings and civil wars between interrelated states, as each state sought to maintain and expand their power. However, World War I also marked the beginning of the collapse of imperialism, as weaker countries began to fight for their independence and many of the more powerful countries began to lose their power.

During World War II, imperialism was still an important factor, as Germany, supported by its allies, sought to expand their power in Europe and throughout the world.

However, this war also marked the end of imperialism, as the weaker countries managed to fight for their independence and many of the stronger countries started to lose their power. After World War II, the world underwent major changes, with many weaker countries gaining independence and becoming independent states. This marked the end of the era of strong imperialism, although there are still some weaker forms of imperialism that exist today.

Today, imperialism is no longer as powerful as it was in the 19th and early 20th centuries, as many of the weaker countries successfully fought for their independence and the stronger countries lost their power. However, there are still some weaker forms of imperialism that exist in the world today.

For example, some countries with greater economic and military power may still influence the political and economic policies of other countries, or have power over certain areas around the world. However, the concepts of state independence and sovereignty have become stronger over the last decades, so these weaker forms of imperialism may not be as strong or as great as past forms of imperialism.

Imperialism form

There are several forms of imperialism that can occur, including:

• Military imperialism is when a country uses military power to dominate other countries and control their wealth and natural resources.
• Economic imperialism is when a country controls the economy of another country by taking advantage of the trade or investment made in that country.
• Cultural imperialism, namely when a country tries to control the culture of another country by spreading its ideology, religion and lifestyle to that country.
• Political imperialism is when a country tries to control the politics of another country by instilling leaders according to its interests or controlling elections in that country.
• Colonial imperialism is when a country controls the territory of another country directly and establishes colonies in the area to control the country’s natural resources and wealth.

Difference Between Colonialism and Imperialism

Colonialism and imperialism are two terms that are often used interchangeably, but have several differences. Colonialism is a process in which a country or entity gains control over another country or territory through physical expropriation and control over its natural resources. This is usually done through colonization, in which the colonial state sends soldiers or citizens to occupy the controlled areas and regulate life there.

On the other hand, imperialism is a process in which a country or entity extends its power or influence to other areas, usually through trade, investment or military intervention. Imperialism does not always include physical colonization, but rather emphasizes the economic and political influence of a country over other areas.

In short, colonialism emphasizes physical control over an area, while imperialism places more emphasis on economic and political influence. Although the two terms are often used interchangeably, the difference between colonialism and imperialism can be seen in the way in which one country takes control over another’s territory.

Characteristics of Colonialism and Imperialism

Characteristics of Colonialism 

• There is economic penetration by the colonial state in the occupied country, for example through investment, trade, and company takeovers.
• There is control over natural resources and labor in the occupied country, such as mining, plantations, and agriculture.
• There was a separation of the occupied territory into several administrative areas or provinces, which were managed by colonial officials.
• There is discrimination against local communities in occupied countries, for example in terms of access to education, employment opportunities, and political rights.
• There is sending of foreign workers to occupied countries to fill job positions that are considered too difficult or too low to be filled by local people.
• There are social and cultural changes in the occupied country, for example through the introduction of new religions, languages ​​and value systems.
• There was violence or intimidation against local people who opposed or rejected the presence of the colonial state in their country.

Imperialism Features

• Has a strong military strength, both in number and quality. Imperialist countries often use their power to dominate other countries and control the country’s natural resources and wealth.
• Has a strong influence in other countries, both economically and politically. Imperialist countries often control the economy and politics of other countries for their own benefit.
• Having colonies or territories scattered in various countries. Imperialist countries often set up colonies in countries under their control to control the country’s natural resources and wealth.
• Has an ideology that prioritizes the interests of its own country. Imperialism countries often use their ideology to justify their actions that harm other countries.
• Has a long history of carrying out imperialist policies. Imperialist countries have often carried out imperialist policies against other countries for a long time.

The Background of Colonialism

Colonialism arose from the belief that more powerful nations or corporations had the right to control other, weaker states or territories, and exploit their natural resources for economic and political gain. This is based on the view that a more powerful state or corporation has an obligation to regulate other regions or countries that are deemed unable to manage themselves.

There are many countries that experienced colonialism around the world, especially in the regions of Africa, Asia, and Latin America. Some examples of countries that were once colonies are India, Egypt, South Africa, Brazil, and many more. Colonialism is a system in which a country or territory is controlled by another country, usually for economic or political purposes.

Africa is one of the most colonialized areas in the world. From the 15th to the 20th century, many European countries colonized Africa for economic and political purposes. These countries include England, France, Netherlands, Germany, and Spain. Colonialism in Africa resulted in many countries in the region losing their independence and experiencing tremendous suffering, including war, famine, and impoverishment. Colonialism also led to slavery involving millions of Africans, who were then enslaved and sold to various countries around the world. Even though it has ended, the impact of colonialism in Africa is still being felt today.

Colonialism in Latin America occurred because of colonial expansion efforts from European countries who wanted to expand their territory and take the natural resources in the region. This is also driven by the desire to spread their religion and culture to the region. In the 16th and 17th centuries, Spain and Portugal were the European countries that were most aggressive in colonial expansion in Latin America, and they managed to control most of the region.

Asia is also one of the areas that has experienced colonialism over the centuries. European countries such as Britain, France, Holland, Germany and Japan have colonized various countries in Asia for economic and political purposes. Colonialism in Asia caused many countries in the region to lose their independence and experience tremendous suffering, including war, famine, and impoverishment.

Some examples of countries in Asia that were once colonies are India, Vietnam, Indonesia and the Philippines. The impact of colonialism in Asia is still being felt today, especially in economic and political terms.

The cause of colonialism in the third part of the world is because the more powerful European countries have a desire to control the region and exploit its natural resources. This can be triggered by various things, such as the desire to increase political and economic power, or to expand the territory of power. European countries may also be attracted to the region because it has attractive natural resources, such as gold, silver or other raw materials.

The goal of colonialism is to control another region or country and exploit its natural resources for economic and political gain. The state or corporation that carried out colonialism wanted to expand its territory, increase political and economic power, and benefit from the natural resources in the region. Colonialism can also be fueled by a desire to change the culture and way of life of the colonized region or country to suit their own.

The Background of Imperialism

There are various factors that can become the background for a country to become imperialist. One of the main factors that can cause a country to become imperialist is the military power it has. Countries that have strong military power can expand their territory by controlling other countries.

In addition, economic factors can also be the background for a country to become imperialist. Countries that have strong economic power can enrich themselves by controlling natural resources and markets in other countries.

Political factors can also play a role in this. A country that has strong political influence can expand its territory by instilling its ideology and political system in other countries.

Basically, the background of a country being imperialist can be caused by various factors, including military, economic and political strength.

There are several things that can be the background for the emergence of imperialism, including:

• The need for natural resources and wealth. Countries that have a great need for natural resources and wealth often carry out imperialist policies to meet these needs.
• Strong military power. Countries that have strong military power often use their power to dominate other countries and control the country’s natural resources and wealth.
• Ideology that prioritizes the interests of the country itself. Countries that have an ideology that prioritizes their own country’s interests often carry out imperialist policies to expand their influence to other countries.
• Concerned about threats from other countries. Countries that feel threatened by other countries often carry out imperialist policies to increase their strength and reduce existing threats.
• There are profitable opportunities. Countries that see profitable opportunities in other countries often carry out imperialist policies to gain benefits from that country.

Imperialism can be embraced by various countries, both large and small countries. In the past, several countries known as imperialist countries were Britain, France, the Netherlands and Spain. These countries controlled territories around the world and became colonial powers that controlled other countries for their own economic and political interests.

Impact of Colonialism and Imperialism

Impact of Colonialism

Colonialism is a process in which a country or foreign power dominates a territory or another country. This was usually carried out using violence or the threat of violence, and often resulted in the expulsion or killing of the indigenous population of the area. The impact of colonialism depends on many factors, including the time and place in which colonialism took place, and how the original inhabitants of the area were influenced by foreign powers.

Colonialism is a process in which a country or ethnic group dominates and governs a territory or another country by force. The impact of colonialism can be very broad and vary depending on the context. Some of the impacts that can be caused by colonialism are as follows:

• First, colonialism can cause the loss of independence and independence of a country. Countries that become colonial territories usually lose the ability to organize and control political, economic and social policies in their own territory.
• Second, colonialism can cause the loss of local culture and traditions. Countries that become colonial territories are usually forced to adopt colonialist culture and traditions, which can eliminate the uniqueness and richness of local culture.
• Third, colonialism can cause poverty and economic inequality. Countries that are colonial territories are usually only seen as resources to be exploited for the benefit of the colonialists. This can lead to unemployment, poverty and economic inequality in the region.

Impact of Imperialism

The impact of imperialism can vary, depending on the countries that experience imperialism and countries that adhere to imperialism. Some of the impacts that can be caused by imperialism are as follows:

• Bloodshed and war. Imperialism often causes bloodshed and war between the countries involved. The controlled country will usually fight against the power of the imperialist country, which results in a war.
• Political and social chaos. Imperialism can cause political and social chaos in the ruled country. A controlled country will usually experience uncontrolled political and social changes, which can lead to instability and chaos.
• The oppression of the people of the controlled state. Countries that are controlled will usually experience oppression from imperialist countries. The people of a controlled state may experience discrimination and unfair treatment, which can lead to suffering and poverty.

Conclusion

Colonialism and imperialism are two terms that are often associated and often considered synonymous, but actually have some differences. Colonialism is the process of conquering, processing and managing a territory or country by another country to obtain economic and political benefits. Meanwhile, imperialism is an economic, political and ideological system that aims to control other countries to gain economic and political advantages.

So, Sinaumed’s, our article on colonialism and imperialism has been completed, after knowing the history of colonialism and imperialism, their characteristics, types, and impacts. Hopefully all of the discussion above is useful as well as adds to your insight.

sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits, participates in providing knowledge and information, therefore sinaumedia presents books that can add to the knowledge and information that readers need.

If sinaumedia friends are interested and want to learn more and more about world history, especially the conflicts and wars that humans did, then sinaumedia.com is ready to accompany and fill your reading with the books available at sinaumedia. #MoreWithReading.

Author: Mutual

Reference:

• https://www.detik.com/edu/detikpedia/d-5772224/apa-itu-imperialism-ini-awal-mulanya-di-indonesia
• https://www.detik.com/edu/detikpedia/d-6076910/apa-itu-kolonialism-simak-juangan-dan-masa-perkembangannya
• https://www.detik.com/edu/detikpedia/d-6200689/kolonialism-dan-imperialism-serupa-tapi-tak-sama-apa-bedanya#:~:text=Differences%20Colonialism%20dan%20Imperialism&text=1 .,the whole%20empire%20or%20country%20great.

 

Plates in Indonesia – When talking about plates, it cannot be separated from the theory of plate tectonics or the formation of the earth in which the earth was formed due to movement under the earth’s surface. In addition, this theory has become famous around the 1960s. In fact, this theory has replaced earth science which generally uses geological events, such as volcanoes, mountains, and earthquakes.

Then, this theory of plate tectonics consists of the outermost layer of the earth or the lithosphere layer. In this case, this layer of the lithosphere consists of the earth’s crust and mantle which then splits to turn into large plates or rocks.

In addition, the alignment of a plate usually lies over the arrangement of rocks at the top of the asthenosphere. Then, the causal factor for the formation of tectonic plate shifts is the asthenospheric and lithosphere convection currents. Then from the current it forms plates that will move at different speeds.

The movement that occurs is estimated at 2 to 15 cm per year. While the linkages between the major tectonic plates in this world can be said to have a very big role in the geological changes that exist in this world. As for examples of events that have a major influence, such as the Himalayas in the Asian area, the North African Rifr, and the San Andreas Fault in California.

Meanwhile, Indonesia itself is surrounded by 4 tectonic plates. Then, what tectonic plates surround Indonesia? Check out this review until it’s finished, Sinaumed’s.

4 Tectonic Plates in Indonesia

Indo-Australian Plate

The Indo-Australian Plate has an area of ​​approximately 58.9 million square kilometers. Then, the Indo-Australian plate was formed from the union of the plates between the Australian plate and the Indian plate millions of years ago. Then, a few years ago or when the Eurasian plate and the Indo-Australian plate collided with each other, the Himalayas formed.

In addition, several researchers who have done research on the Indo-Australian plate believe that the Indian plate and the Australian plate are two plates that separated from each other several million years ago.

In Indonesia, the Indo-Australian plate is in the eastern region, such as the island of Papua and also the island of East Nusa Tenggara which is then interconnected with the Eurasian plate in the west and the Pacific plate in the north.

Eurasian Plate

The next plate in Indonesia is the Eurasian plate. This one plate is estimated to have an area of ​​approximately 67.8 million square kilometers. Because this plate is quite wide, this one plate is included in the third largest plate in the world. In fact, almost all areas on the continents of Europe and Asia are on this one plate.

In addition, there have been many geological schemes that have occurred on the Eurasian plate. In fact, several geological schemes that occur are quite large, one of which is the formation of the Himalayas and also the formation of the Caspian Sea Lake. The lake is the largest lake in the world.

Until now, the Eurasian plate is arguably the most geologically active plate. Therefore, in the area passed by this plate, volcanic events will usually occur until earthquakes occur.

In Indonesia, the areas traversed by this plate are large islands, such as the island of Sumatra, Java, Sulawesi, and Kalimantan. Therefore, it can be said that the Eurasian plate is the basis of Indonesia today.

Pacific Plate

The third plate that surrounds Indonesia next is the Pacific plate. This Pacific plate is estimated to have an area of ​​approximately 103.3 million square kilometers. Therefore, this plate is the largest plate in the world. In addition, the location of this plate is under the Pacific Ocean which starts from the northern part of the island of New Guinea, Indonesia.

In general, the Pacific plate can be regarded as the crust of the Ocean except in the area around California and New Zealand. In fact, this one plate played a significant role in the formation of the Hawaiian Islands.

At first, the Hawaiian Islands were volcanoes under the sea, then they were pushed up to form land that existed millions of years ago. Then, the formation of this volcano occurred through several points on the Pacific plate. Then, each of the outer boundaries of this Pacific plate forms a Ring of Fire at the bottom of the Pacific Ocean where the Ring of Fire causes volcanoes in some areas.

Philippine Sea Plate

The fourth plate that surrounds Indonesia next is the Philippine Sea plate. If the 3 previous plates are included in the macro category, then the Philippine Sea plate is a micro plate. This is because this one plate has an area of ​​approximately 5.5 million square kilometers.

The Philippine Sea Plate is located in the northern region of Halmahera Island, Waigeo, Papua. In addition, it is also located in the outermost part of the Sangihe Talaud archipelago. The Philippine Sea Plate is in direct contact with 3 macro plates in Indonesia, namely the Eurasian plate, the Indo-Australian plate and the Pacific plate.

Indonesia is on the Earthquake Path of the Confluence of Three Continental Plates

In Indonesia, earthquakes often occur. In fact, there has been a lot of data which later shows that the Indonesian archipelago is often shaken by earthquakes including the July 4, 1991 earthquake in Alor, in fact this event destroyed more than 1,300 houses, and also killed 181 people, leaving around 5,400 people homeless.

Then, on December 26, 2004, Aceh in North Sumatra was rocked by a devastating earthquake with a magnitude of 8.9 which was also accompanied by a tsunami. Around 200 thousand victims are estimated to have died with around 110,146 buried, and another 127,749 were later declared missing.

Then, there was an earthquake that occurred in Yogya and Central Java on May 27 2006. In fact, the victims were estimated at 7,800 people with thousands of buildings destroyed. Then, some time ago this earthquake also hit Palu and Donggala, South Sulawesi.

The geologist who is also the graduate director of UPN Veteran Yogyakarta in a seminar at TMII Jakarta, some time ago, explained that the Indonesian archipelago is a confluence of three continental plates. These plates are the Indo-Australian Plate, the Pacific Plate, and the Eurasian Plate.

Each plate in Indonesia has a different movement, such as the Indo-Australian plate which is moving northeast at a speed of 7.7 cm/year, the Pacific plate which is moving northwest at a speed of 10.2 cm/year. year. Meanwhile, the Eurasian plate is relatively immobile.

In Indonesia itself, the movement of the collision can cause volcanoes, starting from the northern tip of Sumatra Island, to the islands of Java, Bali Island, NTT all the way to the east turning towards Maluku. Therefore, there is evidence that the impact movement is still ongoing.

This collision has made Indonesia the largest archipelagic country in the world which is very complex and at the same time unique. Therefore, we find many different forms of beaches, sea trenches, 129 active volcanoes (and 35 volcanoes on the island of Java) and faults, and finally faults, making it prone to tectonic earthquakes.

As a result of this movement, tectonic earthquakes often occur in Indonesia which can then be dangerous for human civilization. For example, the tectonic earthquake that hit Yogyakarta on May 27 2006.

“The islands of Sumatra, Java, Bali, NTT, Maluku, Papua and Sulawesi are all in the earthquake’s path. In Indonesia, only the island of Kalimantan is stable and not shaken by tectonic earthquakes or tectonic shock activity,” said Danisworo. He added, given the occurrence of earthquakes due to plate collisions in Indo-Australia and Eurasia, it is almost certain that there is a connection between one earthquake and another.

However, if the plates are different, then there is no connection between the earthquakes. The earthquakes in Aceh, Padang and Java were successive, so other areas which were traversed by the same route, namely in East Java, Bali and NTT are areas that are prone to other earthquakes. The release or occurrence of an earthquake is usually followed by aftershocks that occur in several nearby areas.

For example the earthquake in Tokyo on June 1 and July 16 1990, which was then followed by the earthquake in the Philippines. The earthquake that occurred in Yogyakarta on May 27 2006 occurred at 05.54 WIB with the epicenter 37 km southwest of the city of Yogya (on the beach). Then this earthquake was followed by an earthquake that occurred at coordinates 8.007 South Latitude and 110.286 East Longitude, with a depth of 17.1 Km below the ground surface, with a magnitude of M5.9 based on BMKG data.

This earthquake occurred as a result of fault activity or a horizontal fault that was directed southwest-northeast. This fault is also the impact of the Indo-Australian tectonic plate that collides with the Eurasian Plate. The fault then passes through Parangtritis, Imogiri, Piyungan, Prambanan, and continues northeast to Jatinom, Klaten, and to Gemolong, Sragen.

This area and a radius of several kilometers from the track area will be damaged. The damage is also influenced by morphological conditions and rock types. Then, the Bantul area is the worst affected area because besides being close to the source of the earthquake, the rock in the Bantul area usually consists of alluvial deposits, limestone and volcanic eruption deposits which tend to increase the effects of earthquake shocks.

Why didn’t the Yogya earthquake cause a tsunami?

He explained that the source of the earthquake on the coast did not have the potential to cause a tsunami. Tsunami waves themselves can occur if the earthquake strength is at least M6.5. However, this also depends on the distance, to the depth at the epicenter. After the earthquake, it was followed by a rapid decrease in the sea, and then the water seemed to be pushed back in the form of big waves. The speed of the tsunami is between 50-100 km/hour, the height of the tsunami waves varies from 3-500 meters.

Indonesia is Surrounded by 295 Active Faults

In Indonesia, there are 295 active faults and all of these active faults surround Indonesia. The active fault itself is located along the southern islands of Java, Sumatra, NTT up to the top of the Banda Sea. In addition, there were 295 faults, said the BMKG National Earthquake Study Center Coordinator for Earthquake and Tsunami Mitigation Daryono via text message.

Then, the fault moves horizontally and stretches along 1,900 kilometers from the west side of Sumatra Island. The rate or shift of this fault can reach 5 millimeters per year. Then the Mentawai fault moves up and extends in the Mentawai Islands from north to south. The movement of this fault is 14-15 millimeters per year.

Furthermore, the Palu Koro fault moves horizontally and divides the island of Sulawesi from Palu bay to the Bone valley. Then, the movement of this fault can reach 30-44 millimeters per year. Sorong Fault. A horizontal fault formed by the collision of the Indo-Australian Plate with the Pacific Plate. The movement of the Sorong fault itself is recorded at 8.5 millimeters per year.

Then, a shear fault that stretches from the Harbor to Subang. The movement of this fault itself occurs 4 millimeters per year. The Lembang Fault which is located from the Lembang rock mountain to Padalarang which, if calculated, is about 29 kilometers and its movement is 1.5 millimeters per year.

The Opak Fault is a fault that stretches from the Wonosari plateau to Yogyakarta. Its movement is 2.4 millimeters per year. Then, there is the Goat fault. the one where this fault rises through Goat Island. In addition, this fault is also suspected of raising Kambing Island to sea level. It moves 5.5 millimeters per year.

Related Books

Principles of Earthquake Resistant Architectural Design

Second, building failures due to earthquakes in general are not solely the result of the mistakes of civil contractors, but are mostly caused by design errors which mostly result from the work of architects. Third, Indonesia’s location which is surrounded by the ring of fire has required every actor in the building to understand the basic principles of earthquake safe buildings.

This book contains a discussion of how building designs should be prepared against potential earthquakes. Accompanied by clear illustrations and examples and equipped with a method for evaluating the vulnerability of buildings to earthquakes. This book can be used as a basic guideline for earthquake resistant building design in Indonesia, especially for medium and simple buildings which constitute the largest population of buildings in this country.

Geography of Natural Disasters

This book explains the direction and scope of ideological studies in media studies. Its contents provide an explanation of various thoughts that have developed regarding the relationship between the media and society and ideological factors as the background to the problems of media content.

The presence of this book is very important especially for understanding the status and position of the media in social, economic and political constellations and contestations. This book can not only be read by students from the communication science study program or also from other social science groups, but can also be read by observers and activists of media studies as well as media actors themselves.

Natural Disaster Emergency Response

This book provides brief knowledge about several natural disasters, both understanding. Types of disasters and how to deal with them. In addition, this book also provides information on PMI and SAR, which are the front guards in the event of a disaster. Regarding the introduction of first aid, I provide it to make it easier for readers to understand how to deal with disaster victims.

why? Natural disasters

The Southeast Asian region which is one of the beautiful tourism areas has turned into rubble because of the tidal waves. In addition, every year many people have been victimized by the ferocity of hurricanes, droughts and intense snowstorms. Such a force of nature is extremely terrifying. Through this book, we can learn about disasters that have occurred in the past and those that may occur in the future, and we can think together about how to deal with these terrible disasters.

Closing

Thus the discussion about plates in Indonesia . Hopefully all the discussion in this article is useful for Sinaumed’s.

If you want to find various kinds of books on geography, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Also read:

Understanding 3R in Overcoming Waste – Talking about waste cannot be separated from our daily lives. Moreover, waste continues to grow day by day, thus making the condition of an area even dirtier and unhealthy. In general, more waste is generated from homes, such as leftover cooking ingredients, plastic waste, and so on.

Even so, waste can be overcome with 3r, so that waste can be reduced as well as additional income. In this article, we will discuss the meaning of 3r in dealing with waste along with steps to manage waste at home. So, see the review until it’s finished, Sinaumed’s.

 

Definition of Reduce, Reuse, Recycle (3R)

The 3R method or Reuse, Reduce and Recycle is one of the best ways to manage and deal with various types of plastic waste. The application of this system is also very good at managing waste from various types of plastic, from safe waste to toxic waste.

Waste management with the 3R system itself can be done by almost anyone and it is not uncommon for things to be produced that are capable of producing economic value. The following below is the concept and sequence of steps to manage waste properly.

1. Reduce

Reduce is reducing waste. The purpose of this step is to reduce the use of products that later have the potential to become waste. This step itself can be carried out and applied to waste or various single-use products, such as shopping plastic bags which have been banned in various locations such as DKI Jakarta. Products that are the main target for reduce itself are products with plastic base ingredients.

This stage is also the first as well as a priority because it will reduce single-use waste products, so there is no need to go to the next stage, namely reuse and recycle. The use of goods that are difficult to recycle often becomes a new problem, so it’s no wonder that reduce is predicted as the right first step.

Examples of implementing reduce measures include bringing your own drinking bottles and cutlery, so you don’t have to use a variety of disposable cutlery and drinking utensils, shop using a bag or tote bag , and so on.

2. Reuse

The second step or stage in dealing with waste is to reuse , which means to reuse. At this stage, invite someone to reuse various products that have been used. By reusing them, the waste arising from these products will be reduced.

One of the ways or steps includes using used drinking water bottles as small plant pots, using cans of biscuits and snacks as storage boxes at home, and so on. In fact, another step of reuse can be done on bottles

or undispensed shampoo and filling it with refill products.

Therefore, it can be said that with the reuse method, the spread of plastic waste can be purchased, reduced and reused as before.

3. Recycle

The final stage of the 3R concept is recycle , namely recycling. This step itself is the most frequently carried out considering that there is already a lot of waste scattered in various locations such as land, sea and air. Used products or recycled products themselves are actually more flexible, often even having economic value.

Utilizing waste that is not used so that it has value without having to pollute the environment and is able to reduce the spread of plastic waste. The products that are recycled have a unique design and are very different from new types of products. Some parties even make accessories from recycling tools that can be useful for boosting the economy of the surrounding environment, such as the RT or RW environment.

The responsibility for carrying out the 3R concept can also be carried out by the company, how to do it and what examples can be applied by other companies. Apart from that, the 3R responsibilities must also be carried out by the people at home so that they can also play a role in overcoming problems in this world.

5R Inverted Triangle Waste Management Concept

According to Law 18 of 2008 concerning Waste Management, TPA stands for Final Processing Site, which is a place for processing and returning waste to environmental media safely, both for humans and the environment itself. In fact, most Indonesian people still regard TPA as Final Disposal Sites.

In addition, waste management with the 3R concept has developed into an inverted triangle concept, namely 5R (Reduce-Reuse-Recycle-Recovery-Repair). The following is an explanation of the 5S.

1. Reduce

Reduce is a step to reduce waste production from scratch by bringing your own shopping bags and using products that can be used repeatedly.

2. Reuse

Reuse is a step to reusing materials that can and safely be reused, one of which is by making handicrafts or the upcycle process.

3. Recycle

Recycle is a step in recycling waste by melting, melting, chopping, to be reformed into various new products which generally experience a decrease in quality.

4. Recovery

Recovery is when it can’t be recycled, so look for ways to produce energy or by using new materials by processing this non-recyclable waste.

5. Repairs

Repair is waste or waste product from the recovery process which is generally in the form of ash or other waste materials taken to the TPA to be processed and processed so as not to damage the environment.

Indonesia’s Waste Emergency

Indonesian people generate 65 million tons of waste every day. Of all the waste generated, around 24% pollutes the ecosystem, only 7% is recycled, and 69% of it ends up in the TPA (Final Processing Site). With the small amount of waste that is recycled and the high amount of waste that accumulates in TPA or Final Processing Sites, this waste also causes many social or environmental problems, one of which is the threat of TPA (Final Processing Site).

TPA (Final Processing Site) in Indonesia which can no longer operate due to excess capacity. Examples include the Bantar Gebang TPA/TPST in the Bekasi area, West Java, which has an area of ​​110.3 hectares with a mound of garbage up to 30 meters high, allegedly only able to accommodate the influx of 7000-7500 tons of DKI Jakarta residents’ waste for a maximum of 3 more years. Almost the same thing happened at other TPAs, such as the Piyungan TPA in Yogyakarta and the Suwung TPA in Bali.

Apart from the dwindling condition of our landfills, Indonesia is also in the world’s spotlight for being chosen as the 2nd country with the most marine waste after China. In addition, it is ranked 2nd for the country that produces the most food waste after Saudi Arabia.

By looking at the low level of understanding and application of the Indonesian people by using the 3R principles (Reuse, Reduce, Recycle) and the 2 accompanying processes namely Repair and Recovery, the Indonesian government itself has launched the Indonesia Clean Waste 2025 program (Indonesian Presidential Regulation No. 97/2017 ) which requires district and regional governments to create a planning model in order to achieve these 2 points in 2025, including:

1. Reduce 30% waste from source processing.
2. Manage at least 70% of waste so that it does not collect and accumulate in the TPA.

Of course, communities and companies that produce waste in a business process are expected to also adjust their waste management system so that it can support the success of the program.

Steps to Manage Waste at Home

Managing waste wisely will help save our environment. The goal of waste management is to make waste have economic value or to turn it into materials that do not harm the environment.

With proper household waste management, you can help achieve your dreams and reduce the various negative impacts of waste on the environment. Before understanding how to process it, first know the types of waste that are often consumed in households, including organic waste and inorganic waste.

This organic waste comes from the food we consume, such as vegetable and fruit skins, egg shells, fish bones, chicken bones, and others. While inorganic waste is waste such as plastic, cards, paper, to electronic goods.

The following below are some steps you can take to manage waste at home:

1. Separate Organic & Inorganic Trash

Provide 2 bins for organic waste and inorganic waste. Also separate the dry trash so you can recycle it without it looking dirty or smelly.

2. Change the Trash Plastic Base to Newspaper or Cardboard

When trash is sorted properly, we don’t need plastic mats anymore. You can use newspaper, or cardboard, or even bare, or go straight to the trash.

3. Turn organic waste into compost

The way to process organic and environmentally friendly household waste is to make it compost for gardening. If you don’t really like gardening, you can still donate compost to organizations working in the plantation sector, and later this waste will be more useful.

4. Recycling Dry Inorganic Waste

You can also DIY things like used bottles to become plant pots, cans to be turned into spice containers. Apart from that, you can also sort closed plastic waste such as plastic bottles which can be recycled and open plastic waste which if crushed becomes plastic pellets.

Then this waste can also be given to the waste bank. This will also help lighten the work of scavenger friends.

5. Give Leftover Used Cooking Oil to Oil Processing Agencies

Never pour oil into the kitchen drain, OK? Oil left over from sinks can clog drains and worse, contaminate waterways throughout the city.

This used cooking oil can also be donated, but before that it is cooled and placed in a container so that it becomes cleaner biodiesel. Biodiesel as a non-toxic and biodegradable fuel, so it can run car engines and help the environment.

6. Managing Hazardous Waste

Do not throw hazardous and chemical items such as batteries or printer ink into the regular trash. Garbage with chemical content that is very dangerous for the environment.

Also separate this type of waste and take it directly to the waste recycling center, so that it can be managed in an appropriate way. For electronic waste that has been damaged, you can also return it to the company that produces it for them to recycle into new electronic products.

Conclusion

It is undeniable that the waste in this world will increase. However, on the other hand, landfills for waste are not comparable to the large amount of waste produced by humans. In this case, the waste in question is organic waste and inorganic waste.

If garbage continues to be left unattended, it is not impossible that our earth will be increasingly polluted. Therefore, in order to reduce the amount of waste in the world, we need to do the 3r’s, namely reduce, reuse and recycle . By doing the 3r’s, we can play a role in protecting the earth.

The key to successful cake decorating is:

• Follow the instructions in the book carefully.
• Just do it step by step, starting from the easiest.
• Be patient and don’t give up easily.
• Practice often and be confident that you can also make interesting cake decorations.

The first decision you should make is to buy this book, then study it carefully, finally practice it carefully so that you can also produce works that your children will remember forever.

3. Making Crafts from Wood

Tools commonly used to make woodworking include hand saws, shape saws, saw blades, knives, ameryl whetstones, natural whetstones, whetstones covered with leather, hollow chisels, awls, tongs, wooden hammers, sawn boards , boards for sawing shapes, plywood boards for the base.

4. Come on, I’m Skilled Series, Get Creative with Used Goods; Get Creative with Bottles

Fun, right? By following the steps in this book, you will be able to make a lot of crafts that won’t be boring for sure! There are many unique and interesting things that we can make from various used materials. You can also make ornaments and toys from these unused materials.

In this book, you are invited to make crafts made of materials that are cheap and also easy to get. For example, bottles, cans, used plastic, glass, and wood. We will conjure up all of these materials into various beautiful decorations and toys, you know! Come on, start preparing and follow all the instructions in this book!

Thus the discussion about the meaning of 3r in dealing with waste. So, have you started doing the 3r described above?

Garbage can be used as artistic creations that increase income. For art creations from recycled materials or waste, you can find them in craft books made from recycled materials which can be found at sinaumedia.com .

Making Colloids – Hello Sinaumed’s, in this article we will discuss colloids. Starting from the definition, types, properties, to how to make colloids. While reading this article, you may not have imagined what a colloid is, what shape it is. It’s okay, Sinaumed’s, because the word “colloid” is rarely used in everyday life.

However, that doesn’t mean you’ve never found it at all, huh. Because colloids are all around us. When I was little, Sinaumed’s must have eaten agar agar which was sold in front of the school, on the side of the road, or anywhere else ! Agar agar is a food in the form of a gel made from seaweed. Well according to chemistry, gels are included in colloids.

Colloid itself is one of three types of mixtures that exist in chemistry, the other two are solutions and suspensions. Apart from agar, milk, ice cream, mayonnaise, shampoo, and also ink are examples of other colloids that you can find easily.

So that you get enlightened, let’s just get into the discussion about colloids.

Actually, what is colloid?

Colloids are a type of heterogeneous mixture that originates from the dispersion of one substance into the other substances it is mixed with. Therefore, if Sinaumed’s learns about this mixture, he will definitely find the terms “dispersed phase” and “dispersing medium”.

Okay, here’s a new term that you don’t know what it means. But don’t give up just yet, the discussion is still long. The dispersed phase is a substance that is evenly distributed among other substances. Then, the dispersing medium itself is the cause of the uniform distribution of the dispersed phase.

To make it easier to understand, let’s use coconut milk as an example. You know coconut milk? Yup , the white liquid that mothers often use for cooking. Just FYI, coconut milk actually has oil droplets in the water. The oil droplets are the dispersed substance (dispersed phase), while the water is the dispersing medium (the dispersing medium).

As mentioned earlier, in chemistry there are 3 types of mixtures. The first is colloid, the second is solution, and the third is suspension. So what’s the difference between these three types of mixtures?

Simply put, colloids are a mixture of suspension and solution. Means colloid is not a suspension and not a solution at the same time. Because it is in the middle, colloids are included in metastable mixtures, meaning they can separate within a certain time.

For more details, you can see the comparison table between solutions, suspensions, and colloids below:

Solution	Colloid	Suspension
Cannot be filtered	Can be filtered but only with a semipermeable membrane	can be filtered
1 phase	2 phase	2 phase
stable	stable	Unstable, between substances will definitely separate.
homogeneous	heterogeneous	heterogeneous
The particle diameter is <10-7cm	The size of the particle diameter is 10-7-10-5cm	The particle diameter is > 10-5cm

To understand more about suspensions, solutions and colloids, Sinaumed’s can read Basic Chemistry, Principles & Modern Applications, Edition 9 Volume 1, written by Petrucci.

Types of Colloids

Colloids can be divided into 8 types based on the difference between the dispersed phase and the dispersion medium. See an explanation of each type below.

1. Solid Sole

Solid sol has a dispersed phase and a solid dispersion medium. This type of colloid is formed due to the influence of temperature and pressure which produces solid and hard solids. One example of a solid sole is colored glass.

2. Sol

This type of colloidal sol has a solid dispersed phase in a liquid dispersing medium whose properties do not change easily. So, what distinguishes between sol and solid sol is the dispersing medium. An example of a sole is wall paint.

3. Solid Aerosol

Aerosols have a solid dispersed phase in a gas dispersion medium. For example, vehicle exhaust. Of course, Sinaumed’s has had a moment when a motorcycle or car emitted quite thick smoke, right? Well, the cause of the opacity is the solid (dispersed phase) that is in the smoke (dispersing medium).

4. Aerosols

Aerosol is a type of colloid which has a liquid dispersed phase in a gas dispersion medium. So, what distinguishes aerosols from solid aerosols is the dispersed phase. And aerosols themselves don’t last long.
For example, like a perfume whose fragrance can disappear within a certain time. When you spray perfume into the air, the liquid perfume (dispersed phase) will be dispersed in the air in the form of a gas (dispersion medium).

5. Solid Emulsion

The fifth type of colloid is a solid emulsion. This colloid has a liquid dispersed phase and a solid dispersion medium. Like agar which is a mixture of water (dispersed phase) and agar agar powder (dispersing medium).

When you heat agar powder in water, the fibers of the agar move freely and then contract when cooled. In other words, water is dispersed in the agar particles.

6. Emulsion

Colloids in which the dispersed phase and dispersion medium are liquids are called emulsions. These types generally do not mix with each other like milk. The reason is because there is a difference between the polarity levels.

In milk, water and milk particles have different levels of polarity, so they don’t mix perfectly. Therefore, milk is included in the colloid category, not a solution.

7. Solid Froth

Solid froth is a type of colloid with a gaseous dispersed phase and a solid dispersion medium. For example, like a sponge that looks solid but when squeezed it turns out it’s only filled with air.

8. Froth

The eighth type of colloid is froth in which the dispersed phase is a gas and the dispersing medium is a liquid. For example, like soap scum. If you pay attention, in the soap foam there is air (dispersed phase) which is trapped in the soap solution (dispersing medium), right?

Properties of Colloids

Because colloids are the result of a mixture of two substances, they have their own properties that are different from those that form them, namely:

1. The Tyndall effect

The first property of colloids is the Tyndall Effect which states that colloidal particles can scatter light. If you’re wondering what that means, try taking two glasses. Fill the first glass with water, then fill the second glass with milk.

After that, take your cellphone then turn on the flash and direct the light from the cellphone to the first glass and the second. See the difference, the light directed at the first glass shouldn’t be visible. While in the second glass can be seen traces.

How did it happen? The answer is because the light is directed at the water which is a solution, then it is continued by the water so it cannot be seen. However, the light that is directed at the milk (colloid) is scattered so the traces are visible.

2. Brownian motion

Around 1827’s, Robert Brown, who works as a botanist, managed to observe the movement of colloidal particles. According to his observations, colloidal particles move randomly in a zigzag path microscopically when they are in the dispersing medium. This movement is caused by collisions between colloidal particles and the dispersing medium.

3. Adsorption

In short, adsorption is the term for the attachment of ions to the colloidal surface because colloidal particles have the ability to attract small particles. And this ability arises due to the relatively high surface tension of colloids.

Interestingly, when colloidal particles adsorb ions with a positive charge, the colloid also has a positive charge. Conversely, if what is adsorbed is a negatively charged ion, then the colloid becomes negatively charged. In addition to ions, colloidal particles can also absorb static electricity.

You can find adsorption properties in everyday life because it is used in several ways. Such as in the manufacture of silica and aluminum gel, pollution masks, manufacture of medicines, charcoal gas masks, water purification using alum, or fogged windows.

For those of you who are curious about how chemistry can help in the process of making medicine, the book Medicinal Chemistry: Fundamentals of Drug Design by PROF. MUCHTARIDI, PH.D., APT, Prof. Muchtaridi, Ph.D., Apt is the right learning resource.

4. Colloid Coagulation

Colloid coagulation is the process of clumping colloidal particles. If charged colloids are connected with charges of the same type, they will repel and not agglomerate.

However, if the colloidal charges are neutralized, they will not repel each other and will coalesce or agglomerate so that coagulation occurs.

In other words, colloid coagulation can only occur if the colloid is uncharged or neutralized. The methods commonly used to neutralize it are:

• Mix positive colloids and negative colloids so that the charges neutralize each other.
• Adding an electrolyte solution to a negatively or positively charged colloid
• For example, like eggs that turn into lumps when heated.
• Decay, cooling, or stirring.

Another example of colloid coagulation in everyday life is spoiled milk turning into a lump.

5. Dialysis

The fifth property, namely Dialysis, is a process of purifying colloids from the ions that interfere with them. You do this by using a semipermeable membrane. So when water is poured into the colloid, the colloid will push the ions out.

Why only ions come out? This is because the ion size is smaller than the semipermeable membrane while the colloid size is larger. Thus, when a colloid charged with interfering ions passes through a semipermeable membrane, the interfering ions are separated. This property is used in the process of dialysis or hemodialysis.

6. Electrophoresis

Electrophoresis is the movement of colloidal particles in an electric field. The benefits of this trait are usually used in the process of separating gene fragments in biotechnology. For example, the process of filtering factory dust in the chimney. In addition, electrophoresis is commonly applied in DNA identification or in the process of detecting genetic disorders.

7. Lyophilic and Lyophobic colloids

Lyophilic and lyophobic properties are usually found in colloids of the sol type. So you could say that there are two types of soles, namely lyophilic soles and lyophobic soles.

Lyophilic sol is a sol in which the dispersed substance particles are able to attract the dispersed medium because there are hydrogen bonds in it. The nature of lyophilic sol is usually more viscous, has a large particle size, and has a small Brownian motion.

Meanwhile, lyophobic soles are soles in which the dispersed substance particles are not able to attract the dispersing medium so that there is no interaction process in them. The nature of lyophobic soles is usually more dilute than lyodil soles.

8. Protective colloid

Because the lyophilic sole has attractive properties, it is commonly used as a protector of the lyophobic sole so that coagulation does not occur even though it contains an electrolyte solution. For example like gelatin in ice cream which keeps the ice cream together and maintains its elasticity.

In addition, several other human activities that take advantage of the protective properties of colloids are:

• Adding silicone grease to the paint
• Add casein to milk
• Add lestin to margarine

Colloid Manufacturing

As previously explained, colloids are not solutions and not suspensions, aka they are in the middle. Because it is in the middle, colloids can be created from solutions and suspensions.

The process of making colloids themselves is usually divided into two, namely condensation and dispersion.

1. Condensation

Condensation is the process of making colloidal solutions which in the process are further divided into two, namely physically and chemically. In physics, the process is done by changing the solvent. While chemically involves several chemical reactions such as:

• Redox, reduction and oxidation reactions
• Hydrolysis reaction
• A substitution reaction or a double decomposition reaction

2. Dispersion

Dispersion is the opposite of condensation, meaning it is a process of making colloid from suspension. This process converts large colloidal particles into smaller particles.

In the process of making colloids using dispersion techniques, it is divided into three processes. The first is mechanical, the second is peptization, and the third is arc-diagonal.

a. mechanically

Making colloids mechanically is usually done by grinding or mashing so that the colloidal particles become smaller. After that, hot liquid medium was added. For example, sulfur sole is made by grinding sulfur powder with an inert substance (similar to sugar) and then mixing it with water.

b. In peptization

This method is usually done by adding ions of the same type to a precipitate. For example agar is peptized by water, rubber is peptized by gasoline, then nitrocellulose is peptized by acetone, and others.

c. In an arc berdia (berdig)

The principle of this method is to flow a high voltage current on two electrodes. These electrodes are metal and must be immersed in water. Initially the metal atoms will be thrown into the water. After that, these atoms will experience condensation and become colloidal particles. In other words, this method is a combination of the condensation method and the dispersion method.

Benefits of Colloids in Everyday Life

After knowing what colloids are, types, properties, and how to make colloids, Sinaumed’s is certainly curious about the benefits of colloids in everyday life. Because even though the term is rarely used, its benefits are very close to human life. Examples like:

1. In the cosmetic industry, colloids are used to make shampoos, deodorants, foundations, facial cleansers, and body moisturizers.
2. In the textile industry, colloidal sol is used to dye clothes
3. In the pharmaceutical industry, colloids are used in the process of making drugs
4. In the coir industry, colloids are very useful for producing soap or detergent.
5. In the food industry, colloids are used to make soy sauce, milk, mayonnaise, butter and sauces.
6. In the world of health, colloids can be used to identify DNA, or the process of dialysis.

At school, colloids are usually taught to grade 11 students. For those of you who are just going to grade 11, it’s best to make the book SMA/MA Class XI Chemistry Learning Guide: Theory & 1551 Questions written by Budiman Anwar as an additional source of learning to complement the material you receive at school. class later.

The material in the chapters in this book is made very complete so that it can be used as a reference source for students in independently developing their knowledge and understanding of chemical concepts and their application in everyday life.

Thus the discussion about colloids, starting from understanding to how to make colloids. Hopefully all of the article discussion above can be useful for Sinaumed’s.

Rights and Obligations to the Environment – Rights and obligations to the environment have been regulated and stipulated in such a way in laws or state regulations. As part of human rights, people have the right to a good and healthy environment. It’s just that, society also has obligations that must be carried out towards the environment.

A well-known figure from India, namely Mahatma Gandhi once said, “What we do to the world’s forests is a reflection or picture of what we do for ourselves and for one another.

In general, the environment refers to a place where all living and non-living things live and develop feelings of attraction to one another. The environment basically has helped many humans to be able to establish relationships with what is in it, including flora and fauna. This is also what ultimately determines the formation and survival of humans.

Consciously or unknowingly, the environment has provided many things for humans, such as water, sunlight, air, animals, plants, to fossil fuels that make this planet suitable for living. However, the feeling of wanting to own completely and taking it actually results in the emergence of many environmental problems.

Humans actually get rights as well as obligations to the environment. Therefore, in order to obtain their rights, humans must also protect the environment, respect the environment and use natural resources rationally. Do not forget too, humans as part of living things must take important steps to prevent pollution to promote the sustainable use of raw materials and natural resources.

In this article, sinaumedia.com will discuss rights and obligations towards the environment. This discussion is important for every individual to know and understand so that environmental sustainability can be maintained. Here’s the full review!

What are the rights and obligations towards the environment?

1. Right to the Environment

According to an article published by the Inovatif Journal entitled “Environmental Rights and Their Relation to Participation in Environmental Management in the Perspective of Regional Autonomy”, Law Number 32 of 2009 has regulated various community rights to the environment and management of their living environment.

Article 65 regulates five rights to the environment, including:

1. Everyone has the right to a good and healthy environment as a human right.
2. Everyone has the right to environmental education, access to information, access to participation, and access to justice in fulfilling the right to a good and healthy environment.
3. Everyone has the right to submit suggestions and/or objections to business plans and/or activities that are expected to have an impact on the environment.
4. Everyone has the right to play a role in protecting and managing the environment in accordance with laws and regulations.
5. Everyone has the right to file a complaint due to allegations of environmental pollution and/or damage.

2. Obligations to the Environment

Regulation of the right to the environment itself is contained in Law Number 32 of 2009, followed by regulation of obligations to the environment.

Meanwhile, Article 67 of Law Number 32 of 2009 stipulates that everyone has the obligation to maintain the preservation of environmental functions and control environmental pollution and/or damage.

The provisions in Article 67 contain two obligations to the environment, namely (1) the obligation to maintain the preservation of environmental functions and (2) the obligation to control environmental pollution and/or damage.

Furthermore, regarding the preservation of environmental functions based on Article 1 point 6 contains a meaning related to efforts to maintain the continuity of the carrying capacity and carrying capacity of the environment. The second form of obligation is directly related to efforts not to ignore the occurrence of pollution or environmental damage.

 

Regulations concerning Rights and Obligations towards the Environment

In accordance with what has been written in the 1945 Constitution, it is determined regarding the rights and obligations of citizens starting from articles 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, and 34. These articles read:

1. Article 27 paragraph (1), stipulates equal rights of citizens in law and government, as well as the obligation to uphold law and government.
2. Article 27 paragraph (2) stipulates the rights of citizens to work and a decent living for humanity.
3. Article 27 paragraph (3), in amendments to the 1945 Constitution stipulates the rights and obligations of citizens to participate in defending the State.
4. Article 28 stipulates the freedom rights of its citizens to associate, assemble, express thoughts orally and in writing.
5. Article 29 paragraph (2) states that citizens have the freedom right to embrace their own religion and to worship according to their religion.
6. Article 30 paragraph (1), in the second amendment to the 1945 Constitution states the rights and obligations of citizens to participate in efforts to defend and secure the State.
7. Article 31 paragraph (1), that every citizen has the right to receive education.

Facts about the Environment in Indonesia

Sinaumed’s needs to know that recently Indonesia is facing serious environmental problems, one might even call it an emergency. Starting from global warming, sea pollution, deforestation, and air pollution. So, here are some facts about environmental problems in Indonesia, including:

1. Global warming

Source of emission amount per year:

• Coal burning reaches 9 billion tonnes of Co2 (emissions)
• Land conversion and forest destruction 2.563 billion tonnes of Co2e
• Activities and use of energy, agriculture and waste 451 million tonnes of Co2 2.

2. Marine pollution

Pollution source percentage:

• Domestic waste 75%
• Office waste & commercial areas 15%
• Industrial waste 10%

Causes of marine pollution

• Industrial waste
• Ship painting
• reclamation
• Household waste
• Port and shipping activities

3. Deforestation

Deforestation or deforestation is an activity of cutting down forests along with tree stands so that the land can be used for non-forest uses, such as agriculture and plantations, animal husbandry, or settlements. Environmental problems that exist in Indonesia itself are believed to originate from reduced forests. The following is data on forest area in Indonesia:

• 2009-2011 —– 901,000 hectares (ha)
• 2011-2012 —– 613,480 ha
• 2012-2013 —– 728,100 ha
• 2013-2014 —– 397,400 ha
• 2014-2015 —– 901,300 ha

4. Air pollution

In 2012, there were 165,000 deaths caused by air pollution. Furthermore, according to 2016 WHO data, the capital city of Jakarta and the city of Bandung are included in the category of ten cities with the worst air pollution in Southeast Asia.

Meanwhile, based on data from Greenpeace Indonesia in the first half of 2016, Jakarta’s air pollution level can be categorized as very worrying. This category is at the level of 4.5 times the WHO threshold. In fact, the air of the two words is three times larger than the standard set by the Indonesian government.

 

Examples of Obligations to the Environment

In terms of rights and obligations to the environment, there are several actions that are the responsibility of the Indonesian people in protecting and preserving the environment, including:

1. Throw Trash in its Place

When someone does not dispose of trash in its place, what happens is that there will be a lot of trash scattered in various places. The trash will then become a nest for flies, cockroaches, rats and various other animals. Some of these animals can become one of various diseases.

In addition, garbage that is not in its place can contaminate water sources. As a result, water becomes unfit for consumption which will lead to the emergence of various diseases, such as typhus, dengue fever, and tuberculosis.

Therefore, Indonesian people need to get used to sorting waste based on its type. Garbage itself is categorized into two types, namely organic and inorganic. Organic waste is waste that is directly produced by nature, such as leaves, vegetables and fruits. This organic waste will be used as the main ingredient of compost. Meanwhile, inorganic waste is waste that is generated non-biologically. For example, plastic, glass, paper, and so forth.

2. Don’t Cut Trees Recklessly

As discussed earlier, increasingly here Indonesia’s forests are experiencing a reduction in land area that is quite fast. Even though the forest and its trees have a very important role in maintaining the continuity of all creatures on earth. In addition to being a source of water, trees are also a source of oxygen. Therefore, protecting trees is the same as maintaining the continuity of all life on earth, including humans. Of course not only keeping the trees, but also planting as many trees as possible.

3. Don’t Hunt Random Animals

One of the obligations of humans towards the environment that is rarely realized is the indiscriminate hunting of animals. We need to know that several types of animals have become extinct from the face of this earth caused by indiscriminate hunting. Meanwhile, there are still many animals that are categorized as endangered. Actually, every animal on earth has its own function. Therefore, careless hunting of animals will change and destroy the environment.

4. Reducing the Use of Chemicals

In the modern era like now, the advancement of science has made various human activities depend on one thing, one of which is chemicals. Without realizing it, chemicals are known to turn out to be one of the substances that can be very dangerous for humans, for example chemicals that are not treated properly.

Such is the case in the Citarum River, West Java. The Citarum River was once called the dirtiest river in Indonesia. The nickname is basically due to the large number of chemicals that come from the disposal of textile factory waste in the vicinity. Meanwhile, many people still have the habit of throwing garbage into the river. Damage that has occurred due to these chemicals takes a long time to return to normal conditions.

5. Reducing Vehicle Use

Humans basically need healthy and clean air to breathe. A clean air can be breathed freely without the presence of particles such as dust or toxic substances. It’s just that, the world is getting more and more advanced and quickly producing human habits to use vehicles, such as motorbikes, cars, and so on. The smoke from vehicles that blends with the air has a very bad impact on the human respiratory system.

Therefore, in an effort to realize healthy and clean air, people need to reduce the use of vehicles as one of the causes of air pollution. In addition, the government as a policy maker needs to make a number of rules to keep the air healthy and clean. In various countries, policies have begun to be implemented to improve public transportation in the hope that people can further reduce their activities using private vehicles.

Simple Activities to Preserve the Environment

In addition to the rights and obligations to the environment above that must be fulfilled, there are several simple ways that can have an effective impact on environmental sustainability. So, here are five simple activities that can make Sinaumed’s participate in protecting and preserving the environment.

1. Eat Local Food

By eating local food, we will indirectly help reduce existing carbon emissions. This is due to reduced transportation costs for these foodstuffs to move. In addition, local food is also easier to obtain and at a more affordable price, of course.

Local food is also known to have far more nutritional content than non-local food. Local food tends to be natural and has very little risk of being mixed with harmful substances.

2. Reducing the Use of Single-Use Plastics

Plastic is a very practical item to use. In addition, plastic is also very cheap. It is not surprising that many people have the habit of using single-use plastic. If it has been used once, then the plastic can be thrown away. However, there is a very big danger when there is excessive use of plastic. These hazards include damage to the environment, from water to air.

Recently, it has been found that many animals are polluted by plastic in their digestive systems. This of course will be very dangerous if it enters the human body. Therefore, reducing the use of single-use plastic is one small and important step that must be taken. By starting from yourself, there is potential for plastic waste to be reduced in the future.

3. Decorate the House with Plants

The activity of decorating homes with plants has become popular after yesterday’s pandemic. This activity is certainly very good for increasing the knowledge and understanding of a human being for a green lifestyle. Plants themselves are creatures that can absorb carbon emissions and various air pollutants.

Having plants at home not only makes the house look greener, but can also improve air circulation. This will make the house cooler and healthier. Even though it includes very small and simple actions, someone who decorates his house with plants can contribute to reducing the impact of global warming.

In planting do not have to use certain plants that require special care. There are many plants that are good for home health and of course easy to care for, such as mother-in-law’s tongue, aloe vera, and waves of love. Sinaumed’s only needs to leave three or four places in the house for ornamental plants, so Sinaumed’s’ house and environment will be healthier and fresher.

4. Update news online

Finally, an important simple step to take to preserve the environment is to read the news using a smartphone. The use of this device actually helps to reduce paper usage. Indirectly, we will also support environmental care. Moreover, in this era of technological advances, news can easily be obtained using the paperless method.

This is a review of the rights and obligations to the environment that we need to understand. 

Understanding SEO – Sinaumed’s must be familiar with search engines or in Indonesian, also known as search engines. The existence of search engines on the internet allows us to find various kinds of information according to our needs at that time.

There are lots of search engines that we can find and use, starting from Bing, Yahoo, Baidu and perhaps the most popular, Google. All of the search engines mentioned above, although they have different appearances, have the same function as one another, which is to provide information according to the needs of the searcher.

This search engine will later show links or links that are considered to provide the most appropriate information. The higher the position of the link shown by search engines , it can be said that the information in the link is also more suitable for information seekers.

Even so, there are other reasons behind why the position of these links can be at the top of search engines. One of these reasons is SEO, which will be the main topic of discussion in this article. Let’s see what SEO means, how it works, and other topics about SEO in the discussion below.

Understanding SEO

The term SEO may be fairly common and rarely heard by the general public. Only people who work or work in specific fields such as marketing and information technology usually need an understanding of this.

Understanding SEO itself is quite simple, SEO is an acronym or abbreviation of “Search Engine Optimization”. If translated into Indonesian literally, then Sinaumed’s can interpret this as “search engine optimization”. The translation can already describe SEO in general.

The simple definition of SEO can be explained as a way for someone to optimize a site so that the site can appear at the top of search engines . Why do people nowadays want their sites to be at the top of search engines ?

This relates to traffic or how many visitors visit the site. A site that gets a lot of visitors will get a lot of benefits. The benefits felt by the site owner will stem from the credibility of the site because it is visited by many people.

This can get other products to advertise on the site, and potentially increase site revenue as those products are willing to pay a certain amount of money to be able to advertise on the site and get the attention of site visitors.

In the end, SEO has been used by various sites on the internet as a method of marketing their sites that aim to make a profit. This SEO technique has been widely used as a means of promoting a site. We will discuss how SEO itself works in another session in the same article.

History of SEO

Before that, we will discuss a little about the history of SEO. This is quite interesting because, initially the term SEO only referred to the order in which sites were displayed on search engines. At that time, precisely in the period of the 90’s where internet technology was increasingly popular, the popularity of search engines was also increasing.

As Sinaumed’s has read above, search engines can provide all kinds of information according to the needs of its users. For this reason, at that time, the existence of search engines was loved by many internet users because with this tool, they no longer needed to bother looking for information analogously, such as going to the library to find books or reading newspapers.

In order for the arrangement of sites in search engines to look neat, the webmaster, a term that refers to someone who is responsible for maintaining a site, tries to collect data from many sites to be compiled into search engines .

In the process of tidying up sites in search engines, several variables determine the position of a site, namely the name of the site, the location of the site creator, the contents of the site, up to specific words or sentences on the site. The more suitable the site is with what internet users are looking for, the higher the location of the site on this search engine will be.

Initially, none of the site builders were concerned about the position of their site. However, eventually there are some website builders who realize that it will be more profitable if their site is located at the top of search engines .

This is what became the forerunner to the creation of the term SEO. It is known, a figure named Bruce Clay is considered to be the inventor as well as the “father” of this SEO. Bruce Clay is known as the person who first pioneered the use of SEO around 1997.

SEO techniques to get their sites to appear at the top of search engines were initially criticized by some site builders. The criticism was launched not against SEO itself, but from the system used by webmasters to determine which sites deserve to appear at the top of search engines .

It is known that webmasters can determine for themselves, or according to the language of site builders at that time, “manipulate” sites that they think are worthy of being at the top of search engines . This is considered detrimental for site builders who have gone to great lengths to make their sites appear at the top of search engines .

Therefore, until now an algorithm system is still being developed in which it is the computer that will later determine which sites are suitable to be displayed at the top of the search engine based on a number of certain variables in the relevant search engine .

How SEO Works

At the end of the explanation of the history of SEO above, Sinaumed’s found that SEO will be quite dependent on the name of the algorithm. So, how does SEO work until we can find sites that match what we are looking for on search engines ?

In short, there are at least 4 important stages that are commonly found in the SEO work process. The four ways are content creation, web crawling or also known as web crawlers, the index process and finally, the process of sorting sites or determining site rankings.

Of course these 4 stages have different explanations from one another. In how SEO works, this stage always starts with content creation. As the name implies, site creators will create various types of content such as images, videos or writing on their sites.

Before going into an explanation regarding the next steps, it’s better if Sinaumed’s knows in advance about web crawler applications . This understanding is quite important because the next stage can be regarded as one of the crucial steps in how SEO works.

This web crawler application is basically an application that functions to collect the data needed on a site on a search engine . Later, these data will be used as one of the determinants regarding the position of a site in the search engine .

The existence of this web crawler can carry out 2 stages in SEO work, namely web crawling and the index process. After collecting data from a site, web crawlers will index it to gather information that is needed in a search on search engines .

After these two processes have been passed, the algorithm on the search engine will sort or determine the ranking of a site on search engines . Determination of this sequence will be based on a number of different variables on each search engine .

Although this process sounds long, in fact it can be done in minutes or even seconds. This is all because every search engine already has a computer and algorithms that move by themselves without the need for human control.

SEO Techniques

After reading the explanation above, maybe there are some from Sinaumed’s who understand that the SEO system can be run entirely by a computer without having to be disturbed by human intervention. Even so, SEO itself is not always perfect.

It cannot be denied that computer technology is constantly evolving with the times. However, computers themselves also basically follow human programming languages ​​so that they can function properly and correctly.

Unfortunately, sometimes the programming language cannot be executed according to plan due to limitations, be it limited capabilities, limited funds to limited time. This is the reason why there are still many deficiencies found in computer technology.

This also applies in SEO. It is often found that an algorithm in a search engine cannot find data that matches the needs of its users. This makes what appears at the top of search engines turn out to be information that is less needed by information seekers.

For this reason, it’s no wonder that many companies or site owners are looking for people with deep understanding of SEO for their sites. The goal is clear, namely that the site can still appear at the top of search engines and get lots of visitors.

There are at least 3 ways for SEO experts to make the sites they want appear at the top of search engines . These methods are technical optimization , on-page optimization and off-page optimization . The simple explanation will be explained below.

1. Technical Optimization

The first technique has the intention of optimizing the site itself. So, people will be involved in improving related sites and thinking about how to make this site appear frequently at the top of search engines .

Some of the ways that someone can do to optimize their site are by making it look as good and as comfortable as possible for readers, determining the right font and image sizes, to reducing loading times or site loading.

2. On-page Optimization

If the first technique relates to a site as a whole, then the second technique will relate to the content on that site. So, people will focus more on fixing content so it can appear at the top of search engines .

This one technique will usually be directly related to uploading content through a CMS or Content Management System on the site. Someone can determine the appropriate image, enter a description and a number of other things in order to optimize related content SEO.

3. Off-page Optimization

The last technique that Sinaumed’s will learn this time generally involves hyperlinks or in Indonesian, known as “links”. This term may have often been heard by some of us, which is a link that will direct us to a site.

This is the reason why many sites distribute links to various social media. The higher the number of clicks obtained from these links, the higher the ranking or order they get in search engines .

Benefits of Implementing SEO

In closing, we will discuss a little about what are the advantages if someone applies this SEO technique. It was mentioned above that in the end, SEO is used to gain financial benefits from a site.

For this reason, Sinaumed’s will briefly study how SEO can bring benefits to its users. There will be at least 5 advantages that we will find in using this SEO technique. Let’s look together at the explanation below.

1. Increase Site Credibility

As mentioned in the previous paragraphs, sites that are at the top of search engines will be considered trustworthy and more credible, because they are known to present a lot of information according to the wishes of their users.

2. Reach More Visitors

Because the linked site has gained credibility as a trusted site, there will also be more and more visitors coming to the site. The existence of these visitors can open up opportunities for several other benefits which we will discuss below.

3. Streamlining Site Marketing

Now, a site can do various kinds of marketing related to the products provided by that site. These products can take various forms, both in physical form, such as trinkets or in non-physical forms, such as services and information.

4. Open Advertising Areas for Other Products

The site can also attract the attention of other products to advertise on the site. High visitor traffic allows the product to gain exposure after advertising on the site. It is not impossible that there are some visitors who seem interested in the advertised product.

5. Get a Return on Capital

Lastly, these sites could have gotten their capital back after spending it running SEO techniques. It is possible that their income will far cover the capital they have spent, and have entered the profit category.

Conclusion

Thus, the article that discusses the meaning of SEO and other things ends. Earlier, we discussed a number of topics ranging from the meaning of SEO, the history of SEO, some SEO techniques, to the advantages of implementing SEO.

Hopefully this article can be of benefit to Sinaumed’s who really need related information. Or at least, I hope that Sinaumed’s, who reads this article, can gain new knowledge and insights that who knows might be of use to us in the future.

Of course, there are still a number of computer technologies that Sinaumed’s can utilize for their daily needs. We just need to explore further and not be afraid to try new things that can bring benefits.

Functions of roots – Sinaumed’s, you surely already know that roots are a very important part of a plant and have many functions and structures. Plant roots themselves are formed from several different tissues.

In general, roots develop below the soil surface, but there are also some plants whose roots are above the ground. Roots also consist of two types of roots, namely taproots and fibrous roots.

However, have you ever thought about the function of roots? Before we find out more about the function of roots, consider the following explanation regarding the meaning of types, properties and parts of roots.

Definition of Root

Roots are the main part besides stems and leaves in plants that grow towards the ground. Roots have two main tissues, namely the outermost and the innermost. The first layer is usually called the epidermis, this section will later become a row of dense cells and functions as a protective structure.

While the deepest part can be known as the cortex. In this tissue, it usually consists of several layers that are thicker than the epidermis.

Usually, the roots are not green, but depending on the type and also the size. Generally, the roots are brown to whitish in color and if reclassified the roots have different properties and characteristics.

Functions of Plant Roots

Roots have important functions to help the growth of plant life such as:

• Absorb Water and Nutrients In Soil

The main function of the roots is to absorb both organic and inorganic nutrients needed by plants. These nutrients will be absorbed into other parts. Plants really need water in general about 80%. The root itself can be regarded as one of the organs in plants that can absorb and store water to be used for growth in a plant or tree.

 

• Plant Intermediaries and Supports

Another function of the root is to support the plant, with the roots the plant can stand upright above the ground. The roots will grow lengthwise so they can support the plant when the size of the plant gets bigger so it will get stronger. So that the plants will not be easily damaged or even fall when there is even a strong wind.

• Storing Food and Nutrition

In addition to absorbing nutrients and water from the soil, roots also function to transport nutrients and can store them in the form of food reserves before being distributed to other plant parts. Examples of plants that store food in roots are tubers such as cassava, potatoes, taro, and others.

 

• Vegetative Reproduction

Some types of plants reproduce with the help of roots, such as ferns. This type of plant will reproduce itself by duplicating, then it will start to reproduce.

 

• Photosynthesis Process

It turns out that photosynthesis in plants is not only carried out in the leaves. Roots also function to assist the process of photosynthesis in plants because roots also have chlorophyll although the amount is not as much as the chlorophyll in the leaves. Because of that, the roots can also carry out the process of photosynthesis.

 

• Respiration Tool

In some plants, such as banyan trees and tobacco, roots also function as a means of respiration or respiration. The roots of these plants generally have a function as a means of respiration or better known as pneumatophores. In this case, the structure of cells and tissues in the roots allows for air diffusion to occur. Mangrove plants also use their roots as a means of respiration.

• Plant Movement

Furthermore, roots also function as plant movements because they help get a source of water, nutrients and sunlight so that they grow and reproduce as well as possible.

In general, this plant movement already has its own mechanism. For example, thigmotropism, hydrotropism, geotropism, and phototropism.

 

• Preventing Floods and Landslides

Not only does it function for the plant itself, the roots also function to maintain the balance of the environment. The roots of a large tree will be able to absorb quite a lot of water. So that the roots can prevent flooding and help absorb flood water faster than in an environment where there are not many trees. Strong and large roots will also help prevent landslides.

Types of Roots

Not only taproots and fibrous roots, but there are several other types of roots that you should know about.

• Fiber Root

The first type of root is the fibrous root, this root has a fibrous shape. Usually the size of the base and the tip of the root is almost the same size. At the root of the fibers there are usually only root hairs and root fibers and all parts of the root fibers originate from the base of the stem.

In addition, this type of root is usually owned by monocot plants, but can also be found in dicot plants that are developed through grafts or cuttings.

This root has its main function, which is to strengthen the establishment of the plant.

Examples of plants that have fibrous roots are coconut trees, rice, papaya trees, corn, onions, banana trees, sugar cane, greetings of bamboo plants, sedge grass and others.

 

• Tap root

The type of taproot has a main root or large root. This root has small branches but not only has the main root and root branches, this root also has other parts such as the root hair and root cap. The difference between the size of the main root and root branches will be obvious.

This type of root is generally owned by dicot plants and has the main function of storing food reserves.

Taproots are also divided into two types, namely taproots with little or no branches which usually have a shape like a spear, top and thread. In addition, there are branched taproots that you will often encounter, such as banyan trees, cotton trees, guavas, kale plants and others.

In general, examples of plants that have taproots are green beans, carrots, peanuts, embarrassed daughter, tamarind, durian trees, mangoes, oranges, mahogany trees, star fruit, and various tubers and others.

 

• Stump Root

 

These roots are roots that grow and develop above the ground. These roots will come out of the tree trunk and the lowest branches. Examples of plants that have this type of root are mangrove plants and mangroves.

Mangrove plants usually have many types of roots such as stilt roots, respiratory roots, knee roots, plank roots, buttress roots and common roots.

 

• Hanging Root

Hanging roots are roots that come from plant stems that grow and develop downwards, so they will hang in the air. This hanging root will grow long into the ground to find a source of water and nutrients.

The function of this hanging root is to absorb moisture and gas from the air. However, when the hanging roots grow long down and into the ground, their function will also change, namely to absorb water and mineral salts from underground.

Examples of plants that have this type of root are banyan trees, scorpion orchids and curtain ivy.

 

• Attachment Root

Attachment roots are roots that grow along the stems of plants and have a function to attach to walls or other plants. These roots are found in plants that grow climbing or vines.

Examples of plants that have this root are betel and pepper.

 

• Respiratory root

Breath roots are roots that usually grow straight up and are shaped like a pencil or a cone. These roots are formed from the expansion of roots that grow horizontally. The shape of this root has many gaps for air to enter which functions to help plant respiration.

An example of this breath root is the api-api tree, which can be considered as its habitat around the coast and is also included in the mangrove or mangrove group.

 

• Pseudo Root

Pseudo root is a part (organ or tissue) that exists in plants but is not considered as a root in anatomy even though it has a role like a root. This type of root can attach to certain objects using tools and has the function of attaching, anchoring and absorbing mineral salts.

Root Properties

As explained above that roots consist of several different types of roots. Each of these roots will have different properties and characteristics as well. Here are the properties and characteristics of roots.

1. Roots usually experience movement from underground to find water or food sources. In fact, the roots can get closer to the water source and also away from sunlight.
2. Roots have hairs which are unicellular in nature.
3. Plant roots do not have buds, internodes, and nodes.
4. At the end of the root can experience good growth.
5. Plant roots can live on the wall (vertical) or horizontally (vertical)
6. Roots that can grow well, if you get the right environment and planting medium.
7. It has no leaves or scales.

Structure of the Root Section

Roots certainly have a structure of parts where each will have its own benefits. The structure of the root itself is divided into two, namely the inner root structure (anatomy) and the outer root structure (morphology). The following is an explanation of the structure of the roots.

• Deep root structure

• Root epidermis

This part of the root consists of a layer of tightly packed cells with cell walls that allow water to pass easily. Therefore this section is also often referred to as the epiblem or the pilifer layer. Root hairs are formed from several parts of the epidermal cells that will elongate laterally from the outer wall.

The epidermis is very permeable to water because it has semipermeable properties. In addition, the epidermis also has a function to protect the underlying tissue.

 

• Cortex

This root structure is under the epidermal layer which is mostly built by parenchyma, collenchyma and sclerenchyma tissue. This cortex has a function as a place to store food.

Cortical cells themselves are composed of sparse, so there will be a lot of space between cells to carry out gas exchange. The cell wall that differentiates into the exodermis from thickening by suberin is on the outer layer of the cortex. While the inner layer differentiates into the endodermis.

 

• Endodermis

This root structure is the layer separating the cortex from the central cylinder. In this section the cells that are composed will experience thickening of cork and lignin so that they will form caspary bands. Thickening of the cell wall that occurs in the caspary band will form the letter U. 

The fine thickening made on the endodermis cannot be passed by water. That way, water can only enter through the central cylinder where the walls don’t thicken.

 

• Central cylinder or Stele

Is the deepest part of the root, This section is the layer that is located in the middle of the root. Inside the stele are wood vessels or xylem and sieve tubes or phloem. Xylem and phloem play a major role in the transport of water and minerals. Xylem transports water from the soil to the leaves, while phloem transports the results of the photosynthesis process to all parts of the plant.

Stele consists of several types of networks, namely:

• Pericycle or Perikambium, the outermost layer of the stele. Then the root of this branch is formed from the growth of the percycle that goes outward.
• Vasis, is a vascular bundle consisting of xylem and phloem. Both are arranged alternately. Especially for dicot plants, between xylem and phloem there is cambium tissue.
• Pith is a network of roots that is located in the deepest part of the stele.

 

• Outer Structure of Roots

• Root neck

This section is also known as the base or column. This section is the part that is connected to the base of the stem

• Root stem

The root stem is also called the corpus radicis. This part is the part that lies between the root neck and the root tip

• Root branch

The branching of the root is known as the lateral root. this part is the part that is directly connected to the base of the stem but comes out of the main root.

• Root fibers

Another name for root fibers is radical fibrilla. This section has a fibrous shape of fine root branches.

• Hair or root hairs

Root hairs are also known as root hairs or pilus radicals. This section is part of the surface expansion of the root epidermis layer which functions to optimize the absorption of water and mineral nutrients.

• Root cap (kaliptra)

Root caps are also called calyptras. Is a root structure that can be said to be very strong, this is because it is able to break through several layers of hard soil. It is located at the very end of the root through the soil which serves to protect the roots from mechanical damage. Calyptra cells that contain starch grains are called columella. Kaliptra can be found in the roots of dicot or monocot plants.

Direction of Root Growth

According to the direction of growth, roots are divided into 2 types, namely geotropic roots and hydrotropic roots. The following is an explanation of the 2 types of roots.

• Geotropy

Plants that have geotropic roots have a root system that grows and goes towards the center of the earth or into the ground. Most plants that grow on the ground and above sea level are of the geotropic type.

 

• Hydrotropy

Plants that have hydrotropic roots have roots that grow toward the water and away from air and light. Examples of plants that have these roots are various kinds of aquatic plants.

Well, Sinaumed’s is an explanation of the function of roots and other explanations about roots. We already know that the root is the most important part of a plant.

If Sinaumed’s wants to read about books about plants or roots or other books, Sinaumed’s can read and buy his books at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Christin Devina

Reference: 

• https://www.99.co/blog/indonesia/fungsi-akar-pada-plants/
• https://berita.99.co/fungsi-akar-pada-dinding/
• https://rimbakita.com/akar/
• https://protectihutan.com/blog/tipe-akar-and-functions-on-plants/
• https://www.harianhaluan.com/education/pr-103974506/6-modifikasi-akar-pada-plants/
• https://katadata.co.id/redaksi/berita/61780c5c39f36/tipe-dan-fungsi-akar-buran-di-hutan-tropis
• https://rimbakita.com/akar/
• https://answer.com/what-is-do-korteks/

 

Sources of energy – The various activities that we carry out today cannot be separated from energy sources, such as water, sun, petroleum, and so on.

Then, what exactly is meant by a source of energy?

Definition of Energy Sources

Energy sources are anything that can produce energy, either directly or through a conversion or transformation process. In addition, energy sources can be said to be everything around us that is capable of producing energy, both small and large. Examples are sun, water, and petroleum.

The definition of this is stated in Government Regulation (PP) No. 79 of 2014 concerning the National Energy Policy, an energy source is anything that can produce energy, either directly or through a conversion or transformation process.

Energy sources are divided into two, namely renewable energy sources and non-renewable energy sources. Renewable sources of energy, such as sun, waves, wind and water. Non-renewable energy sources include oil, natural gas, coal and nuclear.

In terms of division, the greatest source on earth is the sun. Solar energy in the form of light and heat is useful for life on earth. Without the sun, life on earth would not exist. The sun also acts as the center of the solar system which is surrounded by eight planets, including the earth.

Types of Energy Sources and Examples

As previously explained, the source itself is divided into two types, namely renewable energy sources and non-renewable energy sources. The following is a complete explanation of the two energy sources.

Renewable Energy Sources

Renewable resources are resources that will not run out if used continuously. For example, geothermal, wind, bioenergy, sunlight, water flows and falls, as well as the movement and temperature differences of the sea layers.

Renewable sources can be used as alternative energy. The meaning of alternative energy is all sources that can be used and aim to replace conventional fuels without the expected consequences of this.

The following are examples of renewable energy sources, including:

1. The sun

Solar energy is very abundant, especially for areas with tropical climates. Solar energy is the most important source of energy for human life.

Utilization of sunlight is to use solar cells that function to convert solar energy into electrical energy. There are also those who use sunlight to cook using solar-powered stove products, for example in India.

The energy emitted by the sun is produced from fusion reactions, namely the merger of 4 hydrogen nuclei into helium nuclei that occur in the sun’s core.

Solar energy can be converted to other forms of energy, such as heat and electricity by using a Solar Power Plant (PLTS). According to the World Meteorological Organization (WMO), solar energy is generated in two main ways, namely:

• Solar cells ( solar cells ) or also known as photovoltaic cells are devices that can convert energy in light into electrical energy through the photovoltaic effect. This technology was introduced by the French physicist Antoine-Cesar in 1839.
• Concentrated solar power (CSP) uses mirrors to concentrate sunlight. Solar energy is used to heat fluids at high temperatures using a concentrator system. The greater the concentration factor, the higher the temperature of the liquid being heated.

The benefits of solar energy are as follows:

• Warms the earth and living things on earth.
• The sun’s heat energy makes air and water on earth circulate.
• As lighting during the day so as to save electrical energy.
• The sun’s heat is used to dry clothes and other laundry items.
• Basking in the sun regularly helps the body get enough vitamin D.

2. Wind

Wind energy is energy generated by air and blows on the surface of the earth. Wind energy can be converted into mechanics with the aim of generating business. This effort is of course related to the continuity of human life on earth.

The use of wind is not only for fresh air so that it can also be used for daily survival. One example of energy generated from wind energy sources, such as electrical energy. This electrical energy can be used by many people to wash using a washing machine, to cook using a magic com , to boil water using an electric pot and so on.

The use of wind energy began in the 7th century BC by the Persians who used windmills to grind rice, chop wood, and generate other forms of mechanical energy.

The use of wind energy is being intensively carried out by many countries around the world, because this energy source is not limited in number. Usually, this energy utilization uses a windmill connected to a generator or turbine to generate electricity.

The benefits of wind energy include:

• Drive windmills and wind turbines, so they can generate electricity.
• Pushing the sailboat so it can run.
• Help with the drying process.

3. Water

Water energy is energy that produces hydropower or hydropower by utilizing the movement of water from dams or by utilizing flowing water. .

Utilization of water energy can be seen in the use of Hydroelectric Power Plants (PLTA) for a better life. Energy derived from hydropower has actually been used by humans for a long time because it is more environmentally friendly and abundant in quantity.

At the bottom of the dam there are turbines in the water channel holes. Its function is to convert the kinetic energy of water movement into mechanical energy for electric generators. Electrical energy that comes from water is called hydroelectric.

Increasing the use of water energy, can reduce the use of conventional energy sources (fossil fuels).

As for some of the benefits of solar energy sources, among others:

• As a power plant using a turbine that drives a generator to produce electricity.
• The need for transportation, tourism and irrigation or watering in agriculture.

4. Geothermal

Geothermal energy is energy that comes from the bowels of the earth. In addition, geothermal can be considered as abundant and renewable energy, so there is no need to worry about running out of geothermal energy.

This heat energy is precisely produced in the earth’s core which is estimated to be at a depth of 6,400 km from the earth’s surface, as explained in the New and Renewable Energy Textbook.

Geothermal comes from the outer core of the earth which is formed from hot molten rock called magma. Then, geothermal energy arises due to the decay of radioactive particles in the rock. If geothermal energy reaches underground water reservoirs, natural hot springs or hot springs will appear .

In addition, geothermal heat can also come out to the earth’s surface in the form of geysers, volcanoes and fumaroles, namely hot water vapor due to very high temperature and pressure. Therefore, geothermal heat is able to penetrate the hard soil layers and exit towards the earth’s surface.

Geothermal energy is utilized for Geothermal Power Plants (PLTP), namely electricity generated from turbine motion driven by geothermal energy.

The way to use it is to make a well whose depth reaches a geothermal point. Then, the heat is channeled to the turbine location to drive the turbine.

 

5. Biomass

Biomass is all living or dead things. Biomass energy sources themselves can come from plants, live plants, dead trees, wood chips, animals, microorganisms, and organic matter, including organic waste. Biomass energy can also be used as a Biomass Power Plant (PLTBm).

However, biomass needs to be converted so that it can be used as an energy source. Quoting the publication of the Bogor Agricultural Institute (IPB), in general, the technology for converting biomass into fuel can be divided into three, namely direct combustion, thermochemical conversion and biochemical conversion.

Direct combustion is the simplest technology because it directly burns biomass. Meanwhile, some biomass needs to be dried first and identified for practicality in use.

Thermochemical conversion is a technology that requires thermal treatment to trigger a chemical reaction to produce fuel. While biochemical conversion is a conversion technology that uses the help of microbes in producing fuel.

 

 

Non-Renewable Energy Sources

Non-renewable energy sources ( non-renewable ) are energy sources that cannot be filled or regenerated by nature in a short time, not a sustainable process. This definition is contained in the book Energy and Change. In addition, this type of energy source is very limited or can run out at any time.

This energy source can be said that until now it is the main energy source that is widely used even though many parties have switched to using alternative energy sources.

Many countries in the world are switching to other energy sources before this non-renewable energy source runs out.

Non-renewable energy sources come from the bowels of the earth in liquid, gas and solid forms. The examples of non-renewable energy sources, such as petroleum, natural gas, propane, coal and uranium.

For more details, here are some examples of non-renewable energy sources.

1. Petroleum

Petroleum is the most widely used energy source by humans. One of the uses of petroleum is as a stove fuel for cooking. The price of oil in the world is now soaring, so that many countries are diverting energy sources from oil to gas. Therefore, at this time, they no longer use kerosene, but use gas stoves.

This is done to balance the use of these energy sources. Of course, the use of gas energy sources is not only that. There are many other uses, so many alternative energy sources are used. The goal is to save this energy source.

Petroleum is a concentrated liquid that is in the top layer of the earth’s crust. To get it, various geological studies are needed to determine the location of the oil well. For hundreds of years, petroleum has brought great benefits to people around the world.

Petroleum comes from living things that died and then covered with layers of soil and rock. Therefore, you could say that petroleum is a mixture of carbon and hydrogen molecules formed from sedimentary remains of animals and plants trapped for millions of years.

The formation of petroleum through the process of hydrocarbons in the soil that was buried about three million years ago. The formation process occurs at a temperature of 65-195 degrees Celsius at a depth of 5,000-12,000 feet.

If the supply of petroleum dwindles or runs out, it cannot be renewed. This is because the formation process waits for millions of years. Therefore, petroleum is included in non-renewable natural resources.

Crude oil will go through a process of separation and cracking (separation) before being used. In this separation process, it aims to separate the hydrocarbon components based on the boiling point.

As for some of the benefits of petroleum, among others:

• As fuel for cooking.
• Source of fuel for transportation.
• Materials for the manufacture or synthesis of compounds in paint products, cosmetics, plastics, rubber, detergents, and so on.
• As a lubricant or oil in various vehicle engines.
• Wax making materials for batik making, paper coatings for food, and so on.
• Ignition fuel in large industries, such as Steam Power Plants (PLTU).
• Material for asphalt in the manufacture of highways, but it can also be used as an insulator.

2. Coal

Coal is a complex mixture of organic chemicals containing carbon, oxygen and hydrogen in a carbon chain, as described in the Indonesian Coal book.

Juridically, the definition of coal is stated in According to Law no. 3 of 2020 concerning Amendments to Law Number 4 of 2009 concerning Mineral and Coal Mining. The definition of coal is a deposit of carbonaceous organic compounds that are formed naturally from the remains of plants.

Reporting from the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Resources in a press release number 246.Pers/04/SJI/2021, Indonesia’s coal reserves currently reach 38.84 billion tons. With an average coal production of 600 million tonnes per year, coal reserves in Indonesia can still be used for up to 65 years.

Apart from coal reserves, there are also coal resources recorded at 143.7 billion tonnes. Referring to the book Coal and its Utilization, the use of coal in Indonesia is generally used for power plants and cement factories.

Starting in 1993, Indonesia took steps to socialize the use of coal in society as a household material and small industries. In Indonesia, the largest coal production is on the island of Kalimantan.

Some of the benefits of coal energy sources include:

• As fuel for power generation.
• The main fuel for the production of steel, cement, alumina processing centers, paper mills, chemical industries, and pharmaceuticals.
• Coal by-products include soap, aspirin, solvents, dyes, plastics and fibers.

3. Fossil Energy Sources

This fossil energy source can actually be renewed but takes up to “millions of years”. Fossil energy sources come from living things that died and were buried in the ground for millions of years. The examples of this energy source, such as petroleum, coal.

As for some of the benefits of fossil energy sources, among others:

• As fuel for power generation
• Can be used as vehicle fuel

4. Natural Mineral Energy Sources

Natural mineral energy sources can also be used as energy sources after going through several processes, for example uranium which can produce nuclear energy. Because it takes a process first, it takes some technology so that this energy source can be used.

The benefits of natural mineral energy sources include:

• For power generation
• As natural gas

 

 

Closing

Energy sources are really needed by everyone, so we should also take care of them. One way to guard against it is not to overuse energy sources. Wisely using energy sources, you can use energy sources longer.

Thus the discussion about energy sources , I hope all the discussion above can be useful for Sinaumed’s.

Sinaumed’s can get more information about energy sources by reading books available at sinaumedia.com .

As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Elements of Fine Arts – Art is a form of media that can be used to express what artists feel or convey a message. Interestingly, in this world there are several types of art, you know, which are still developing until now.

One of them is fine art, whose works can still be enjoyed visually and can also be felt in their physical form. In fine arts there are several elements that can support the formation of a work.

Every element in fine art is very important and always has its uses. So, for a better understanding, you can read the explanations in this article, starting from the definition, elements of fine art, principles of fine arts and several other important things related to fine arts.

Fine art is a branch of art that is expressed or created using visual visual media that can be seen by the eye and felt when touched. Simply put, the form of fine art is an introduction to the branch of fine art itself, unlike music or body movement in dance.

Examples of fine art that you can easily find are clothing designs, sculptures, paintings, handicrafts and so on. However, in its development, art does not only stop at visual products.

However, in its development, art has begun to be able to incorporate elements of other media. An example is the sound of movement in performance art. Then began to appear various forms of visual products whose material could not be touched, such as digital paintings displayed on cellphone screens.

Elements of Fine Arts

Judging from its form, art can be said to depend on the elements that are visible or visible in his work. The elements in fine art can be seen clearly in the examples of the works of art themselves, such as drawings, paintings and sculptures.

An example is how circular line elements can form a sun object in a painting. Then the color elements can fill the circular lines or sun objects with orange. Elements such as lines and colors are the smallest elements that can form art and are also referred to as elements of fine art.

In art itself, there are not only elements of color and line. But there are several other supporting elements to create a work of art. Some of the elements in fine art are as follows.

1. Point Fine Art Elements

Point is the smallest element in a work of art. Points can be used to create other elements by arranging or lining up to become a line.

However, dots can also be used as is without a line. An example is the use of point elements without line elements in pointillism works of art. Where in this work the density of points is adjusted to form an image object.

2. Elements of Line Art

The line is a relationship between points that can produce a versatile stroke. The strokes from that point will be able to form other elements such as fields and shapes.

As with only points, lines can also be used as is without becoming a plane or shape. An example is a sketch that only requires line elements to form a work. Lines can also be used as light and dark fillers using the shading method.

3. Elements of Fine Art Form or Volume

Form is the next element. You could say that form is one of the elements that can be seen in two-dimensional works of art. Examples are pictures, paintings, graphic designs and so on.

4. Elements of Field Arts

Field is the third element. Field is also an outgrowth of form. In simple terms, a field is a line whose ends will meet each other to form a closed area.

If in a two-dimensional work there is a form, then in a three-dimensional work of art there is an element of plane in it. Then in the field itself to several important elements such as length, width, height to depth.

Examples are circles, triangles, squares and so on.

5. Elements of Spatial Art

Space is a two-dimensional work that has pseudo properties. Space is also divided into two, namely positive space and negative space. Negative space is a space that is outside of various planes or volumes.

Meanwhile, positive space is the opposite or a space that is in the upper plane of the volume. Space can be used to give certain impressions to a work that is made.

An example is the use of a larger space above a piece of scenery can give the sky a sense of serenity as well as grandeur.

It should also be noted that the element of space is also quite subjective. This is because the element of space is always related to artists. The existence of an element of space can also create an impression of depth in a work.

6. Light Dark Art Elements

To be able to make a portrait image that looks so realistic, it’s not the colors that will be made completely accurate. However, it is the dark and light parts that will be made accurate in the portrait image.

When shadows and light can be captured so accurately. So our eyes can be deceived because what we see is actually the presence or absence of light.

The existence of dark and light is very important to pay attention to because it can make a work more balanced or not too bright and not too dark.

7. Elements of Color Fine Art

Color is also the most striking element in a work of art. In fine arts, aesthetically, color is quite subjective depending on the creativity of the creator of the work of art.

However, in a technical context, the color element is divided into several parts. The first part is color, which means what color will be produced in the work of art.

Then there are also color elements that have value. Where the value here relates to the dark or lightness of a color used. Then there are also colors that have intensity.

This means that the intensity of the color can be related to how strong and weak the color is in a work.

8. Elements of Fine Art Texture

Texture is one of the elements related to human interaction. Artworks can not only be felt visually. But a work of art can also be felt through its form.

This means that texture is also a surface that can be felt when touched. However, in 2D works, determine is a virtual thing. Textures in 2D works must also be able to give vibrations of tactile perception to the viewer, so that they can really understand if texture really exists in 2D works. An example of an element of texture in fine art that can be felt is sculpture.

9. Elements of Fine Art Values

The last element is value. The value element is related to color. The meaning of value is how big the power of color is in a work of art, and how influential the color value is.

Value is the last element in fine art. The element of value in fine art is also related to color. The value here means how strong the color is and how influential the color value is in a work of art.

Those are some of the important elements in fine art. By understanding every element that exists. Then you can create a work of art that is so aesthetic.

 

 

Principles of Fine Arts

Fine art does not only have important elements in it. But in fine art also has its own principles. Where the principle of fine art is a way of compiling and arranging its elements so that they can create a work of art.

Besides that, the principles of fine art can also be referred to as the principles of fine art which emphasize several design principles. Some of these design principles are unity, balance, rhythm, emphasis, contrast and clarity.

Some of the principles of fine art will be explained in more depth as the reviews below.

1. The Principle of Unity

Unity is the first principle in art. In order to create unity in art, it is necessary to combine the relationships between all the elements in the art itself.

The principle of unity can be achieved by several approaches. There are several approaches that can be taken to create a unity in art, such as the similarity of elements, the similarity of elements, the harmony of elements, attachments to the interrelationships of all elements.

2. The Principle of Balance

The next principle in fine art is balance. An unbalanced work can make people who see it feel uncomfortable. Therefore, balance in art is a principle that must be considered.

Balance in fine art can be created by maintaining the symmetry of various existing images. Besides that, balance in art can also be created by creating a balance that does not look symmetrical but is able to provide psychological balance.

An example is like a little red that can provide a balance against the use of so much green.

 

3. Principle of Rhythm

Rhythm in a work of art can be created from the repetition of elements that are carried out regularly. The principle of rhythm can occur in a work of art where adjustments are made to elements of line, shape, color, texture and darkness and lightness repeatedly.

Alternate repetition of elements can also be called alternative rhythms. Then the rhythm with the movement of changes in size from big to small is called progressive rhythm.

Furthermore, there is also a rhythm with flowing or flowing movements continuously from small to large or vice versa. Meanwhile, repetitive rhythm is a rhythm whose movements are repetition of the same or monotonous shape, size and color.

4. The Principle of Emphasis

In fine art there is also the principle of emphasis. The principle of emphasis can also be regarded as a point of interest in a work of art.

Using an object that has a more dominant shape than the others can attract the attention of the general public to be able to see the work in just a moment.

5. The Propositional Principle

Contrast is a difference that is so striking from two or more different elements. An example is a white dot with a black object, then it could also be a cloth texture with a metal texture.

Besides that, the principle of contrast can also be used as a method to make an emphasis or ironic communication style.

6. The Principle of Clarity

The principle of clarity is a principle or level of ease in which a work can be understood. The principle of clarity is more commonly found in website design, product design or interior design.

Judging from some of the principles described above. It can be said that every principle in fine art can create a work of art that is so beautiful and full of harmony and at the same time captivates those who see it.

Fine Arts Function

The next explanation is the function of fine arts. The function of fine art can be said to depend on its variety. For example, applied art has a function according to the product it creates.

Then there is pure art which has functions for research, academics and is able to provide extrinsic functions such as social values. However, beyond all that, art is also capable of providing benefits to social life.

Not infrequently pure works of art are able to be embedded or voice social messages in them.

In art, when viewed in general, it has two main functions. These functions are individual functions and social functions. For more details, you can read the entire review below.

1. Individual Functions

The individual function is a function that can benefit the individual creator of the art itself. At first glance, individual functions can only be obtained by art artists because they are able to channel their own expressions and ideas.

But actually those who make designs or applied art are also able to provide this individual function. An example is a product design plan that can provide benefits to the designer.

This is because the design of the product design can be used as a rule to facilitate the process of designing subsequent designs.

Easily individual functions are able to provide special advantages for the individual makers.

 

2. Social Functions

Although the social function is more synonymous with pure artists who often voice social messages and social values ​​in their works of art. However, applied art can also get this social function.

In fact, applied art artists are people who are able to solve everyday problems experienced by society. It is because of this that the products made by applied art artists are able to obtain a social function.

In addition, various social entrepreneurship activities that are often held by applied arts activists are also able to provide many benefits.

This is none other than because running social entrepreneurship, we can also deliberately look for things that can work well financially as well as provide benefits to humans as well as to nature. One of them is involving people with disabilities or other things.

That’s a brief summary of fine arts. Starting from the definition, elements, principles to the function of fine art, you can get it in this article. By understanding the explanation above, of course, it will be easier for you to know what is important in art.

The function of hadith – Sinaumed’s who are Muslim will often find lessons about Islam at various levels of education. Starting from elementary, junior high, high school, even until you are in college, you will definitely find subjects related to Islam.

This lesson about Islam is not necessarily finished when you have graduated. If Sinaumed’s is a good and devout Muslim or Muslimah, you can find and get Islamic Religion lessons outside of school.

Maybe some of the Sinaumed’s have studied at the Al-Qur’an Education Center (TPA) when they were young until they were teenagers. Adult Sinaumed’s can also get additional knowledge about Islam in recitations or tadarus at mosques around the house.

In this study, Sinaumed’s can find topics that you have previously studied but have forgotten, and could be something new and you have never learned before. These topics can be in the form of fiqh, verses of the Qur’an, or the hadith of the Prophet Muhammad SAW.

What is Hadith?

Sinaumed’s can find topics regarding hadith either when you are at school or at recitation and tadarus. And if you learn about hadiths that are true and not misleading, it means that the function of the existing hadiths has been well received by Sinaumed’s.

Basically, hadith are words, sayings, or actions that the Prophet Muhammad once said or did regarding Islamic law and sharia. The existence of hadith helps Muslims in determining what is right and what is wrong.

As Sinaumed’s knows, hadith comes from Arabic, which literally means ” talk “, ” saying “, or ” conversation “. If we discuss specifically regarding who spoke, said, and spoke, of course it will return to the Prophet Muhammad SAW.

This hadith records the behavior of the Prophet Muhammad while he was still alive, starting from his behavior, daily life, and habits. In addition, it is necessary to note that the recording of behavior that will become this hadith was carried out by many people in the life of the Prophet Muhammad.

These people include the companions of the Prophet Muhammad SAW such as Abu Bakr Ash-Shiddiq, Umar bin Khattab, Usman bin Affan, and Ali bin Abi Talib. One of the youngest wives of the Prophet Muhammad, namely Aisyah, also contributed to the writing of this hadith.

After recording the behavior and all kinds of things related to the Prophet Muhammad, this hadith will be passed down from generation to generation. Sinaumed’s may have heard of names such as Imam Bukhari, Imam Muslim, Ibn Majah and Tarmizi. They are one of the oldest hadith collectors, and even made books of these hadiths.

Therefore, the hadith can be regarded as the second source of law after the holy book Al-Qur’an. So, it is unlawful to falsify hadiths because they can mislead many Muslims, especially those who still need to study Islam.

Supposedly, this will not happen to good preachers, scholars, or ustadz. They will always ensure that the hadiths they find are true and valid before they are disseminated when they preach.

Sinaumed’s probably already knows that there are many hadiths that originate from the behavior of the Prophet Muhammad during his lifetime. Imam Bukhari and Imam Muslim is one of the figures who collected the most of these hadiths. The book “Hadith Sahih Bukhari Muslim” can be a reading for Sinaumed’s to study the hadiths narrated by the two men.

 

The Function of Hadith Against the Qur’an

The existence of hadith as a second source of law in Islam is certainly not without reason. No Muslim should have the courage to question the nature and behavior of the Prophet Muhammad during his lifetime.

Whatever he does is a reflection of Muslims around the world. Of course, it will be difficult for Sinaumed’s to achieve the sayings and behavior of the Prophet Muhammad, considering he is a perfect Muslim figure. However, at least you can try to behave like good Muslims.

The explanation above is one of the reasons for the distribution of hadiths to Muslims, and also explains the function of hadiths in general. Even so, there are still at least 5 functions of hadith, especially towards the holy book of the Qur’an.

Below, there will be an explanation of the 5 functions of the hadith on the Al-Qur’an. Please, Sinaumed’s, read carefully, and hopefully after you read and understand this explanation, you can understand more and more the reasons why we study these hadiths.

Strengthening and Strengthening the Law in the Qur’an

As Sinaumed’s knows, the holy Qur’an contains guidelines and laws that Muslims must obey. Every letter and verse in the Qur’an contains an explanation of what Muslims are allowed to obey and what Muslims are prohibited from doing.

The function of this first hadith aims to strengthen and emphasize what Allah SWT says in the Qur’an. With this, the words and behavior of the Prophet Muhammad become things that can strengthen and reinforce the letters and verses in the Qur’an.

Establishing Unwritten Laws in the Qur’an

Sometimes, there are explanations in the Qur’an that are somewhat ambiguous. That is, Muslims at that time did not understand and know exactly what was meant by this word of Allah SWT. At that time, explanations from the Prophet Muhammad, from sayings to direct practice, helped Muslims understand the meaning of the contents of the Qur’an.

This is what is meant by the function of the two hadiths on the Qur’an. Again, the existence of the Prophet Muhammad SAW helped Muslims in the past to the present to interpret a number of ambiguous things that could be found in the Qur’an.

Giving an Explanation Regarding the Meaning of the Verses of the Qur’an

Sometimes, there are times when the word of Allah SWT from the holy book Al-Quran requires a deeper explanation to his people. In this case, what is meant by this is an explanation such as the reason behind the revelation of a letter or verse from the Qur’an, or the meaning of a specific word from a verse of the Qur’an.

The explanation and practice in real life by the Prophet Muhammad SAW regarding the word of Allah SWT is the function of the third hadith. Like the function of the previous hadith, Muslims will increasingly understand the meaning of a letter or verse from the Qur’an because of the existence of the Prophet Muhammad SAW.

Detailing Matters That Have Been Previously Discussed in the Qur’an

The function of this hadith is actually not much different from the function of the second hadith and the function of the third hadith. In accordance with the explanation, these hadiths function to provide details and deeper details regarding the words of Allah SWT which He conveys in the Al-Qur’an.

Again, the details and also the details that will be given will be in the form of explanations or actions that the Prophet Muhammad did in front of his people. Muslims will certainly understand the meaning of this letter or verse in the Qur’an after receiving an explanation from him.

Limiting and Expanding Topics on the Al-Qur’an

Finally, the function of the fifth hadith is to limit a specific topic to a letter or verse of the Qur’an, or expand and add to the discussion of the word given by Allah SWT. This is of course done based on the words, speech, and behavior of the Prophet Muhammad.

There were times when the words conveyed by Allah SWT in the holy book of the Qur’an were not necessarily understood by Muslims at that time because they were too broad or too narrow. Prophet Muhammad SAW could narrow down or expand what is in this verse or letter so that it can be more easily understood by Muslims at that time and until now.

The explanation above is one of the reasons why Sinaumed’s, who is a Muslim, must study and understand hadith. This is because, maybe there are topics in Islam that you have heard before, but could not understand, you can find an explanation in a hadith.

Apart from being able to find lessons about hadith in Islamic study or subjects, you can also find them in various books. One of the books that Sinaumed’s can use as a reference and source of information is the book “Encyclopedia of Worship Hadith”.

 

Hadith of the Prophet Muhammad SAW for Life Guidelines

Sinaumed’s probably already knows that the number of hadiths can be in the thousands. Naturally, considering that the Prophet Muhammad SAW was a figure who had very perfect behavior and speech, so there are lots of examples to record as hadiths for us to emulate.

These hadiths can even discuss and allude to very specific topics, showing that nothing escaped the attention of the Prophet Muhammad. Of course, studying the existence of thousands of hadiths will take a long time.

For this reason, below we will discuss several hadiths that Sinaumed’s can learn and apply in everyday life. The hadiths below are hadiths that can be said to be important and should not be quickly forgotten, so that your life can be smoother and full of peace.

Hadith Keeping Patience

عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صلى الله عليه وسلم، قال: “لَيْسَ الشَّدِيدُ بِالصُّرُعة، وَلَكِنَّ الشَّدِيدَ الَّذِي يَمْلِكُ نَفْسَهُ عِنْدَ الْغَضَبِ

Meaning: “From Abu Hurairah RA, from the Prophet SAW. who has said: A strong person is not because he is good at wrestling, but a strong person is someone who can restrain himself when he is angry.” ( HR Bukhari and Muslim ).

There are times, we face calamities or problems that don’t know where they come from. If there is a situation like this, it would be nice if Sinaumed’s kept a cool head and was patient. Anger and negative emotions will only cloud your thinking, making it difficult for you to make the best decision for you.

Hadith Demanding Knowledge

طَلَبُ الْعِلْمِ فَرِيضَةٌ عَلَى كُلِّ مُسْلِمٍ وَوَاضِعُ الْعِلْمِ عِنْدَ غَيْرِ أَهْلِهِ كَمُقَلِّدِ الْخَنَازِيرِ الْجَوْهَرَ وَاللُّؤْلُؤَ وَالذَّهَبَ

Meaning: “Seeking knowledge is the duty of every Muslim, and whoever imparts knowledge to someone who is not worthy (then he) is like putting a necklace of jewels, pearls and gold around the neck of an animal.” ( Reported by Ibn Majah ).

Seeking knowledge is something that Sinaumed’s must continue to do even though you have passed the levels of education. This is because studying can be done anywhere and anytime. As long as someone has the intention and will, they can certainly get the blessing and reward of knowledge accordingly.

Hadith Not Arrogant

لَا يَدْخُلُ الْجَنَّةَ مَنْ كَانَ فِي قَلْبِهِ مِثْقَالُ ذَرَّةٍ مِنْ كِبْرٍ قَالَ رَجُلٌ إِنَّ الرَّجُلَ يُحِبُّ أَنْ يَكُونَ ثَوْبُهُ حَسَنًا وَنَعْلُهُ حَسَنَةً قَالَ إِنَّ اللَّهَ جَمِيلٌ يُحِبُّ الْجَمَالَ الْكِبْرُ بَطَرُ الْحَقِّ وَغَمْطُ النَّاسِ

It means: “A person will not enter paradise in whose heart there is a mustard seed’s weight of arrogance. A man asked, ‘Indeed, men like nice clothes and sandals (is this considered arrogance)?’ He replied: ‘Verily Allah is beautiful and loves beauty. That pride is rejecting the truth and belittling people.’ ( HR. Muslim: 131 ).

Arrogance is something that Allah SWT does not like. In this hadith, it is explained that a good Muslim must remove even the slightest pride from their heart. If not, then there is a possibility that the person will be brought closer to the heat of hell fire.

Hadith Devoted To Parents

عن أبي هريرة رضي الله عنه قال سمعتُ رسولَ الله صلى الله عليه وسلم يقول رَغِمَ أنْفُهُ ، رَغِمَ أنْ قال مَنْ أدْرَكَ وَالِدَيْهِ عِنْدَ الْكِبَرِ أَحَدُهُما أَوْ كِلَاهما ثمَّ لَمْ يَدْخُلِ الجَنَّةَ

Meaning: “From the friend of Abu Hurairah RA, he heard Rasulullah SAW say, ‘Woe to someone, woe to you, and woe to you.’ Companions asked, ‘Who is O Apostle?’ Rasulullah SAW replied, ‘A person who finds his parents aging either one or both, then he does not go to heaven.’” ( HR Muslim ).

Parents should be the two people we love, obey, and care for when they enter their old age. Do not let Sinaumed’s get too busy with their own affairs, to the point that you are the ones who have taken care of and raised you since childhood.

Of course there are many other hadiths that Sinaumed’s can find out and learn more about as a guide for your life. It is very likely that you will find the topic you are looking for in a hadith. Because that’s how detailed the life of the Prophet Muhammad SAW was in following the teachings of Islam.

Luckily, now Sinaumed’s can find these hadiths on the internet or books of hadith collections. To be sure, you must first confirm the validity of the hadith before you apply it in your daily life. One of the hadith collection books that Sinaumed’s can read is the book “1100 Selected Hadiths: The Light of Muhammad’s Teachings”.

With this, our discussion of hadith in this article ends. Earlier, we have studied various things about hadith, starting from the definition of hadith, the function of hadith, and some hadiths that Sinaumed’s can use and apply as a way of life.

Hopefully, with this article, Sinaumed’s can be motivated to live by reflecting Muslim people who are faithful, pious, and obedient to Allah SWT like the Prophet Muhammad SAW. Nothing is impossible if you have the will and try your best.

Apart from that, the hope is that Sinaumed’s can avoid all kinds of negative things that you might find in this life. These things have the potential to bring you closer to the fires of hell, and of course no one wants that to happen.

Sinaumed’s who are interested in finding books and articles regarding Islam can immediately visit our website sinaumedia.com . We, sinaumedia, #Friends Without Limits , always try to provide and present quality books and articles so that Sinaumed’s can get information and knowledge #MoreWithReading .

Supreme Court legal basis – Indonesia is a country of laws. Sinaumed’s may have often heard or read this term, whether it’s in an article, in news, to subjects at school such as Citizenship Education (PKN) subjects. This statement, on paper is true.

Indonesia has its own legal basis, namely the 1945 Constitution (UUD) which is continuously improved and updated in accordance with the times. Whatever legal process takes place in this country, it must be based on the 1945 Constitution.

Not only that, Indonesia also has a number of legal institutions which of course are tasked with enforcing the law in Indonesia. The majority of these legal institutions enter the judiciary. Among these several institutions, it can be said that the one that plays a quite important role is the Supreme Court (MA).

Get to know the Supreme Court

Sinaumed’s should have heard the Supreme Court quite often on a variety of occasions. Apart from PKN subjects, the Supreme Court will often be a hot topic of conversation when there are major cases ongoing in this country.

The Supreme Court institution will often be mentioned in the news because this institution is an institution that plays a major role in the continuity of law in Indonesia. So, why can the Supreme Court have such a big role? What is the legal basis for the Supreme Court so that law in Indonesia is quite influenced by this institution?

So, the Supreme Court is an institution that holds judicial power with a member of another judicial institution, namely the Constitutional Court (MK). As for what is meant by judicial power is the ability to convene and administer courts in this country.

The Supreme Court is licensed to hold trials or courts in certain areas. The courts referred to here are general courts, religious courts, military courts, and state administrative courts.

Sinaumed’s needs to know that like several other companies and institutions in Indonesia, the existence of the Supreme Court also dates back to the Dutch and British colonial periods, from the reign of Herman Willem Daendels to the reign of Thomas Stanford Raffles.

At that time, the Indonesian people saw how the Dutch judicial process was taking place. This has inspired and influenced the people of Indonesia to carry out justice with a system similar to that of the Netherlands.

August 18, 1945, exactly one day after Indonesian Independence, President Soekarno created a judicial institution called the Supreme Court. This creation was based on the Decree of KMA/043/SK/VIII/1999 concerning Determination of the Anniversary of the Supreme Court of the Republic of Indonesia.

Koesoemah Atmadja , a figure who became Chief Justice of the Supreme Court for the first time after being appointed by President Soekarno. After that, the Supreme Court continued to experience changes both in terms of structure and regulations, until it became what we know today.

Of course, the Supreme Court has changed leadership several times. Among the superiors of the Supreme Court, there is the figure of Marianna Sutadi Nasution, the first woman to become Deputy Chief Justice of the Supreme Court. Sinaumed’s can read a biography of this figure in the book “Artika Apa Berkutika: Footprints of the First Woman in the Leaders of the Supreme Court”.

 

Supreme Court Legal Basis

The Supreme Court itself has several functions and duties which we will discuss later in the next session. However, one thing is certain, they will not be able to work and operate without a legal basis on which to base them.

In simple terms, it can be explained that the legal basis for the Supreme Court is the 1945 Constitution which has been updated until now. However, there are at least 2 articles that members need to pay attention to in order to carry out their duties as law enforcers in Indonesia.

The articles referred to above are Article 24 Paragraph 2 and Article 24A Paragraph 1, Paragraph 2, Paragraph 3, Paragraph 4, Paragraph 5. Below we will explore the contents of each of the articles and paragraphs contained therein. Check out the following explanation.

Article 24 Paragraph 2

It contains: “Judicial power is exercised by a Supreme Court and judicial bodies under it in the general court environment, religious court environment, military court environment, state administrative court environment, and by a Constitutional Court”.

As discussed above, the Supreme Court has the authority to conduct trials in a number of environments or scopes. Not only that, the Supreme Court also does not work alone, but cooperates with other legal institutions, namely the Constitutional Court.

Article 24A Paragraph 1

It contained: “The Supreme Court has the authority to adjudicate at the cassation level, examine statutory regulations under the law against the law, and has other powers granted by law.”

This article explains the duties and powers of the Supreme Court. If we draw it broadly, the Supreme Court basically has the authority to examine and ensure the legitimacy of a law in Indonesia.

Article 24A Paragraph 2

It contained: “A supreme judge must have integrity and personality that is beyond reproach, fair, professional, and experienced in the field of law.”

Chief Justice is a term that refers to judges who work at the Supreme Court. It is they who will later become the cassation level court figure. Therefore, this article states that Supreme Court judges must have personalities that basically will not harm anyone.

Article 24A Paragraph 3

It contained: “The candidate for Supreme Court justices is proposed by the Judicial Commission to the House of Representatives for approval and then appointed as Supreme Court justices by the President.”

Next, there is an explanation regarding the prospective Supreme Court justices who will later work and become members of the Supreme Court. All recommendations for Supreme Court judges come from other judicial institutions, namely the Judicial Commission, are given to the People’s Representative Council (DPR), before finally being approved by the President.

Article 24A Paragraph 4

It contained: “The chairman and vice chairman of the Supreme Court are elected from and by the chief justices.”

Not only candidates for the DPR or candidates for President and Vice President who hold elections before being elected and later inaugurated. Even though it is internal in nature, both the Chief Justice and Deputy Chief Justice are also carried out by voting for consensus by their members, namely the Supreme Court justices.

Article 24A Paragraph 5

It contained: “The composition, position, membership, and procedural law of the Supreme Court and the judicial bodies under it are regulated by law.”

This last article describes Indonesia as a constitutional state. Although the Supreme Court holds supreme authority over Indonesian law, this institution must also comply with the laws that govern it and cannot act arbitrarily or arbitrarily.

Sinaumed’s must have known that apart from being the legal basis for the Supreme Court, the 1945 Constitution is also the legal basis for a number of institutions in Indonesia. You can read the contents of the 1945 Constitution in the book “1945 Constitution & Supercomplete Amendments” .

Functions and Duties of the Supreme Court

With the explanation of the legal basis for the Supreme Court above, Sinaumed’s should now be able to understand what are the functions and duties of the Supreme Court. And you may have guessed that this one institution has quite a lot of work to do, given their vital role in the continuity of law in Indonesia.

If we outline the functions and duties of the Supreme Court, Sinaumed’s can find at least 6 main functions of this judicial institution. And the 6 main functions will be further broken down into a number of other, more specific tasks.

The 6 functions are the judicial function , the supervisory function , the regulatory function , the advisory function , the administrative function , and other functions that are not included in the above functions. The following is an explanation of each function which is a summary of a more detailed explanation.

Judicial Function

• The Supreme Court is tasked with implementing state law in Indonesia and ensuring that existing laws in this country can be implemented in a fair and equitable manner.
• In addition to the above duties, the Supreme Court also has the authority to issue first and final decisions in the following cases:
  • Disputes regarding the authority to adjudicate.
  • Review of court decisions that have obtained permanent legal force.
  • Disputes arising from the seizure of foreign ships and their cargo by Indonesian warships
• The final judicial function of the Supreme Court is to examine, review, evaluate and ensure that the laws in Indonesia are free from defects and can work properly.

Oversight function

• The Supreme Court has the highest authority and has the role of overseeing various types of trials that are currently taking place in Indonesia and ensuring that these trials are carried out in accordance with existing regulations.
• If detailed, there are several things that the Supreme Court needs to supervise in a trial, namely:
  • Judicial workers ranging from judges, juries, and other judicial officials who are involved in a trial.
  • Legal advisors and notaries concerned in court.

Setting Function

• This institution is also tasked with arranging the details needed in a trial, be it small details or big details, if there are things that are not written on the legal basis of the Supreme Court.
• Based on the explanation above, the Supreme Court is authorized to make additional regulations related to the judiciary if necessary.

Advice Function

• The Supreme Court has the right to provide advice to other state institutions such as the MPR and DPR, as well as heads of state or the President regarding the acceptance or rejection of a pardon.
• In addition, this institution is also allowed to ask for instructions, advice or other information from the judiciary.

Administrative Functions

• The judiciary is under the auspices of the Supreme Court both administratively and financially.
• The Supreme Court is tasked with regulating and giving tasks related to judicial clerkships that will take place.

Other Functions

• The Supreme Court may be assigned other duties if necessary.

In addition, the functions and duties of the Supreme Court that have been described above are also carried out not only based on the 1945 Constitution, but also other laws made so that law in Indonesia can run properly under the control of the Supreme Court.

Thanks to these rules, the Supreme Court has succeeded in resolving hundreds or even thousands of legal cases every year since it was first established. If any of the Sinaumed’s are interested in reading the results of the Supreme Court’s decision, you can read the book “RI Supreme Court Decision 1953-2008” .

Other Judicial Institutions

Even though the Supreme Court can be said to hold one of the highest powers in law in Indonesia, it would be a big mistake for Sinaumed’s to assume that the Supreme Court is the only state institution tasked with enforcing the law in Indonesia.

As we have alluded to earlier, the Supreme Court is part of the judiciary, an institution that is in charge of regulating and carrying out the functions of Indonesian state law. Apart from the Supreme Court, there are also 2 other institutions which are part of the judiciary.

The two institutions are the Constitutional Court (MK) and the Judicial Commission (KY) . Each of these institutions has their own roles and duties in maintaining the continuity of law in Indonesia so as not to deviate from the laws of this country.

In the final session as well as the closing session, we will briefly discuss the Constitutional Court and the Judicial Commission, starting from the definition, duties and functions of each institution. Hope you guys can get new information, Sinaumed’s!

Constitutional Court

Apart from the Supreme Court which we have discussed above, another institution that holds the highest authority over law in Indonesia is the Constitutional Court. However, slightly different from the Supreme Court which had been established since 1945, the new Constitutional Court was established on 18 August 2003.

The 5th President of Indonesia, Megawati Soekarnoputri, who had a hand in the founding of the Constitutional Court. Similar to the Supreme Court, this institution also has the authority to review laws that will later apply in Indonesia.

In addition, the Constitutional Court is also tasked with holding trials in areas outside the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court. The areas referred to are in the form of authority disputes between state institutions, the dissolution of political parties, and disputes over general election results.

Judicial Commission

Another judicial institution that also has an important role in the state legal system is the Judicial Commission. This institution is the youngest judicial institution among the other 2 judicial institutions. The Judicial Commission was established on 2 August 2005.

Basically, the Judicial Commission has authority over matters relating to judges. They have basic duties ranging from appointing justices for the Supreme Court, ensuring that the quality of judges in Indonesia is in accordance with applicable law, as well as carrying out the code of ethics and guidelines applied to judges.

In practice, the work of the Judicial Commission must not be disturbed by the interference of any party. They will be responsible to the DPR for their work, and are required to provide detailed and accurate reports on their work over the past year.

With this, the discussion on the Supreme Court has ended , starting from the definition of the institution, the history of the institution, the legal basis of the institution, and the functions and duties of this institution. Sinaumed’s has also studied matters related to other judicial institutions, namely the Constitutional Court and the Judicial Commission.

Hopefully, with this, Sinaumed’s will begin to realize how big the role these institutions play in establishing and implementing law in Indonesia. Apart from that, I hope you can understand how important the meaning of “state of law” is for Indonesia, and always want to try to uphold it if there is a chance.

If Sinaumed’s is interested in buying the recommended books above or looking for articles or other books related to the Indonesian government, you can visit our site at sinaumedia.com . We, sinaumedia, #Friends Without Limits , will always try to provide quality writing and reading books so that Sinaumed’s can get knowledge and information #MoreWithReading .

Author: M. Adrianto S.

Also read:

Surah Al Lail – In the Al-Quran there are many letters in which each letter in the Al-Quran has a very significant meaning, so that it is used as a guide for life for Muslims. One of the most meaningful surahs in the Al-Quran which will be discussed in this article is Surah Al-Lail.

However, before discussing the Al-Lail letter, we should understand briefly about reading the Al-Quran, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Reading the Qur’an

For Muslims, reading surahs of the Al-Quran is something that is sunnah, but if you do it, you will get many rewards, especially if what is written in the Al-Quran becomes a guide or guide for life. It is important for Muslims to take the time to read the Al-Quran every day, apart from increasing the rewards, there are many more that can be obtained.

In addition, the various virtues that are obtained when reading the Koran, one of which is that a Muslim who reads the Koran will be rewarded by Allah SWT in the form of one goodness and from one kindness it will be folded into 10 goodness. However, there are still some people who are still lazy to read the Al-Quran, and there are also those who still think that reading the Al-Quran is something difficult even if it is practiced properly.

Reading the Quran is not as difficult as it seems. Apart from these problems, the most common problem is not having time to read the Koran. So, from now on for Muslims, it’s best to take the time to read the Al-Quran so that you can increase your reward and also increase your kindness.

About Surah Al-Lail

Al Lail is the 92nd letter in the Quran. Reading the letter has many advantages. Surah Al Lail was revealed in the city of Mecca, so it is classified as a Makkiyah letter. Al-Lail means night. The name Al-Lail is taken from the beginning of the first verse in this letter.

In general, the content of Surah Al Lail contains a reply for people who give their wealth to others sincerely and solely for the sake of Allah SWT.

Described in the book Talim al-Muta’allim , among the causes of the arrival of sustenance is reading the letter Al Lail. The other causes are as follows:

1. Upholding humble prayers, perfecting adab, pillars, obligatory, and sunnah prayers.
2. Carry out Dhuha sunnah prayers.
3. Reading the letter Al-Waqi’ah especially at night.
4. Read the letter Tabarak, Al-Muzammil, Al-Lail, Al Insyirah.
5. Go to the mosque before the call to prayer.
6. Always perform ablution.

 

Surah Al Lail

بِسْمِ اللّٰهِ الرَّحْمٰنِ الرَّحِيْمِ

Verse 1

وَالَّيۡلِ اِذَا يَغۡشٰىۙ

Wallaili idzaa yaghsyaa

Meaning: “By the night when it covers (the light of day),”

Verse 2

وَالنَّهَارِ اِذَا تَجَلّٰىۙ

Wannahaari idzaa tajalla

Meaning: “By the day when it is bright,”

Verse 3

وَمَا خَلَقَ الذَّكَرَ وَالۡاُنۡثٰٓىۙ

Wa maa kholaqo dzakara wal untsaa

Meaning: “for the creation of male and female,”

Verse 4

اِنَّ سَعۡيَكُمۡ لَشَتّٰىؕ

Inna sa’yakum lasyattaa

Meaning: “really, your efforts are indeed various.”

Verse 5

فَاَمَّا مَنۡ اَعۡطٰى وَاتَّقٰىۙ

Fa amma man a’tho wattaqo

Meaning: “So whoever gives (his wealth in the way of Allah) and fears,”

Verse 6

وَصَدَّقَ بِالۡحُسۡنٰىۙ

Wa shaddaqa bil husnaa

Meaning: “and justify (the reward) the best (heaven),”

Verse 7

فَسَنُيَسِّرُهٗ لِلۡيُسۡرٰىؕ

Fasanu yasiruhu lil yusraa

Meaning: “then We will make easy for him the way to ease (happiness),”

Verse 8

وَاَمَّا مَنۡۢ بَخِلَ وَاسۡتَغۡنٰىۙ

Wa amma man bakhila wastaghna

Meaning: “And as for those who are stingy and feel themselves sufficient (no need for Allah’s help),”

Verse 9

وَكَذَّبَ بِالۡحُسۡنٰىۙ

Wa kadzaba bil husna

Meaning: “and deny the best (reward),”

Verse 10

فَسَنُيَسِّرُهٗ لِلۡعُسۡرٰىؕ

Fasanu yasiruhu lil usro

Meaning: “then We will make easy for him the way to hardship (tribulation),”

Verse 11

وَمَا يُغۡنِىۡ عَنۡهُ مَالُهٗۤ اِذَا تَرَدّٰى

Wamaa yughnii ‘anhu maluhu idza taradda

Meaning: “and his wealth will not benefit him when he has perished.”

Verse 12

اِنَّ عَلَيۡنَا لَـلۡهُدٰى

Inna ‘alaina lal huda

Meaning: “Verily, it is We who guide.”

Verse 13

وَاِنَّ لَـنَا لَـلۡاٰخِرَةَ وَالۡاُوۡلٰى‏

Wa inna lanaa lal Akhirota wal uulaa

Meaning: “And indeed to Us is the hereafter and the world.”

Verse 14

فَاَنۡذَرۡتُكُمۡ نَارًا تَلَظّٰى‌ۚ

Fa andzartukum naaran lazada

Meaning: “So I warn you with a burning hell,”

Verse 15

لَا يَصۡلٰٮهَاۤ اِلَّا الۡاَشۡقَىۙ

Laa yaslaha ilal asqa

Meaning: “which only the most wretched people enter,”

Verse 16

الَّذِىۡ كَذَّبَ وَتَوَلّٰىؕ

Alladzi kadzaba wa tawalla

Meaning: “who denies (the truth) and turns away (from the faith).”

Verse 17

وَسَيُجَنَّبُهَا الۡاَتۡقَىۙ

Wa sa janna buhal atqo

Meaning: “And will be kept away from it (hell) people who are most pious,”

Verse 18

الَّذِىۡ يُؤۡتِىۡ مَالَهٗ يَتَزَكّٰى‌ۚ

Allazii yu’tii maalahuu yatazakkaa

Meaning: “who spends his wealth (in the way of Allah) to clean (himself),”

Verse 19

وَمَا لِاَحَدٍ عِنۡدَهٗ مِنۡ نِّعۡمَةٍ تُجۡزٰٓىۙ

Wa maa li ahadin’ indahu min ni’matin tujza

Meaning: “and no one gives him a favor that must be reciprocated”

Verse 20

???

Ilabb tighaaa’a wajhi rabbihil a ‘laa

Meaning: “but (he gave it solely) for seeking the pleasure of his Lord the Most High.”

Verse 21

وَلَسَوۡفَ يَرۡضٰى

Walasaufa yarda

Meaning: “And surely one day he will get (perfect) pleasure.”

The meaning and content of the letter Al – Lail

Surah Al-Lail is the 92nd letter in the Al-Quran. This letter consists of 21 verses and is included in the makkiyah letter group. Makkiyah are verses that were revealed before Rasulullah SAW moved to Medina. Makkiyah letters descended for 12 years, 5 months, 13 days, starting on the 17th of Ramadan. This letter was revealed after the letter Al-A’la.

This letter is named Al-Lail, which is taken from the words of Al Lail in the first verse of this letter. This letter means night because Allah SWT swore at the beginning of the letter on the night (Lail), so it is named as Al-Lail letter. Surah Al-Lail from this side includes sura Al-Ausath Al-Mufasholat and the 19th sura which begins with an oath.

In addition, the Al-Lail letter is a replica of human life. This is because Surah Al-Lail contains how humans respond to life in this world. Especially in matters of wealth and enjoyment which will later direct people to two groups, lucky or losers.

The main content of this letter also explains that for those who are pious and justify the existence of a reward, Allah will make it easy for them and bring them happiness in the hereafter. Whereas a human who commits a crime will bring that person to misery in the hereafter and his wealth cannot save him.

This letter talks about how humans live the life they live, especially related to wealth and enjoyment.

From the brief explanation above, it can be concluded that the contents of the letter Al-Lail. The following is the content of Surah Al Lail in more detail, namely:

1. Human efforts are different, therefore the results are different too
2. People who donate and fear Allah will be facilitated by Allah in doing good that will lead to the happiness of the hereafter
3. Whereas a person who is facilitated by Allah to commit crimes that bring misery in the hereafter, then property will not benefit him whatsoever.
4. The miserly person thinks he is sufficient and denies the existence of good rewards.

The Virtue of Reading Surah Al-Lail

There are various teachings contained in Surah Al-Lail that you can implement in your daily life in order to get blessings and fitrah from Him. The priority that is obtained in reading the letter Al-Lail is that the person who reads the letter Al-Lail, then he will get the pleasure of Allah and his difficulties will be eliminated and will get ease in all his affairs. Apart from that, Surah Al-Lail can also be read to someone who has fainted and then read it in his ear.

There are still some more virtues from the letter Al-Lail. The following are some of the virtues that Surah Al-Lail has when practiced, namely:

1. Including Surah Al-Mufashshal

Surah Al Lail is included in the Al-Mufashshal given to the Prophet Muhammad SAW. In addition, so that he has priority compared to the Prophets before him.

2. Can Enter Through Any Heaven’s Door

Whatever is in him will testify for him on the Day of Resurrection, and he will enter heaven through whichever door he wishes.

3. Get the pleasure of Allah SWT

Reading the letter Al-Lail will get the pleasure of Allah SWT and eliminate difficulties in every matter.

From Ubay bin Ka’ab, he said; The Prophet SAW said to me, “Whoever reads the letter Wal laili idza yaghsya, Allah will give him until He is pleased, and He will save him from difficulties and He will make things easier for him.”

4. Removed Difficulty, Given Ease and Also Wealth

The Prophet Muhammad SAW said, “Whoever reads this letter (Sura Al-Lail), Allah will give him until he is satisfied, eliminates his difficulties, gives him ease, and gives him wealth. And whoever reads it fifteen times before going to bed, he will not see in his sleep (in a dream), except what he likes and will not see bad things. And whoever prays by reciting it at the end of Isha, it is as if he prayed with a quarter (of the Qur’an) and his prayer is accepted.” ( Tafsir Al Burhan, Juz 8: 302 )

5. Prayer for Fainting People to Wake Up Quickly

If Surah Al-Lail is read in the ear of someone who is unconscious, with Allah’s permission that person will quickly regain consciousness. From Ash-Shiddiq said:

“Whoever reads it for fifteen times, he will not see anything he hates, sleep peacefully, and Allah will protect him. And whoever reads it in the ear of a person who has fainted, he will quickly recover.”

6. Cure fever

If it is written on a plate and the writer must be in a state of purity, then it is washed off with water. Insya Allah, if you drink it to someone who has a hot fever, they can recover by doing it up to three times.

 

Asbabun Nuzul (The Causes) of the Revelation of Surah Al Lail

There are several narrations which state that Asbabun Nuzul (the causes of the decline) of letter al-Lail, including from Ibn Hatim, Al-Hakim, and Al-Bazzar. In the history of Ibn Hatim it is said that the letter al-Lail came down regarding the curmudgeonly owner of the palm trees. It is said that the owner of the palm tree has a tree whose trunk stretches to the house of his indigent neighbor and has many children.

Every time it bears fruit, he picks the fruit from his neighbor’s house, but if the dates fall and are picked up by his neighbour’s children who are poor, he immediately snatches them away. Even those that had entered the mouths of the children were also forced to remove them. Then, the poor man said that to the Prophet Muhammad who promised to solve his problem.

The Prophet then met the owner of the dates and said, “Give me a palm tree whose swaying sticks out to Anu’s house, and your share in exchange for a palm tree in heaven.” The owner of the palm tree said, “Only so much sir offer? I have many palm trees and the palm trees that were asked were the best.” Then the owner of the date palm left.

The conversation was overheard by a philanthropist who immediately came to the Prophet and said, “Is the master’s offer also valid for me, if the palm tree is already mine?” The Prophet replied “Yes.” The man then met the owner of the palm tree.

The owner of the palm tree said, “Did you know that Muhammad SAW promised a palm tree in heaven in exchange for a palm tree whose swaying sticks out to my neighbor’s house? And that I have taken note of his offer, but the fruit is amazing, even though I have many date palms, and not a single tree that is dense.”

The benefactor said, “Would you like to sell it.” He replied, “No, unless there are people who are able to fulfill my wishes, but surely no one will be able to.”

The benefactor said again, “How much do you want?” He said, “I want forty palm trees.” He was silent then said again, “You ask nonsense, well I give you 40 palm trees, and I ask the witness if you really want to exchange them.”

He summoned his friends to witness the exchange. The philanthropist faced the Prophet and said, “O Messenger of Allah! The palm tree is mine and I will hand it over to you.” The Prophet Muhammad then met the indigent, “Take this palm tree for you and your family.” Then all the letters al-Lail went down which distinguished the position and consequences of the curmudgeon and the benefactor.

Other narrations state that most of the contents of Surah Al-Lail relate to the generosity of Abu Bakr. Al-Hakim mentioned that verse 5 to the last verse of this letter was revealed regarding the generosity of Abu Bakr who liberated weak servants.

Meanwhile, the history of Ibn Abi Hatim from Urwah stated that Abu Bakr had freed 7 servants who were tortured by their masters because they believed in Allah, so that verses 17 to 21 of this letter were revealed regarding his generosity. Another history also states that verses 19 to 21 of this letter were revealed regarding the generosity of Abu Bakr.

The main points of Surah Al Lail

Human efforts are different, so the results are different too. In addition, someone who is pious can get happiness given by Allah and someone who gives charity can get tribulation in this life.

But those whom Allah despise are those who commit crimes that lead to misery in the afterlife, wealth will not define them; a curmudgeon thinks he is sufficient and denies that he has a rightful reward.

Surah Al Lail explains that the practices that are done sincerely solely to seek the pleasure of Allah are what bring happiness in the afterlife in the world. Thus the discussion about the letter Al-Lail, I hope all the discussion above is useful for Sinaumed’s.

Sinaumed’s can get more information by reading the books available at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Types of Waste: Definition of Waste, Characteristics of Waste, and Ways to Handle Waste – Humans in carrying out their daily activities cannot be separated from what is called the environment. The environment in question is an environment capable of supporting human life and other living things. Therefore, this environment must be maintained so that humans and other living things can live healthier longer.

However, in terms of population development, both in terms of necessities of life, increasing population, to human greed towards the environment and its surroundings. All things related to population development, especially human greed, make the environment disturbed. In fact, this disturbed environment can make the existing balance in the environment unbalanced.

One of the causes of the scope imbalance is the large amount of waste generated or caused by daily human activities. The waste that is around us can cause our health to be disrupted, and can even damage the chain in an ecosystem.

Therefore, knowing or recognizing knowledge about waste is needed by everyone. This article will discuss the definition of waste and how to deal with waste. So, read this article until it’s finished.

Definition of Waste

Waste generated from humans always has a bad connotation, such as smell, dirty, source of disease, and so on. It is undeniable that every day humans will always produce waste, such as eating, drinking, and washing. In fact, on a larger scale, waste is generated from factory activities.

Before discussing further about the types of waste, the characteristics of waste, and how to deal with waste, it is better to discuss the definition of waste itself first. By understanding the meaning of waste, other discussions about waste will be easy to understand.

Law Number 32 of 2009

In article 1 point 20 of Law Number 32 of 2009 concerning Environmental Protection and Management, waste is the residue of a business and/or activity.

Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI)

Waste in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) means the rest of the production process; Materials that have no value or are not valuable for ordinary or primary purposes in the manufacture or use; Goods damaged or defective in the production process.

karma

According to Karmana, waste is residue or waste from a process of human activity which can become a pollutant in an environment.

Susilowarno

According to Susilowarno, waste is residue or by-products originating from various human activities in an effort to meet life’s needs.

Cahyono Budi Utomo

According to Cahyono, waste is a substance or object that arises as a result of human activity that is no longer used and is discarded.

After discussing the definition of waste based on the Law, KBBI, and according to several experts, it can be concluded that waste is leftovers, trash, and something that is no longer used by humans which if left unchecked can cause pollutants or environmental damage, very dangerous isn’t it?

Waste Type

The types of waste are grouped into three groups, namely waste based on its compounds, waste based on its form, and waste based on its source.

1. Types of Waste Based on Their Compounds

The first type of waste group is waste based on its compounds. This waste group is divided into three, namely organic waste, inorganic waste, and B3 waste.

a) Organic waste

Organic waste is waste that comes from living things that is easy to decompose naturally and easily decomposes. Examples of organic wastes are leaves that fall to the ground, grass, food scraps, vegetable and fruit skins, human and animal waste, and animal bones.

In general, the organic wastes that we often see come from homes, restaurants, hotels and agriculture.

b) Inorganic waste

Inorganic waste is waste that comes from the remains of human activities and this waste is very difficult to decompose naturally and naturally decomposes. Therefore, this type of waste is very dangerous for humans and other living things.

Examples of inorganic waste, such as leftover soap or dishes, used drink bottles, plastic bags, cans, paper, cloth, paper, and many more.

c) B3 waste

The last type of waste based on its compounds is B3 waste. The term “B3” stands for Hazardous and Toxic Materials. From the name alone, this waste can threaten and endanger the environment. In fact, human health is also seriously threatened by the presence of B3 waste.

B3 waste is dangerous because it contains compounds that are difficult to decompose and are toxic. These compounds are heavy metals, such as Al, Cr, Cd, Cu, Fe, Pb, Mn, Hg, and Zn. In addition, these dangerous compounds can also be found in chemicals, such as cyanide, phenol, pesticides, sulfides, and others.

2. Types of Waste Based on Their Shape

The second type of waste group is waste based on its form. This type of waste group is divided into three, namely solid waste, liquid waste, and gaseous waste.

a) Solid waste

Solid waste is waste that is solid and comes from the residue of domestic activities or industrial activities. Examples of solid waste, such as paper, iron filings, cloth, plastic, wood, and iron filings.

Solid waste can be classified into six categories, namely organic waste that perishes ( garbage ), inorganic and non-decomposing organic waste ( rubbish ), ashes ( ashes ), dead animal waste ( dead animal ), street sweeping waste and waste. industry ( industrial waste ).

b) Liquid waste

Liquid waste is waste that has an oblong shape and comes from the remains of domestic activities or production processes. The liquid waste itself is in the form of water that has been mixed or suspended with the waste materials resulting from production residues.

Liquid waste can be classified into four groups, namely domestic wastewater , industrial wastewater , infiltration and inflow , and storm water .

c) Waste gases

Gas waste is waste in which air is the medium. The more waste gas that rises into the air, the lower the air quality. In fact, the gaseous waste that is left in the air can disturb the health of humans and other living things. The gas waste itself can come from motor vehicle exhaust, forest fire smoke, factory smoke, and others.

Examples of waste gases such as Carbon Monoxide (CO), Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Nitrogen Oxide (NOx), Sulfur Oxide (SOx), Hydrochloric Acid (HCI), Ammonia (NH3), Methane (CH4), Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) ), Nitrogen Sulfide (NS), and Chlorine (Cl2).

3. Types of Waste Based on the Source

The third type of waste group is waste based on its source. Based on the source, there are six types of waste, namely household waste, industrial waste, agricultural waste, medical waste, mining waste and tourism waste.

a) Household waste

Household waste is waste originating from human activities in the house or its environment. Therefore, household waste is also called domestic waste. For example, water for washing clothes, dishes, vehicles, soapy water from after bathing, human waste, unused plastic, plastic bottles or cans, and so on.

b) Industrial waste

Industrial waste is waste that comes from the remains of the production process in an industry. As we know that there are various kinds of industries. Therefore, industrial waste is also very diverse and depends on what industry is being run.

For example, the clothing industry, the waste is in the form of leftover clothing that cannot be used and dyes from clothing that can pollute the environment. The electric cable industry, waste from this industry, such as cables that are no longer used but are still buried in the ground.

c) Agricultural waste

It’s not only the soil ecosystem that is damaged, but the eradication of fertilizers that use pesticides can make the vegetables or fruit produced not good for consumption, especially if pesticides are used excessively.

d) Medical waste

Medical waste is waste or garbage originating from medical facilities and equipment. This medical waste can be found in hospitals, clinics, and puskesmas. This type of waste if left continuously is very dangerous because every medical device used contains body fluids such as blood or other contaminants.

Examples of medical waste, such as expired drugs, leftover chemotherapy, leftover body tissue (autopsy, or surgical processes), used treatment tools, and others.

e) Mining waste

Mining waste is waste originating from mining activities. The polluted environment due to mining waste can be seen from the large amount of metal and mercury that comes from the remnants of the mining process. Examples of mining wastes are arsenic, smoke, sulfuric acid, lead, mercury, mercury, and the like.

f) Tourism waste

Tourism waste is what comes from human activities when traveling or traveling. In general, this waste is in locations that are often visited by people when traveling.

For example, smoke from transportation facilities, leftover food and drinks, and many more. With the existence of tourism waste, it is likely that these tourist attractions will be polluted by the environment.

General Waste Characteristics

In general, waste that is around humans and living things has characteristics, namely its dynamic nature, its micro size, its distribution has long-term impacts or between generations, and its distribution is also very wide.

a) It is dynamic

Waste has dynamic characteristics because the waste itself always moves from one place to another. For example, trash that is dumped in the river will migrate to the sea.

b) Micro size

Micro waste. In this case, the micro size in question is the particles present in the waste itself. In fact, these tiny particles would be very difficult to see without tools such as a microscope. For example, the particles that exist in factory wastes or household wastes.

c) Long-term impact

The next characteristic of waste is its long-term impact. In solving this waste problem, cooperation between humans and between generations is needed. In addition, solving the waste problem requires quite a long time. For example, household waste.

d) The spread is very wide

Its size is very small, so it can make waste spread easily. In other words, waste easily spreads widely. In fact, waste can spread from one factor to another. For example, factory waste disposal which can cause environmental damage.

Special Waste Characteristics

However, if it is further narrowed or specific, waste can be divided into three characteristics, the first is physical characteristics, the second is chemical characteristics, and the third is biological characteristics.

a) Physical characteristics

The physical characteristics of the waste consist of several parts, namely solids, odor, temperature, color, and turbidity. These characteristics can be felt by the human body. For example, smells that can be smelled by the nose sensory organs, colors that can be seen by our eyes, and so on.

b) Chemical characteristics

The chemical characteristics of the waste consist of organic matter, BOD ( Biological Oxygen Demand ), DO ( Dissolved Oxygen ), COD ( Chemical Oxygen Demand ), pH ( Puisaance d’Hydrogen Scale ), and heavy metals. Basically this characteristic is a measurement of the waste itself. The more often we measure the chemical levels of waste in an environment, the more we will know whether the environment is clean or not.

c) Biological characteristics

Biological characteristics of waste are usually used as a measure of water quality, especially water that is consumed or drunk. The water we drink should be checked regularly so that the water that enters our bodies is clean and healthy water.

How to Overcome Waste 

The more the number of people on earth, the greater the amount of waste produced by humans. This increasing amount of waste can cause human health to suffer.

In other words, the problem of waste must be addressed immediately so that the piles of waste on earth are decreasing or at least increasing significantly. Below we will discuss ways to deal with waste that are easy to do.

1. Reduce (reduce)

The more often we reduce the use of goods that produce waste, the waste will be reduced. Reducing waste will provide good benefits, especially for environmental ecosystems and human health.

How to deal with this waste can be done by reducing the use of single-use plastic when shopping. It would be nice, when shopping, to use plastic that can be used many times or reduce single-use plastic. It is recommended to buy durable items so they are not easily damaged.

2. Reuse

There is nothing wrong, if you reuse items that have been used. By reusing, it is the same if we have overcome and reduced waste. In this case, reuse means extending the use time. For example, drinking bottles that have triangular labels should not be thrown away immediately, but used up to three times beforehand.

By doing this regularly, less waste will be generated from used drink bottles. In addition, when shopping, it is better to use a tote bag that can be used many times so that the use of plastic can be significantly reduced.

3. Recycle (recycle)

By recycling existing wastes, especially inorganic waste. Recycling activities if done properly and correctly will produce an item with a high economic price. Therefore, never hesitate to recycle various kinds of waste.

Recycling activities can be carried out independently or sent to the “waste bank”. The waste bank can be interpreted as a place for managing inorganic waste in the household environment.

Everyone who has collected waste (which has been separated organic and inorganic) and gives it to the waste bank will receive appreciation from the waste bank. Then the waste bank will process these wastes to become goods of high value.

4. Turning organic waste into compost

You want to get fertilizer for free? Making fertilizer for free can use organic materials from the household environment, such as fruit and vegetable peels. With these materials, it can produce compost that can fertilize plants or herbs.

In addition, making compost can also be done using animal waste, such as cows and goats. Even though it looks disgusting, it will produce a free fertilizer that is useful for making plants grow more fertile.

5. Use as little laundry soap as possible

The use of a little washing soap will make water pollution less. This is because there are very few chemicals in soap that dissolve in water. In addition, reducing the use of washing soap also maintains the quality of soil and groundwater. So, have you reduced the use of laundry soap?

6. Classify organic and inorganic waste

Classifying organic and inorganic waste, then we will know the appropriate waste management. For example, organic waste can be managed into compost. Meanwhile, inorganic waste can be managed into goods with high selling value, such as block blocks.

Conclusion

As we already know that humans cannot be separated from the environment. In other words, the needs of human life are very dependent on what is in this environment. A quality living environment will produce quality human health and living things as well.

Therefore, every human being needs to have insight about the environment, especially in waste management. In addition, fellow human beings should help each other, especially in protecting the environment. The environment is maintained, we will all be healthy and happy.

Types of Unemployment and Their Causes – Indonesia is one of the countries in the world with the largest population. How could it not be, the area in Indonesia is quite large from Sabang to Merauke with abundant natural resource wealth and human resource wealth. This should be an advantage for Indonesia, but in reality it has become a challenge which until now has not been properly resolved.

Natural wealth cannot be exploited optimally for the prosperity of the people. Human resource issues are no less important to be scrutinized and overcome. In fact, until now there are still many people in Indonesia who are unemployed or unemployed. The high birth rate is not matched by a large number of jobs, which means that the absorption of labor does not work as it should.

The Central Statistics Agency recorded that in February 2021 the unemployment rate was 6.26%. It is predicted that the unemployment rate will increase due to the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic in 2020-2021, namely 1.62 million people. This article will further discuss the definition of unemployment and its causes.

Definition of Unemployment

What is meant by unemployment? Unemployment is a person belonging to the labor force (ages between 15-64 years) who are not working or looking for work. If explained more specifically, the definition of unemployment is not only limited to not working or looking for work, but is even more complex. Unemployment can mean people who have found a job but have not yet started working or people who really don’t have a job because they feel they can’t get one.

The problem of unemployment in Indonesia is a serious issue that is a shared responsibility, not just the responsibility of the government. The high population in Indonesia is not proportional to the number of existing jobs so that those who are not absorbed into these jobs will become unemployed. In this article, we will not only discuss the definition of unemployment and its causes, but we will also learn about the types, impacts, and factors that cause unemployment, especially in Indonesia.

Types of Unemployment

After knowing the definition of unemployment, then what are the types of unemployment? Unemployment can be divided into two types, namely based on causes and based on its characteristics. The unemployment based on the cause is divided into 4.

1. Frictional Unemployment

The definition of frictional unemployment is a situation in which an area has an unemployment rate of 2 or 3 percent of the total workforce. Frictional unemployment is also known as normal unemployment, because the unemployed are not unable to get a job, but are looking for a job that is considered better than before.

A more comfortable job offer, a bigger salary, and an offer of benefits for work are the considerations for workers choosing to resign. Usually this happens when they get an offer to work at a bigger company with a bigger salary offer.

Another thing to consider may be because the new job will later be more in line with their abilities and expertise. Workers who choose to resign and look for a better job will have the status of frictional unemployment or normal unemployment.

2. Cyclical Unemployment

In the industrial world, the demand for production is not always high. There are times when consumer purchasing power decreases and causes the production of goods or services to also decrease. Prices will also decrease due to lack of enthusiasts. Circumstances like this encourage companies to increase worker efficiency. This is because it is impossible to maintain a number of employees that is not proportional to consumer demand for goods or services.

Losses are experienced continuously while they also have to pay employees. As a result, the company is trying to reduce the number of employees to minimize these losses. Workers or employees who are affected by this reduction are called cyclical unemployment.

3. Structural Unemployment

Structural unemployment is a condition where the emergence of unemployment due to changes in the structure of economic activity at a time. This occurs when the economic downturn in an industry or company is caused by high business competition.

This has led to the exclusion of several entrepreneurs, the exorbitantly high expenses, the losses suffered by companies due to the decline in export activities, and the emergence of competing goods from other parties. This causes the business to be reduced or possibly closed. As a result, workers will be unemployed. This is what is known as structural unemployment.

4. Technological unemployment

The use of technology continues to grow from time to time. Jobs that were previously carried out by humans are slowly being replaced by technological sophistication called robots.

For example, in the canned food industry, which previously utilized human power, today it maximizes robot capabilities to make them more efficient and more effective because they can work faster. Such a situation triggers the emergence of unemployment because human labor has been replaced by technology. This condition is known as technological unemployment.

Types of Unemployment Based on Their Characteristics

Types of unemployment based on its characteristics can be divided into 4, namely.

1. Underemployment

Underemployment is a person who actually has a job, but working hours are different from workers in general. They only work based on requests from their employers for irregular periods, maybe one to two times a week or less than 7 to 8 hours per day. People who work part time or freelance are also known as underemployed.

2. Open Unemployment

Open unemployment is defined as a situation where the number of job availability is lower than the number of workers. Open unemployment will actually not have a job due to a decline in economic activity at one time, a reduction in the number of workers due to technological sophistication, as well as industrial setbacks or decline.

3. Hidden Unemployment

Hidden unemployment is a condition where the number of workers is more than what is needed. The excess number of workers causes activities to not run evenly, some are working and some are not working.

For example, the number of cafe maids is too much compared to actual needs. Some of them will work to serve customers, but many of them will be unemployed because they are already serving customers. This is known as hidden unemployment. They actually have a job, but do not work as it should be done.

Another example that can be found is in rural communities. The majority work as farmers with quite a lot of numbers. The number of fields that must be worked on by these farmers is not too large so that if done in large numbers not all of them will get the same share of the work.

4. Seasonal Unemployment

Usually people will work according to certain times. If they are not entering the working period, they will be unemployed. This is known as seasonal unemployment. This type of unemployment can be found in those who work in agriculture or fishing. When entering the harvest season, farmers will work full time to get large amounts of crops.

However, if one day their agricultural output is not optimal or there is a crop failure it will make them unemployed. The same goes for those who work as fishermen. When the season is not good for going to sea, fishermen cannot work so they have to be unemployed for some time and wait until the right time to go to sea. These things cause them to become seasonal unemployed.

Causes of High Unemployment Rate

After knowing the definition of unemployment and its causes and types of unemployment, then what are the causes of unemployment? The high unemployment rate in Indonesia is caused by many things. What are the causes, see the explanation below.

1. Unbalanced number of workers with the availability of jobs

The first reason for unemployment is the imbalance between the number of workers and the availability of jobs. The high number of residents cannot all be absorbed into the jobs that are already available. Only a few people who have skills and abilities in accordance with the field of work will be absorbed. For those who cannot compete, it has an impact on the small chance of getting a job.

2. Increasingly Sophisticated Technology

The advancement of technology in a country is something to be proud of. However, it does not always have a positive impact. Technological advances trigger the replacement of the human role in work because technology will be faster than humans. If not properly anticipated, technological sophistication will lead to high unemployment in the future.

3. Insufficient Skills

For those who do not have experience in work will have difficulty when looking for work. Job providers sometimes include requirements for having work experience so that for some fresh graduates this will make it difficult for them to get a job. For those who are less skilled in the field they want, they will find it difficult to compete to be able to get the job as expected.

4. Inadequate educational qualifications

Another cause of unemployment is caused by a person’s educational qualifications that do not match the demands of the job market. Educational background is a problem with the number of unemployed. First, low access to education causes people to be less competent in the world of work, even though education is useful for building character and work competence.

The second is that job opportunities that include all kinds of majors are still limited, so those with a minority educational background will find it difficult to get a job. However, this does not rule out the possibility that the majority of one type of education also contributes to the unemployment rate due to intense competition for a limited number of jobs.

5. Poverty

Many unemployment problems are caused by low levels of welfare. The poverty rate is directly proportional to the unemployment rate. In general, unemployment comes from those who are below the poverty line. Poverty also makes it difficult for a person to get facilities that support skills that can be used in the world of work.

6. Mass layoffs

Termination of employment or layoffs also contributed to the high unemployment rate. Especially if layoffs are carried out on a large scale, many people will lose their jobs and become unemployed. The recent case was mass layoffs due to the Covid-19 pandemic some time ago, many workers were laid off and did not get income. This indicates that mass layoffs are quite a serious matter for workers if they do not prepare themselves by looking for alternative side jobs outside of their main job.

7. Unequal Employment

The concentration of work is more concentrated in cities, making it difficult for some people to access it. The distance between where you live and where you work can be a consideration for someone to take a job in the city. Even though the lure of a higher salary, expenses for transportation are also quite draining. While there are not too many jobs in the village or village. If employment opportunities are more evenly distributed or not only concentrated in cities, the unemployment rate in rural areas will decrease.

Impact of Unemployment

After knowing the definition of unemployment and its causes, the types of unemployment, and the causes of unemployment, then what are the impacts of the emergence of the phenomenon of unemployment? There are two impacts of unemployment, namely social and economic.

1. Social Impact

It is undeniable that unemployment can have an impact on social problems in society. Psychological burden will be felt by those who do not have a job, ranging from the emergence of inequality in social status to low welfare.

Low welfare causes the emergence of social problems that trigger an increase in crime rates. For example, robbery, theft, and mugging are committed by some people due to the difficulty they find work. The shortcut chosen is to take actions that are not justified by law. If this is not handled seriously it will damage the structure of social life in the midst of society.

2. Economic Impact

The emergence of unemployment can have an impact on economic life. The impact of not having a job will reduce the level of welfare in his life and can even lower a decent standard of living. Slow economic growth causes the country to suffer losses.

Because the budget for alleviating a prosperous life for the people will be bigger. For example, the provision of assistance to the poor will be higher if the unemployment rate is also high. Besides that, people’s purchasing power will also decrease resulting in lower taxes resulting from economic activities.

Factors Emerging Unemployment

In addition to knowing the definition of unemployment and its causes, types, causes, and effects of unemployment, we also need to know the factors that trigger unemployment? Here are some of them.

1. Information

Information about employment is important in order to reduce unemployment. However, not everyone can access this information due to limitations or uneven distribution of information, making it difficult for job seekers to find out.

2. Self Integrity

It must be admitted that the government has actually participated in trying to reduce the unemployment rate. Various trainings are provided to support the abilities of job seekers, both soft skills and hard skills. But it all comes back to the job seekers to spur themselves to develop their work skills. The culture of being lazy to work or what we hear more often with the word “mager” makes it difficult for most people to find work.

3. Salary or Wages

The issue of job well-being should also be considered. Giving wages that are not appropriate causes workers to prefer to quit their jobs to get a bigger income because they cannot make ends meet. If enough jobs are available, this is not a problem. It will be a problem when there are not many jobs that provide more salaries, this can be a factor in the emergence of unemployment.

4. Education

Education is a way for a person to be able to improve his abilities so that he has more skills at work. The taller a person is, the higher the chance of being able to work. People who have a bachelor’s level of education will certainly be more needed than people who only have a lower level of education such as high school or junior high school because they are seen as having broader abilities and knowledge.

Also read the   following articles related to “Types of Unemployment” :

• Meaning of Summons
• Example of a column balance
• Example of Bank Reconciliation
• Economic Principles
• Definition of Scarcity
• Definition of Macroeconomics
• Microeconomics
• Economic Recession
• Economic Globalization
• People’s Economy
• Economic agents
• Economic Problems in Indonesia
• Economics
• Types of Economic Systems
• People’s Economy

That is the subject of discussion about the definition of unemployment and its causes, types, impacts, and what factors trigger the emergence of unemployment in Indonesia. Unemployment does not only have an impact on the social sector but also the economy. Various parties must work together hand in hand to find a common solution because unemployment is a shared responsibility. Opening jobs or entrepreneurship can be a solution to reduce the high unemployment rate in society.

For those of you who are music lovers, you are certainly familiar with the term tone interval in music art lessons at school. However, before discussing more about pitch intervals, let’s first understand a little about music.

In terms, music is a series of tones arranged in such a way as to produce beautiful harmonization. Music can be produced from the sound of musical instruments being played or even just by clapping and other surrounding objects. Reporting from the book History of Music and Art Appreciation written by Sila Widhyatama, there are important elements that play a role in forming music. These elements include:

1. The main elements, which are related to harmony, rhythm, melody, and song structure.
2. The elements of expression, which are related to tempo, dynamics, and timbre.

In the world of education and teaching, arts and culture and skills are one of the subjects contained in primary, secondary and basic education programs in the formulation of the basic competencies of each subject embodied in a series that every knowledge is taught, learning must be continued until students are skilled in present the knowledge he has mastered in a concrete and abstract manner in the form of or related to works of art and culture, and behave as human beings with a high sense of appreciation for works of art.

The art of music itself is an education that provides the ability to appreciate and express art creatively for the development of students’ personalities and provides a balanced attitude and emotion. Through the art of music we can also form discipline, tolerance, socialization, democratic attitudes which include sensitivity to the environment. In other words, music art education is a subject that plays an important role in helping the individual development of students which will later have an impact on the growth of reason, thought, socialization, and emotion.

In learning the art of music, students listen, experience, appreciate about scales, intervals, and chords. The process of learning scales, intervals, and chords is not enough just to understand the theory, but you also have to try to practice them using musical instruments such as piano, guitar, piano, and other melodic instruments.

The instrument functions not only to sound the notes that must be sung, but also to control the accuracy of the notes that are sung. The aspect that must be prioritized in interval learning is the accuracy of the tone. The pitch interval is the frequency distance between one note and another, both the up and down pitch.

In the diatonic musical system each interval has a different name. The names used for the intervals consist of Prime, Second, Tert, Quart, Kwint, Sekt, Septim, and Octave intervals. Each of these intervals can be changed up and down ½ steps.

Understanding the Art of Music

Understanding the art of music in language consists of two words, namely “art” and “music” which each word has its own meaning. Art is a dimension of human creation or feeling that is poured into certain media to channel it or implement it to other people. Then the word “music” comes from the word mousikos meaning in Greek is the god of beauty who has power in the arts and sciences.

The definition of the art of music is then interpreted as a scientific field or a school of art that uses tones and sounds or a combination of temporal relationships to convey artistic expressions, messages or values ​​to others in one unit and continuity.

So, the notion of music art is a branch of art that focuses more on prioritizing the use of harmony, melody, rhythm, tempo, and vocals as a means of conveying the values ​​of art itself from artists or art makers to other people or art connoisseurs.

Elements of Music Other Than Tone Intervals

1. Harmony is the harmony of sound from a combination of two or more tones, which differ in pitch.
2. Rhythm is a sound or a group of sounds with various short note lengths and stress or accents on the notes.
3. Melody is a series of tones that sound sequentially.
4. The structure or form of a song is the relationship between musical elements in a song, so as to produce a meaningful song composition.
5. Song tempo is how fast or slow the rhythm is in a song.
6. Expression is an expression of thoughts and feelings, which includes tempo, dynamics, and color, which is conveyed from the singer to the listener.

After understanding the basic meaning of music, we will then enter into a discussion of pitch intervals and their types. Here’s the explanation:

Definition of Tone Intervals

The interval is a measure of the distance in pitch between two notes. Harmonic intervals occur when two notes are sounded simultaneously, while melodic intervals occur when notes are sounded alternately. The method of measuring
intervals is the same for both harmonic and melodic intervals.

There are two elements used for naming intervals, namely the naming of the number and the quality of the interval that precedes the number. The numeral designation is a measure of how far apart the notes are vertically spaced in the staves, regardless of the accidental markings that accompany them.

When talking about intervals, we use the terms unison instead of 1 and octaves instead of 8. Intervals smaller than an octave are called simple intervals , while larger intervals (including octaves) are called compound intervals . It is important to note that the “2” (second) harmonic interval is written or denoted with the top note shifted slightly to the right of the bottom note. Accidentals are handled in the same way for 2nd, 3rd, or 4th harmonic intervals, if both notes require accidental additions.

In general, the interval is the distance between one note to another which is measured by the high and low. Scales are a form of arrangement of notes that are centered on one basic tone. Inside the scale there is another small form that makes up the scale, namely the relationship between each individual note that forms melody and harmony. By understanding the form of these relationships, it will be easier for us to reach an understanding of the emotions we can create for music listeners.

The distance between two notes is known as the interval. If the two notes are played together then we know it as interval harmony, and if the two notes are played one and then followed by another note, we know it as interval melody. When two notes are played simultaneously we will hear three things, namely the two notes plus a third component, namely the combination of the two notes themselves.

Each interval has its own quality and mood. We will identify each note with a number, so we can apply these numbers to different keys or notes, because even though the notes are different, the quality of the intervals we listen to will remain the same. The quality of the perfect 5th interval between the notes c and g will sound the same as the quality of the perfect 5th between the notes g and d, or the quality of the perfect 5th interval on the other notes.

Interval quality is indicated by the number of half steps between the two notes. We use the major scale with the key or key of c, namely with the musical notes cdefgab c’ or with the notes number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 used with the assumption that the major distance is used. If we look at the scale above, the distance of ½ steps is only in the distance between 3 to 4 and 7 to 1.

Apart from these notes the number is 1 step, automatically between these notes there is still one more note shown in the diagram above. We also identify these tones with numbers to make it easier for us to recognize the quality of the intervals.

Types of Tone Intervals

1. Prime Tone Intervals

Prime is the distance between one note and another with the same pitch. Pitch is the precision of pitch. An example of using prime tone intervals is the distance from C to C again.

2. Second Tone Intervals

Second is the distance between one note and another with a pitch one level above it. An example of using the second tone interval is C to D.

3. Terts Tone Interval

Terts is the distance between the first note and the third note. An example of using the third note interval is C to the note E for the uppermost. The intervals in large chords give the impression of a bright melody, while in small chords the melody jumps from C to Eb. The melodic impression of the minor ones is cramped, dark, and sad.

4. Quart intervals

The quart is the distance between the first and fourth notes. An example of using quart intervals is C to F.

5. Quint Tone Interval

The quint is the distance between the first and fifth notes. An example of using quart intervals is C to G.

6. Sex Tone Interval

Sext is the distance between the first note and the sixth note. An example of using quart intervals is C to A.

7. Septim Tone Interval

Septim is the distance between the first note and the seventh note. An example of using quart intervals is C to B.

8. Octave Tone Intervals

Octave is the distance between the first note and the eighth note. An example of using quart intervals is C to C in the next octave.

The names of quality intervals are divided into two basic groups, namely:

• Perfect intervals (pure), including prime intervals (1), quart intervals (4), quint intervals (5), and octave intervals (8).
• Major (large) intervals, including secondo intervals (2), terts intervals (3), sext intervals (6), and septim intervals (7).

Each of the basic intervals above can be varied, namely by widening the distance or narrowing the distance. To widen the distance, the upper tone is raised 1 semitone or the lower tone is lowered 1 semitone, while to narrow the distance, the upper tone is lowered 1 semitone or the lower tone is increased 1 semitone.

The entire major interval, if it is widened by 1 semitone, will become an augmented interval , but if it is narrowed by 1 semitone, it will become a minor interval and if it is narrowed again by 1 semitone, it will be a diminished interval . Likewise in the perfect interval , if it is widened by 1 semitone it will be an augmented interval , but if it is narrowed by 1 semitone it will be a diminished interval .

The names of the qualities and quantities of an interval are usually written using symbols, as follows:

• M: major (big).
• m: minor (small).
• A: augmented (more).
• d: diminished (less).
• P: perfect (pure).

Primes: 1 (1 tsp )	Quintes: 5 (5 th )
Secondo: 2 ( 2nd )	Sex: 6 (6 y )
Text: 3 (3 rd )	Septim: 7 (7 yrs )
Quart: 4 (4 th )	Octave: 8 (8 th )

Example:

P 4th ⁼ P 4 : Quart perfect = pure quart
M 2nd ⁼ M 2 : Secondo major = second big, and so on.

How to pass the names in an interval as follows:

1. First, look at the notes below and define them as tonics.
2. Assume that the interval is in a scale with the tonic being the bottom note.
3. If the top note is one of the notes in the scale, that interval is the base interval that hasn’t changed. However, if the top note is not one of the notes in the scale, it means that the note has changed. The change can be in the form of a widened or narrowed pitch.
4. After knowing whether the top note is widened or narrowed, by looking at the table above, you can determine the name of the interval.

If the augmented interval is widened by 1 semitone, it will become a double augmented interval . Conversely, if the diminished interval is narrowed by 1 semitone, it will become a double diminished interval .

Reversal Intervals

If the lower note of an interval is placed as the upper tone (raised 1 octave), or if the upper tone of an interval is placed as the lower tone (decreased by 1 octave), the interval is said to be an inversion interval, so the second interval will become a septim interval . , the terts intervals become sext intervals, and quart intervals will become quint intervals, while the quality of major intervals will become minor intervals, augmented intervals will become diminished intervals, perfect intervals will still be perfect intervals, and vice versa.

1 >< 8
2 >< 7
3 >< 6
4 >< 5

Major >< Minor
Diminished >< Augmented
Perfect >< Perfect

Intervals that are not more than 1 octave are called simple intervals , and intervals that are more than 1 octave are called compound intervals .

Characteristics of Interval Sounds

The following are the characteristics of the scales of the basic sequence in a piece of music, including:

1. The distance between one note to another. An example is the cdefgabc scale, the pitch range is 1 1 ½ 1 1 1 ½.
2. Rows of rising notes (up and down) of each scale. An example is cdefgabcagfedc.
3. Step from one note to another. An example is the C major scale, the note c to c is the 1st step.

So, that’s an explanation of pitch intervals that are often used in music theory and practice. It is hoped that the discussion content discussed in this article will provide benefits for teachers and students in understanding tone intervals, so that they are able to apply them at an applicable level.

New information obtained through this article hopefully can open new horizons for all participants and can contribute ideas related to the field of teaching in music. Indeed, the field of art, especially music is not always limited to binding theoretical principles. The need for expression through the arrangement of tones or sounds is the main goal for us to study music.

The author suggests that participants should always apply the knowledge in this learning unit to skills activities, especially those related to the process of introduction and performance. By practicing skills, we will undoubtedly gain direct experience which will make us more sensitive to the problems that arise.

In this case, the writer can say that experience is the best teacher. Even so, an understanding of knowledge is still needed to be able to understand musical skills as a whole. However, if you are only armed with an understanding of knowledge without being accompanied by skills, it is also incomplete.

Finally, the author cites a saying that knowledge and skills are like two sides of a coin that complement each other. Without knowledge, we will surely be blind, and without skills, we will be paralyzed. Do both in balance, and we will understand the field we study thoroughly.

Find other interesting things at www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

• 11 Types of Music Genres and a List of Famous Musicians
• Origin, Examples of Gamelan Musical Instruments, and How to Play It
• Studying While Listening to Music, Can You Focus?
• Definition of Traditional Music and Its Musical Instruments
• Understanding the Art of Music: History, Elements, Types, and Their Functions

Types of Sole Proprietorships and Examples – Do you plan to start your own business? Exactly, this type of individual business is the right form of business to run for micro and small scale businesses. So it is suitable for those of you who want to start a business from scratch with not too big capital as a beginner in entrepreneurship. This business model is also more flexible in terms of product, time and place.

Definition of Individual Business

An individual business is a business entity that is only owned by an individual. This type of individual business has an independent management information system and there is no direct intervention or interference from other parties, for example the government. Types of individual businesses can usually be large-scale and small-scale, for example small-scale business entities (UMK) and large-scale privately owned companies (BUMS).

This type of individual business in running its business still requires technology although it is still simple, capital tends to be small, types of production and not many workers.

Even so, this type of individual business also generates no less income if the business owner can run the business well.

Because the company is managed and supervised by one person, the owner or manager of the business will get all the profits of the company without sharing it with other people. However, besides that, individual companies must also bear all the risks that will arise in their business activities.

With the development of technology and the current digital revolution, there is a variety of information and insights that prospective MSMEs and entrepreneurs must know. Get the information through the MSME 4.0 book below.

This is also because the type of individual business is not regulated in the Criminal Code and other agreements in establishing it. There are many types of sole proprietorships that can be run alone. The following are complete types of individual businesses along with examples of forms of business that you can try.

Types of Sole Proprietorship

1. Agricultural Business

This type of individual business in agriculture is usually located in rural areas and is managed by individuals. This agricultural business has limited capital because usually farmers will cultivate their own agricultural land. Then the results from the farm will be resold to return the capital.

With the development of the era, the agricultural business now has good potential with lucrative profits. There have been many businesses engaged in this field of success by using technology in doing business. For example, creating an online vegetable store, as is done by Happyfresh, Sayurbox, Tanihub, and others who sell agricultural produce through the application.

This type of business can be done individually, although it will cover a wider market due to the use of the internet, but you can set your own target. This agricultural business opportunity is also a shame to miss.

In order for the farming process in Indonesia to run smoothly, it is very important to master the science of management and economics which can be used as an analysis. Find all of them in the book Farming Science below.

To do it is not too difficult and requires special skills. You can even use limited land to produce vegetables. Examples of farming methods that are practical and do not require a lot of land are horticulture, terrariums and hydroponics.

You can also make this farming business a side job for extra income. Other examples of individual business opportunity ideas in agriculture include the following:

• Cultivation of ornamental plants
• Hydroponic growing business
• Buying and selling plant seeds online
• Selling Agricultural Equipment
• Plant Fertilizer Production
• Spice Plant Business
• Selling Organic Vegetables and Fruits

2. Trading Business

Trading business may be the type of individual business that we encounter a lot. This type of business is the activity of buying and selling goods with the aim of making a profit. This includes those who also carry out activities as intermediaries for the buying and selling activities.

This type of business can be done individually if you want to start a business with small capital. This type of individual business can also be carried out by anyone without special skills. There are many types of trading businesses that can be involved, ranging from culinary, beauty, fashion, accessories, furniture, household crafts, to art.

This trading business opportunity is very broad and large, considering the ease of doing business. The following are various types of trading businesses that you can do individually.

a. Retailer

You can start as a retailer with a small capital. You can do this from retailing goods in stalls or grocery stores. This business has also developed into a larger business, such as minimarkets, supermarkets, online businesses, to work in the form of direct selling.

b. Agent Sales

Agent capacity is above retailer. This trading business has more networks and can do it online and offline.

c. Dropshipping or Reseller

This trading business may already be popular in many circles. Dropshipping can be done with small capital, even without capital. The concept of dropshipping actually makes you a marketing agent.

Only armed with a product catalog, you can start this trading business. Learn the various steps that must be taken to get started through the book Step By Step Dropshipping & Reseller Business.

d. Export Import

This type of trading business does require an extensive network, but you don’t need to be related to the production process. You only need to find outside buyers to buy domestic products or vice versa.

To be able to thoroughly understand the export and import processes that are carried out in the practical world, Sinaumed’s can also read one of the references, namely the Import Export book which is below.

e. Distribution of Bulk Goods

You might try this type of trading business if you have large capital with a larger capacity. You can even create a brand or trademark to cover several products.

3. Service Business

This type of trading business is one of the most popular types of business by the people of Indonesia. Although to run this type of business requires special skills, this type of business can be adapted to talent and even pleasure.

That is why this type of business is much looked at because it is more flexible and can adjust according to abilities. It is not imaginary that this type of business can be managed individually. This business can even be done without capital.

If you have a particular talent or ability, try offering your services. Learn more about this through the book Internationalization of SMEs, Small and Micro Enterprises Towards Global Markets.

Opportunities for this type of individual business are very wide open because it can be done from any category. This type of service business has the potential for lucrative profits. Service businesses that are conducted online have greater potential because they are able to penetrate a wider market. Examples of individual business opportunity ideas in the field of service procurement include the following:

• Photo or Photographer Services
• Salon
• Private tutoring
• Vehicle Washing Services
• Tour Guide Services
• Graphic Design Services
• Author
• Editor
• Translator
• Typing Services
• laundry
• Laptop Repair Services
• Website Making Services

There is also a security service business that can be used in all business circles and services. Find understanding and effective and practical security systems through the Security Management book below.

4. Small Industry

Small industry is almost the same as the type of service business, but only the skills are different. This type of business is actually a more complex form, meaning that this business also applies trade and service management as well. in this business also perform services or sales of goods and services to consumers.

This type of small industrial business can be done individually because it can be started from a small capital. In addition to their own capital which is not too large, small industrial businesses also usually have not too many workers, around 5 to 19 people. The workforce taken is usually from the owner’s closest environment such as friends, friends or his own family.

Business opportunities in small industries are very potential in any type of business. Small industrial businesses can also offer services that are sourced from the expertise of the owner. That is why this small industry can also move flexibly. For example, an artist who offers painting services by making painting bags, crafts, recycling used goods, and so on.

Examples of opportunity ideas for the types of small industrial businesses that can be carried out by individuals include the following:

• Clay Crafts
• Woodcraft
• Domestic industry
• Matting
• Toy
• Tempe Tofu Production
• Soy Milk Production
• Rattan
• Wedding Souvenirs

So, those are some types of individual businesses along with business examples that you can try. Before starting a business or business, it would be nice to get to know the type of business we are going to do.

Entrepreneurs are the dream of a nation or a country because with their existence they can grow a country’s economy quickly as discussed in the book Entrepreneurship: Empowerment and Institutional Strengthening in the Medium and Small Industry Sector.

Each type of business has its own risks and strategies. Even the type of business also matches one’s character. This will affect when managing and pursuing the business. Many people still have difficulty recognizing the business potential of what can be done. People tend to only be tempted by market opportunities without understanding their own potential to manage a business.

Determining a business idea is the first step you can take to start a business. Everyone has a different background in their interest in entrepreneurship. Of the many types of businesses that can be done, it often makes people confused about what business to start.

In fact, it’s not uncommon for him to hesitate to start. The way to overcome the confusion is indeed to find a business idea that you really like so that it gives you pleasure while doing it. To find answers to that confusion, you can read this book.

The book entitled 1000 Business Opportunity Ideas will present 1000 business opportunity ideas and 5 types of people’s businesses that are currently Indonesia’s favorite. The author, Wulan Ayodya, provides many explanations of business opportunities that are suitable for individual business types.

The author also provides tips and tricks for starting a business that is simple and easy to understand. This book will certainly help you find business ideas that suit your preferences. You can understand your preferences by reading some of the business idea recommendations from Wulan Ayodya.

Have a book entitled “1000 Ideas for Business Opportunities and the Primadonas of People’s Businesses” so that you have a more complete picture of the types of businesses.

Advantages of Sole Proprietorship

Running this type of individual business has its own advantages for novice business people. Following are the advantages of the sole proprietorship type:

1. Not Subject to Tax

This type of individual business is not taxed like other large companies such as PT or Partnership (Firma). This is because the type of individual business is usually managed with not too much turnover.

2. The Owner Enters the Business Management Section

The owner will be actively involved in a good business that is big business to even the smallest business. The owner has an important role in the management of his business.

3. Low Management Fee

The management management system for the type of individual business is usually not too complex and is mostly handled by the owner himself. So the cost for management is not too big.

4. The legal administration process is not complicated

When running a type of individual business, there is no need to go through complex legal administration processes. Usually administrative matters are only up to the notarial deed and domicile certificate from the sub-district only.

5. Very Fast Formation Process

Usually this type of individual business does not require a lot of things that need to be prepared to do it. Starting from promotion, product provision, and administration, it runs simply.

6. Free to Make a Decision

Because the owner has full control of the company, the sole proprietorship type is more flexible in terms of making decisions. This is because the owner can do it himself without the intervention of other parties.

7. The entire profit amount can become the owner without being shared by other parties

The owner of the sole proprietorship type of business can receive 100% of the profits that the business generates.

Disadvantages of Sole Proprietorship

In addition to the advantages, this type of sole proprietorship also has disadvantages. Even though it looks easy, this type of individual business also has its own risks if there are problems that befall the business.

1. Unlimited Owner Liability

If there is a loss or other problem that befalls the business, then all of that must be accounted for by the owner himself.

2. Limited Capital Sources

A little capital from one person will be a limited source of funding. Usually because of this funding problem, a business will not develop.

3. Easily Distracted Management

Because simple management will also find detailed problems. The number of things that must be handled by the owner makes management less than optimal.

4. Less Guaranteed Business Continuity

A simple administrative process can also be a problem, especially if it does not guarantee the running of the business.

Each type of business has its own advantages and disadvantages. This can be a consideration for those of you who want to start a business. All the risks that exist in this type of individual business should not make you afraid to start a business.

It is necessary to instill the perception that failure is not something that is disgraceful or so scary. You just need to learn a lot and understand yourself to do something.

Like the Self-Business book, Recognize 50 Signs That You Will Be More Successful, this will help you identify whether a business matches the temperament and characteristics that you have.

This book will also give you motivation to enjoy the fun world of business because entrepreneurship can only be done by unique individuals, characters, and very specific mindsets.

If you are sure you have an entrepreneurial spirit, it’s time to act. To run a business, you must understand some basic things to set it up so that your business has a strong foundation.

Especially if you want to try to set up an individual type of business, you need to be mentally prepared and well prepared. The Practical Guidebook for Establishing various Business Entities and Entrepreneurship Innovation and Business Legality will provide you with a complete body of knowledge about the business world. Even for beginners, this book is easy to understand.

Also read other articles related to “Types of Sole Proprietorship” :

• Definition of Goods Market
• Definition of Request and Offer
• Definition of Money
• Definition of Inflation
• Definition of Banks
• Economic Principles
• Definition of Scarcity
• Definition of Macroeconomics
• Microeconomics
• Economic Recession
• Economic growth
• Economic Globalization
• People’s Economy
• Economic agents
• Economic Problems in Indonesia
• Economics
• Types of Economic Systems
• People’s Economy

Types of Rain – You are certainly familiar when you hear the word rain. Surely what immediately comes to mind when you hear the word rain is flood, muddy, and the atmosphere becomes more serene because of the decreasing air temperature which makes the atmosphere cooler depending on how long the intensity of the rain lasts. However, you yourself do not know, it turns out that rain is divided into several types that have been seen and occurred directly on earth.

The rain that we discuss here is not just water that falls from the sky, but we will try to get to know more closely what kinds of rain have fallen to earth.

Before we discuss the various types of rain, it’s good if we first understand the definition of rain itself below.

Definition of Rain

Rain or in scientific terms is called liquid precipitation. Unlike non-liquid precipitation such as snow, ice and crevices, rain requires a thick layer of the atmosphere to reach temperatures above the melting point of ice around and on the Earth’s surface. On earth, rain is the process of condensing water vapor in the atmosphere which turns into water droplets that are heavy enough to fall, usually reaching the earth.

Two processes can occur simultaneously that can cause the air to become more cloudy before rain occurs, namely cooling the air and adding water vapor to the air. Virga is the amount of rain that falls to the earth, but evaporates before it reaches the earth.

Precipitation is formed by the collision of water droplets or ice crystals with clouds. Raindrops vary in size from oval, pancake-shaped (large beads), to tiny balls (small beads).

Moisture moves along a three-dimensional region of temperature difference. Additionally, moisture is known as a weather front and is the main method of producing rain. If the moisture is sufficient and experiences an upward movement at that time, it will rain from convective clouds (clouds with a strong upward movement) as cumulus (thunderstorms) which can gather in narrow rain bands.

In mountainous areas, heavy rains are possible if the valley slopes to the wind on the windward side of the surface at elevation, forcing the moist air to condense and fall as rain along the ridges. On the far side of the mountains, especially in desert climates, it may rarely rain. This is because the dry air caused by runoff from valleys causes the air masses to become hotter and drier.

The movement of the trump monsoons, or Tropical Convergence Zone, brings monsoons to savannah climates. Rain is the main source of fresh water in much of the world, creating conditions suitable for many types of ecosystems, as well as water for hydroelectric power generation and field irrigation. Rainfall is calculated using a rain gauge. Rainfall is calculated actively by weather radar and passively by weather satellites.

The impact of urban heat islands causes an increase in the volume and intensity of rainfall downstream of urban areas. Global warming can also cause changes in precipitation around the world, including wet weather in eastern North America and dry weather in the tropics.

Rain is a major part of the water cycle and is the main source of fresh water on the planet. The global average annual rainfall is 990 mm (39 in). Climate classification systems such as the Köppen climate classification system use average annual rainfall to help distinguish between climate zones. Antarctica is the driest continent on earth. In other areas, rainfall also decreases with methane, iron, neon and sulfuric acid.

Rainfall

Indonesia itself is one of the tropical countries with two seasons, namely the rainy season and summer. The rainy season usually lasts from October to March, and the hot season lasts from April to September.

When the rainy season comes, the intensity of rain becomes more frequent at any time or can even start from morning, afternoon, evening to night. Meanwhile, the intensity of rain this season is also different, in some places it is very heavy, in some places it is just drizzling.

Rainfall is the amount of rainwater that falls on the surface of the earth in a certain area in a certain period of time. Rainfall can be measured based on a certain period of time, be it daily, monthly or yearly.

Rainfall Factors

Rainfall itself can occur due to several factors. The factors that affect rainfall in Indonesia are as follows:

1. Distance from water source

The closer to the sea, the more rainfall. This is because the cloud condensation will melt before reaching a place far from the sea, water, rain will often occur in the sea area and vice versa.

2. Comparison of temperature between land and sea

If the temperature on land activity is higher than the ocean, then rain will often occur in the waters and vice versa.

3. Wind direction

Wind plays a role in moving clouds from one place to another. Areas with little wind tend to experience less rain.

4. Topography

The higher an area or area, the lower the rainfall. This is because altitude can affect air temperature.

5. Latitude

The areas that receive the least rainfall are those at low latitudes or near the equator. The farther from the equator, the less rain.

6. The wider the area

The wider an area or area, the less rainfall in that area.

7. Mountains and mountain ranges

Mountains are a determining factor of rainfall. This is because mountains and mountain ranges become a barrier for clouds to reach the area behind the mountains. If the clouds reach the mountains, they will continue to rise and not stop until they pass over the mountains. That way, the area around the mountains will have low rainfall.

Kinds of Rain

There are several types of rain which we will discuss below which occur based on the process of occurrence.

1. Frontal Rain

The first type of rain is frontal rain. Frontal rain is a type of rain that occurs due to a meeting between a large enough warm air mass and a large enough cold air mass as well. From that meeting, this rain is called frontal rain. In addition, the meeting between the two masses also causes turbulence.

Not only can turbulence occur, but frontal rain that comes from the meeting between the two masses can also cause the temperature to suddenly turn cold. Then, from the frigid temperatures it produces condensation and produces frontal rain.

Frontal rain can be considered quite dangerous because it can produce lightning simultaneously in the form. The duration of this frontal rain is estimated to last for several minutes or even up to several hours. While areas or areas where frontal rain often occurs are areas with moderate latitudes.

Therefore, when frontal rain occurs, we should immediately find a place to take shelter to avoid unwanted things. Even better, if we start our activities again after the frontal rain is over.

2. Convective Rain

Convective rain is a rain process that occurs due to a heat dissimilarity between the air layer and the ground surface. Higher up in the atmosphere, the air with a high temperature will turn into cold air, until the water vapor condenses and finally begins to form cumulus clouds which fall as rain.

However, this type of rain does not occur all over the area, but only in a small part of it, so you may only see heavy rain in some areas and not see heavy rain in the surrounding areas.

This type of rain is also known as heavy rain. The origin of this rain is from convective clouds, such as cumulonimbus clouds. As the name suggests, this rainfall is very heavy and occurs with intensity that can change quickly.

In general, this type of rain only lasts a relatively short time. This is because the horizontal range of convective clouds is limited. In addition, this rain usually occurs in the tropics.

Meanwhile, in the middle latitudes, this convective rainfall is intermittent and often associated with clinical boundaries, such as warm fronts, cold fronts and flat fronts.

3. Orographic Rain

Geological or orographic precipitation occurs on the windward side of mountains and is caused by the large-scale movement of moist air over mountains, resulting in adiabatic cooling and condensation. In mountainous areas, it usually has relatively stable winds (such as trade winds). In addition, mountainous areas also have a wetter climate and are often more pronounced on the downwind side of the mountains than on the downwind side.

Orographic rain is a type of rain that occurs due to the straight upward movement of the wind containing water vapor. The wind takes its way up to high areas on the mountain, the air temperature becomes cold, causing water vapor to condense which then rains down around the mountains. This rain causes a rain shadow (one side of the mountain is not exposed to geological rain).

Sea breezes often occur in hilly or mountainous areas because this process is created by incoming winds that push the air towards the hills and mountains or tropical rainforests where various species of animals live.

Then, the air above the hill began to cool. When it reaches moisture, it slowly condenses into clouds, which then fall like raindrops on the surface of the earth.

4. Monsoon rains

Monsoon rain is a type of rain caused by monsoons or winds that cause rain and a dry season. Monsoon winds blow from mainland Asia to Australia with seasonal variations. When these winds cross the oceans, there is a lot of moisture and rain. These rains usually fall in parts of India, Southeast Asia and some other areas.

Monsoon rains are seasonal rains caused by monsoons. In Indonesia, rains are due to the east monsoon which causes cold winds to fall from October to April during the rainy season. Winter winds blow from Australia to Asia. These winds bring clouds and heavy rain because it is winter in Australia.

5. Cyclonic Rain

Cyclone rain can have a positive effect on all living things and is expected by all living things on earth. Usually occurs in areas crossed by the equator. This rain started with very dark clouds. The defining feature of these rains can be seen as sudden dark clouds that produce very heavy downpours.

This rain is caused by warm air, high ambient temperatures and rotational winds caused by the meeting of the northeastern and southeastern trade winds.

6. Acid Rain

Acid rain is a type of rain that occurs because carbon dioxide in the air (CO2) is dissolved in rainwater. The results of these compounds will turn the water more acidic with a lower pH than usual, below 5.6. Meanwhile, normal rainwater has a pH of 6 to 7.

The cause of acid rain can be volcanic eruptions or the burning of fossil fuels from processes in power plants and motorized vehicles, machinery, heavy equipment fuel, manufacturing industries, refineries and others.

This rain is beneficial for plants and animals because it can accelerate the decomposition of minerals in the soil. This rain accelerates the process of iron corrosion. However, this rain has a bad impact on people’s lives.

If the intensity is high, feeding can change the composition of the soil and water, making it unsuitable for plants and animals.

7. Artificial Rain

Unlike other types, this rain is man-made with techniques to create more rain. This is usually done because it never rains or to extinguish the fire which usually occurs in forest fires.

This rain reduction method undergoes a physical process, namely by involving the process of collision and agglomeration (collision and agglomeration) which is then processed by the process of ice formation or ice nucleation. Enough water clouds are needed for rain to fall to the ground. Also, some seeds can absorb moisture or form frost.

Benefits of Rain

Rain can give a blessing or a good impact because it can be a function of water for the life of living things. That means, rain can affect the survival of every living thing in this world. The benefits of falling rain, among others:

1. Rain can enrich soil types and become one of the soil-forming factors.
2. Rain becomes a reserve of water when the dry season arrives
3. Rain is a source of clean drinking water
4. Rain plays an important role in various aspects of human life
5. Rain is also able to guarantee the feasibility of life for living things on this earth.

Bad Effects of Rain

The adverse impact that is produced if the rain that comes with a large intensity of rainfall in the environmental area lacks water catchment areas is the overflow of river water, which causes flooding and results in types of floods such as flash floods, lava floods, mud floods or tidal floods. In addition, rain is also a major factor in the occurrence of disasters such as landslides as a result of soil erosion in the layers of soil in the earth’s crust or as a result of the impact of illegal logging and many other natural disasters caused by rain.

Therefore, in order to minimize the possibility of adverse effects caused by rain, let us always maintain the function of the environment for humans and make countermeasures to prevent flooding in several ways, including:

1. Protecting the lake.
2. Carry out forest sustainability.
3. Carry out reforestation on types of deforested forests or reduce the impact of forest destruction.
4. Make enough types of irrigation.
5. Maintain air sustainability.
6. Maintain water sustainability.
7. Maintaining the sustainability of natural resources.

From all the discussion above, it can be said that every rain that occurs is usually based on the location of the area. However, there are several types of rain that do require us to take shelter in order to avoid unwanted things.

Thus a review of the types of rain. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about rain, the water cycle and other natural sciences, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. Reading lots of books and articles will never hurt you, because Sinaumed’s will get #MoreWithReading information and knowledge.

Author: Pandu Akram

Types of Plastic – Almost every day we use plastic containers for various needs. However, did you know that plastic has various types and various dangers that can arise from it? In addition, plastic is a type of waste that is difficult to decompose because it takes tens or even thousands of years. Knowing and being familiar with the types of plastic can help us be wiser in using it according to the needs and the right capacity.

The term plastic itself includes synthetic or semi-synthetic polymerization products. Plastics are formed from the condensation of organics or the addition of polymers and may also be composed of other substances to improve the quality of the plastic. There are several natural polymers which include plastics. Plastics can be formed into films or synthetic fibers.

Plastics are designed with a wide variety of properties such as heat tolerance, toughness, resistance, etc. Combined with its adaptability, common composition and light weight, it is certain that plastic is used in almost all industrial fields. Plastic may also refer to any article which has the character of deforming or failing due to shear stress , see plasticity (physics) and ductile .

Plastic pellets or ore ready for further processing (injection molding, extrusion, etc.).

Plastics can be categorized in many ways, but the most common is the polymer ( vinyl chloride, polyethylene, acrylic, silicone, urethane , etc.). Plastics are polymers; long chains of atoms that bind to each other. These chains form many repeating molecular units or “monomers”.

Plastics generally consist of polymers of carbon alone or with oxygen, nitrogen, chlorine or sulfur (some of which are also composed of silicon). The plastic polymer is part of a chain in the main pathways that link the monomer units together. To set plastic properties the discrete molecular groups “hang” from the backbone (usually “hang” as part of the monomer before linking the monomers together to form the polymer chain). This setting by the “ pendant ” group has made plastics an integral part of 21st century life by improving the properties of the polymers.

The development of plastics extends from the use of natural materials (e.g., chewing gum, “ shellac ”) to chemically modified natural materials (e.g., natural rubber, “ nitrocellulose ”) and finally to man-made molecules (such as epoxy, polyvinyl chloride, and polyethylene ).

General History of Plastics

The history of plastic on earth was started by Alexander Parkes who first introduced plastic at an international exhibition in London, England in 1862. Parkes’ plastic invention called Parkesine was made from organic material from cellulose.

Parkes said that his invention has characteristics similar to rubber, but at a lower price. He also found that this Parkesine can be made transparent and can be made in various shapes. Unfortunately, these findings cannot be publicized because of the high cost of raw materials used.

Furthermore, the first man-made synthetic material was discovered by a chemist from New York named Leo Baekeland in 1907. He developed a liquid resin called Bakelite. This new material does not burn, does not melt, and does not melt in a vinegar solution. Thus, once this material was formed, it could not change. Bakelite can be added to a variety of other materials such as softwoods.

In 1933, Ralph Wiley, a lab worker at the chemical company Dow, accidentally discovered another type of plastic, namely Polyvinylidene Chloride or popularly known as Saran. Saran was first used for military equipment, but later it was discovered that the material was suitable for food packaging. Suggestions can be embedded in almost any piece of furniture such as bowls, plates, pans, and even in the suggestion layer itself. It is not surprising that suggestions are used to store food so that the freshness of the food is maintained.

Later that same year, two organic chemists named EW Fawcett and RO Gibson, who worked at the Imperial Chemical Industries Research Laboratory, discovered polyethylene . Their findings have a huge impact on the world. Due to its lightness and thinness, during World War II it was used as a coating for underwater cables and as insulation for radar.

In 1940, the use of polyethylene as an insulating material reduced the weight of the radar by 600 pounds, or about 270 kilograms. After the war ended, this plastic became increasingly popular and is currently used to make drink bottles, jerry cans, shopping bags or plastic bags, and containers for storing food.

Starting with bread wrappers, the mass use of plastic began in 1974 when giant US retail companies such as Sears and Jordan Marsh began using plastic bags as an alternative to paper bags. In 1977, plastic bags began to be used in grocery stores in the United States and Canada.

Plastic is a new material that has been widely developed and used since the 20th century. This object has grown tremendously in its use, from initially only a few hundred tons in the 1930s, increasing to 150 million tons/year in the 1990s and 220 million tons/year in 2005. Currently, the use of plastic materials in developing countries Western Europe reaches 60 kilograms/person/year, in the United States it reaches 80 kilograms/person/year, and in India only 2 kilograms/person/year.

General Types of Plastic

Plastic is an important component and a raw material for many items that we use everyday. However, have you ever paid attention to the logo on these plastic items? The logo is intended as an identity for the material used to make plastic. This type of plastic will later make it easier for us to choose the one that is suitable for our needs and can be recycled or not.

In general, plastics can be divided into seven types of levels. Each type of plastic has a different health hazard and content. So, anyone is advised not to carelessly use various items of plastic material. So, what are the types and what are their uses?

1. PETE ( Polythylene Terephthalate ) or Code 1

PETE or PET is one of the plastics that is often used as a food container and we often find it in various mineral water bottles and food or beverage packaging. This type of plastic can only be used once and certainly not for repeated use.

If we use it repeatedly, it will increase the risk of plastic material and bacteria or germs that develop are also consumed. PETE is a type of plastic that is difficult to clean from bacteria and can be toxic if used incorrectly.

2. HDPE ( High-Density Polyethylene ) or Code 2

HDPE is a type of plastic that is usually found in various types of bottles, for example milk bottles, detergent bottles, shampoo bottles, moisturizer bottles, oil bottles, toys, and some plastic bags. This type of plastic can be said to be the safest for reuse or recycling.

This type of plastic recycling process does not require expensive materials and costs. However, HDPE is recommended for one-time use only because the release of antimony trioxide compounds continues to increase over time. These compounds can cause various problems, such as causing skin irritation, causing respiratory problems, causing disruption of the menstrual cycle, and causing miscarriage.

3. PVC ( Polyvinyl Chlorida ) or Code 3

PVC plastic is a type of plastic that is soft, flexible, and recyclable. This type of plastic is often used to make food wrappers, vegetable oil bottles, plastic pipes, computer and IT cable components, and children’s toys such as swimming floats. However, it is feared that this type contains various poisons that can contaminate food. Therefore, it is highly recommended not to use this PVC as a food wrapper.

4. LDPE ( Low-Density Plyethylene ) or Code 4

LDPE is commonly found in clothes wrappers, dry cleaning bags, fruit wraps to keep them fresh, and bottles of lubricants which has a low level of toxicity compared to other plastics. However, it is very unfortunate because this type of plastic is not for recycling. This is because recycled LDPE is used as a material for making floor tiles.

5. PP ( Polypropylene ) or Code 5

PP plastic is strong, lightweight and heat resistant. This type of plastic is able to protect the material inside from various external disturbances such as moisture. Not only as food packaging, this plastic is also used as buckets, margarine boxes, yogurt, straws, rope, insulation, and paint plastic cans because it is considered safe to reuse and can be recycled.

6. PS ( Polystyrene ) or Code 6

Polystyrene or styrofoam is a cheap, lightweight, and malleable plastic that we often encounter in our surroundings. This plastic is often used as soft drink bottles, egg cartons, food boxes, and wrapping materials to be sent over long distances. However, it is highly recommended to avoid using this type of plastic because it can trigger cancer, disorders of the reproductive system in the body, and various other health problems.

Polystyrene plastic can also emit styrene when in contact with food and drinks, especially when hot. Styrene substances are reported to cause many health problems, including brain damage, disrupting the female hormone estrogen which results in reproductive problems, disrupting growth and the nervous system. In addition, this material also contains benzene which is one of the causes of cancer.

7. Other Plastic Materials (BPA, Polycarbonate and LEXAN) or Code 7

Plastic category with code 7 is more often used in the manufacture of vehicle accessories or other factories. However, the use of this plastic is also used as raw material for baby drink bottles and food packaging which is actually not recommended because it contains substances or compounds such as BPA ( Bisphenol A ) which can interfere with the body’s hormones.

Plastic Classification

Plastics can also be classified under the following categories:

1. Physical properties

• Thermoplastic, which is a type of plastic that can be recycled or printed again by a reheating process. Examples: polyethylene (PE), polystyrene (PS), polycarbonate (PC), and ABS.
• Thermosetting, which is a type of plastic that cannot be recycled or printed again. Reheating will cause damage to the molecules. Examples: epoxy resin, bakelite, melamine resin, and urea-formaldehyde.

2. Performance and Usage

• Commodity plastic, namely a type of plastic that has poor mechanical properties and is not heat resistant. Its application in electronic goods, food packaging, and beverage bottles. Example: PE, PS, ABS, PMMA, and SAN.
• Engineering plastics, namely a type of plastic that is heat resistant, operating temperature above 100 °C, and has good mechanical properties. Its application in automotive and electronic components. Example: PA, POM, PC, and PBT.
• Special engineering plastics, namely a type of plastic that has an operating temperature above 150 °C and very good mechanical properties (tensile strength above 500 Kgf/cm²). Its application in aircraft components. For example: PSF, PES, PAI, and PAR.

3. Based on the Number of Carbon Chains

• 1~4 Gases (LPG and LNG).
• 5~11 Liquid (gasoline).
• 9~16 Liquid with low viscosity.
• 16 ~ 25 High viscosity fluids (oil, grease).
• 25~30 Solids (paraffin and wax).
• 1000 ~ 3000 Plastics (polystyrene and polyethylene).

4. Based on the source

• Natural polymers, namely wood, animal skins, cotton, natural rubber, and hair.
• Synthetic polymers, namely types of plastics that exist in nature, but are made through artificial processes (synthetic rubber. Modified natural polymers are celluloid and cellophane (the basic ingredients are cellulose, but have undergone radical modifications, thus losing their original chemical and physical properties) Examples are nylon, polyester, polypropylene, and polystyrene.

5. Plastic Manufacturing Process

• Injection molding, namely plastic ore ( pellets ) melted by a screw in a heated tube is injected into the mold.
• Extrusion, in which plastic ore (pellet) is melted by a screw in a heated tube is continuously pressed through an orifice to produce a continuous cross section.
• Thermoforming, in which a heated plastic sheet is pressed into a mold.
• Blow molding, namely plastic pellets ( pellets ) that are melted by a screw in a heated tube are continuously extruded to form a pipe (parison), then blown into the mold.

The Danger of Plastic Waste for Humans and the Environment

The amount of plastic waste around us has a direct impact on humans and the environment. Most of this plastic waste comes from single-use plastic packaging, most of which are very difficult to recycle, let alone decompose in nature.

Excessive consumption of plastic has recently become a major concern of the world community. This is because the danger of plastic waste that threatens the sustainability of human life and the earth is very, very terrible. Therefore, the use of plastic should be limited, even reduced for the benefit of all of us.

Here are some of the dangers of plastic waste that humans need to avoid:

• Polluting soil, groundwater and underground creatures.
• The toxins from plastic particles that settle into the soil will kill decomposing animals in the soil such as worms.
• PCB cannot be decomposed, so it can be a chain poison for animals, plants and humans.
• Types of single-use plastic packaging can interfere with waterways that seep into the ground.
• Plastic waste in nature can reduce fertility due to obstruction of air circulation in the soil and space for soil-fertilizing creatures to move.
• Plastic packaging is very difficult to decompose and can take hundreds to millions of years.
• Endanger animals, especially those on land and at sea.
• Plastic waste that is thrown carelessly into rivers will result in silting of rivers, blockages of river flows, and flooding.

How to Minimize Plastic Use

After knowing the types of plastic and the dangers they can cause, you can participate in reducing their use so you can avoid the dangers. Here are steps that are easy to do and you can start from daily habits:

• Replace plastic shopping bags with cloth bags.
• Always bring your own water bottle.
• Avoid using plastic straws.
• If you receive a plastic bag, save it for safe use over and over again.

Well, now we don’t need to be afraid of the danger, but must be wise in responding to it. Come on, take care and preserve the environment by reducing the use of plastic in our lives. It is time for us to reduce the use of plastic to protect living things and also our earth.

Hopefully this article is useful for Sinaumed’s friends! Instead of saving and reading it yourself, it’s better to share this article on social media. Don’t forget to bookmark articles from sinaumedia for other interesting information.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

 

Types of Old Poetry – In Indonesian subject matter, you must often discuss poetry. Poetry is one type of literary work that is in great demand by many people. The literary work of poetry has developed from ancient times to the present.

Therefore, there are old poems and new poems. Old poetry is generally created by ancestors for entertainment purposes and certainly contains advice for readers as well as listeners. Old poetry or can also be referred to as folk poetry, of course, has differences with new poetry.

Then, what are the types of old poetry? How is the difference between old poetry and new poetry?

Come on, look at the following explanation of the old poem!

Definition of Old Poetry

Old poetry is a type of literary poetry created by our ancestors since ancient times. In old poetry it is usually tied to lines, stanzas, rhymes, rhythms, and has not been influenced by foreign cultures.

Therefore, the creation of old poetry will be bound by various rules. These rules are:

• There is rhyme or rhyme. Rhyme is the repetition of sounds in a rhyme.
• Number of words in 1 line.
• The number of lines in 1 stanza. The stanza is a single piece of poetry consisting of several lines.
• Many syllables in each line.
• There is a rhythm (alternation of sound units).

The creation of old poetry is usually influenced by the existence of certain religious and cultural traditions. As with other literary works, old poetry also contains messages from life that are beneficial to readers or listeners.

Characteristics of Old Poetry

• Anonymous (no known author)
• Passed by word of mouth (oral literature)
• Bound by rules, starting from the number of lines in each stanza, the number of syllables, to rhyme
• The language style is fixed (static) and cliche
• The content is fantastic and has a castle centric theme

Old Poetry Types

1. Pantun

You definitely knows what rhyme is! In Indonesian language lessons, usually we will get material about rhymes and assignments to make a rhyme with a certain theme.

Pantun is an old poem that has an abab rhyme in its verse. Each stanza consists of 4 lines with each line consisting of 8-12 syllables. The first 2 lines are called sampiran, while the last 2 lines are the contents.

Old types of poetry are scattered throughout Indonesia, with different names. In Java, people call it parikan. In Sundanese, people call it aftershocks. Meanwhile in Aceh, people call it Rejong.

Pantuns can be categorized based on their content, for example children’s rhymes, religious rhymes or advisory rhymes, witty rhymes, and youth rhymes. Well, here is an example of a poem.

There is papaya and cucumber (a)

There is mango and salak (b)

Instead of sitting daydreaming (a)

Better read rhymes (b)

2. Poetry

The word “poetry” comes from the Arabic language, namely “Syi’ir” which means “conscious feeling”, then develops into “Syi’ru” which means “poetry in general knowledge”.

This type of old poetry originates from Persia which was then brought to Indonesia along with the entry of Islam into the archipelago. However, over time, poetry has turned into classical Malay literature, which is currently on the verge of extinction.

In a poem, it usually uses the rhyme aaaa and contains advice or stories from a great figure. Poems usually begin with a few clichéd words, for example ” In ancient times… “, ” There was a story about a safe, secure country… “, and so on

3. Gurindam

Gurindam is a type of old poetry that was first brought by Hindus and also influenced by Hindu literature, around 100 AD. Gurindam is a form of old Malay poetry consisting of two lines of sentences with the same final rhythm (aaaa). As with other types of old poetry, gurindam also contains advice for readers or listeners.

Gurindam example:

Lack of thought, lack of strategy (a)

Of course you will get lost (a)

Whoever leaves prayer (b)

Like a house without pillars (b)

If the husband is not straight-hearted (c)

Even the wife will be thin in the future (c)

4. Carmine

Karmina can also be called pantun lightning because it is more or less the same as pantun, but shorter. Karmina only has two lines and rhymes aa. The first line is called sampiran, and the second line is called the contents. A carmine has the following characteristics:

• Rhyme aa, ab
• Tells of a hero (epic)
• Contains two opposites, namely seduction and orders.

Example of carmine:

Because coconut milk is destroyed

For the mouth of the body perishes

5. Talib

Talibun is a pantun in which each stanza consists of an even number of lines, for example 6, 8 or 10 lines. In a talibun, there are the following characteristics:

• The number of lines must be more than 4 lines and even, for example 6, 8, or 10 lines in each stanza.
• If a stanza consists of 6 lines, the first three lines are sampiran and the last three are the contents.
• If one stanza consists of 6 lines, then the rhyme is abcabc
• If one stanza consists of 8 lines, the rhyme is abcdabcd

Talib example:

If the child goes to town (a)

Yu bought a mullet and bought a sampiran (b)

Long fish buy first (c)

If the child goes for a walk (a)

Mother is looking for relatives and looking for content (b)

Landlord search first (c)

6. Seloka

Seloka is a type of old poetry that is almost the same as rhyme and is also called rhyme related. In the verse there will be a connection. For example, the second line of the first stanza becomes the first line of the second stanza and the fourth line of the first stanza becomes the third line of the second stanza. Even so, the ending sound or rhyme must be the same.

Example of a cello:

Go straight to Payakumbuh

Leaded teak wood

Where the heart will not riot

Mother is dead, father is walking

Leaded teak wood

Down the wind broke the branch

Mother is dead, father is walking

Where to submit

7. Spells

Mantra is one of the Malay literary works whose content is considered to have supernatural powers. This supernatural power is said to be able to cure illness or bring harm to someone. Therefore, for the Malay community, the existence of this mantra is not just a literary work but is also related to traditional beliefs.

Mantras can also be referred to as sacred prayers that contain supernatural powers and are used as a means to make it easier to achieve something with shortcuts. Even so, the true mantra is an oral literary work created by the ancestors and has become the culture of the archipelago.

A mantra generally has the following characteristics,

• Has rhymes abcdabc, abcdabcd, abcde abcde
• Oral
• It is believed to have sacred or magical powers
• There are repetitions
• Has a figure of speech metaphor
• Is esoferik (special language between the speaker and the interlocutor)
• Mysterious
• Freer than other old poems in syllables, lines and rhymes

Spell example:

Assalamualaikum eldest daughter

The one with the flowing simayang

Come on little one, come here

I put your hair in a bun

I brought ivory taps

Will wash your face

Linguistic Rules in Old Poetry

In the linguistic rules found in old poetry, it generally contains figure of speech or figurative language. The use of this figure of speech is believed to make the lines and stanzas in old poetry more “alive” and stimulate the reader. There are various types of figurative language used, namely:

• Metaphor
• Allegory
• Parable
• personification
• Synecdoche
• metonymy
• Epic parable
• Simile

In addition, in old poetry, words are often used to create an aesthetic effect or beauty. Therefore, the choice of words and a series of stylish words are important elements in the creation of an old poem.

Well, that’s the type, understanding, characteristics, examples, and rules of language from old poetry. As a young generation living in a digital era like this does not necessarily make us forget the existence of old poetry. In fact, we must preserve the existence of old poetry as literary works left by our ancestors because they contain many meanings and advice for everyday life.

Types of official letters – Sinaumed’s friends , In the midst of this period of technological advancement, correspondence is still often carried out by individuals and government agencies. Therefore, to take care of something formal, an official letter is still an option.

An official letter is a type of document that is often needed in various activities or other interests. This official letter is often used by many agencies or organizations that have bureaucratic procedures for handling various administrative matters, such as sending to educational institutions, government offices or other organizations and institutions.

This official letter is usually written systematically. In this case, certain characteristics must be met and must be stated in an official letter. Such as letterhead, letter number, subject, date, destination address, and attachments. Not only that, official letters are also often accompanied by the stamp of an agency or organization that shows the authenticity of the letter.

There are many types of letters that are commonly used in everyday life. Each official letter has different characteristics. Not only that, every official letter certainly has a different purpose.

For those of you who often make or prepare official letters for certain purposes, you can listen to information about the following types of official letters. Knowing the following information, you can distinguish each type of official letter and its characteristics. Apart from that, you can also find many examples or forms of letters belonging to each type.

Reporting from various sources, here sinaumedia will summarize the types of official letters along with other information you need to know.

What is Official Letter?

Before knowing the types of official letters, it is necessary to understand in advance what is called an official letter. An official letter can be understood as a document that is used for official or formal purposes.

Usually the delivery is written by several parties, can be individuals, organizations or certain agencies. This official letter is taken as a means of official communication between parties.

An official letter is a valid letter, of course the reader of the letter will pay attention to this in detail. Whereas if there is an error in the form then of course it will tarnish our organization or agency. He did not even rule out that it offended the recipient of the letter. In order not to misunderstand, it is better to pay attention to the legal form of an official letter.

Types of Official Letters

After knowing the meaning of official letters, the following will explain the types of official letters that are commonly used in everyday life. Each of these official letters has several different functions. The following are the types of official letters that Sinaumed’s needs to know:

1. Letter of Application

The first type of official letter is an application letter. This letter is made to send requests or requests to other parties. Application letters can be submitted from individuals, organizations or institutions. Examples of these letters include financial aid letters, divorce petitions, loan letters and many more.

2. Decree

Another type of formal letter is the decree, which, as the name suggests, contains a decision on one or more matters that were not previously clear. Usually this decree is widely used by agencies or organizations. Examples include letters of appointment, decisions of the principal’s committee, and letters of appointment of staff.

3. Power of Attorney

The third type of official letter is a power of attorney. This letter is written to give power or authority to the party responsible for doing certain things or needs.

This power of attorney is divided into two types, namely general power of attorney and special power of attorney. Each of these power of attorney has a clear legal basis. General power of attorney is regulated in article 1796 of the Civil Code. Meanwhile, a special power of attorney is regulated in article 1795 of the Civil Code.

4. Warrant

Other types of official letters are warrants. This official letter is the most widely used type of official letter in everyday life. Usually this letter contains instructions from superiors to subordinates to carry out a task or activity. For example business travel documents, overtime orders and the like.

5. Cover Letter

The next official letter is a cover letter. This cover letter is usually used for personal purposes. Overall, a cover letter is one of the important documents that must be filled out when dealing with administrative matters. For example, such as an e-KTP cover letter, a cover letter for financial assistance, or a statement of incapacity.

6. Circular Letter

The types of formal official letters can also be in the form of circular letters. This circular letter usually contains notifications about certain activities or issues that are sent to other parties. Circular letters are often widely used by educational institutions such as schools or colleges. For example, circular announcements about holidays and others.

7. Letter of Invitation

Invitation letters are often used to call or invite someone to an event. Examples of invitations include wedding invitations, business invitations, police invitations, and many more.

Official Letter Function

After discussing the various types of official letters, it is important for Sinaumed’s to know some of the functions of official letters. It is known that this official letter is used for formal purposes, so it is not uncommon for this official letter to be bound by existing laws or regulations. Apart from being a document for formal purposes, here are some official letter functions that you should know:

• As a means of information or notification relating to certain matters, conveyed by one party to another.
• It is written evidence in the form of a letter whose contents must be accounted for.
• Serves as work guidelines in carrying out certain activities. In this case, delivery may include procedures or work steps to be performed.
• As a reminder tool for letter recipients, both individuals, organizations and agencies.
• Is evidence that exists and evidence of time if one day it is needed for certain interests or activities.

Characteristics of Official Letters

Apart from having several functions, official letters also have certain characteristics that must be present and listed in their contents. This special feature appears as part of a letter that must be written in various types of official letters. Here are some of the characteristics that must be present in an official letter that you need to know:

• There must be a letterhead indicating that the agency or institution that issued the official letter.
• Must be completed with the letter number, subject matter, date, destination address, and attachments in accordance with the letter preferences.
• Must be equipped with a letter stamp or postage for certain conditions that can show the authenticity of the letter.
• Must use standard and polite language in accordance with Enhanced Spelling (EYD).
• Written in a short, concise and effective language so that the recipient can easily understand the content conveyed.

Official Letter Writing Structure

Sinaumed’s friends , we have arrived at a discussion about how to make an official letter. The following discussion refers to the parts that must be included in a formal letter.

1. Letterhead or Letterhead

Letterhead or letterhead is usually at the top of the letter. The letterhead showing the identity of the person writing the letter is usually marked with the logo of the sending organization, the name of the organization, the address of the organization, mobile number, zip code, e-mail, website address, fax number and line of business.

2. Date of Letter

The date of the requested letter is information about when the letter was written. Usually the date of the letter is listed in the upper right corner, just below the title. Alternatively, you can also write down where the letter was written, although many people don’t do that because it’s already on the letterhead.

3. Letter Number

The letter number is usually on the left side of the page and aligned with the date of the letter. The format of the letter number depends on the regulations of the institution that makes it. In general, the letter number format is in the form of alphabetic numbers, the month the letter was made, the year, and several other codes.

4. Appendix

Attachments are the documents contained in the message. Usually making attachments is filled with the number of documents attached. However, if there are no documents to attach, this section can be left blank.

5. Pg

In this section, the letter writer can write a brief purpose of the letter. This question or topic should also be relevant to the body of the letter. For example, if the letter is an invitation, this part could be written as “ Invitation” .

6. Recipient’s Name and Address

This section usually begins with the word “Dear” or “Dear” in front of the recipient’s name. Then write the recipient’s address, but in a more concise way.

7. Greetings

The greeting most commonly used in official letters is the word “With respect” because it is seen as more formal. However, you can always use another appropriate address for who is receiving the letter.

8. Fill

The contents of the letter do not need to be too much or just get to the point. Write one or two introductory sentences before communicating your intent and purpose in writing the letter. In the last paragraph, you can also add a short closing sentence.

9. Closing Regards

.If the letter was previously opened with a salutation, it must also end with a salutation. You can write a thank you note or hope that what you send is acted upon.

10. Signature of Sender

If the letter is written by an agency, the signing is usually done by the head or head of the agency. However, if there is none, it can be represented by officials below it. You can also add a wet stamp to make the letter look more formal.

11. Transc

A copy must be optional. Usually, this section must be included if the letter is also sent to other parties. It is located at the bottom left and usually uses a smaller font size.

Example of Official Letter

1. An example of an official decision letter

Indonesian Literature Student Association at the National University

Jl. Sunday Market Number 17, South Jakarta

Tel (021) 4467984, fax (021) 4437658

email: himasina@gmail.com

================================================== ======================

Jakarta, 29 December 2022

Number : 078/HIMASINA/XI/2022

Attachments : 1 (one)

Subject: Member Expenditure Letter

The person concerned explains that:

Name: Siti Sarah

NPM : 192001516023

Position : Member of Business Fund

This order was made based on the AD/ART of the Association of Indonesian Literature Students which aims to expel our members, for the reason that there is no firmness and accountability from those concerned.

Hereby certify that those mentioned above have been released from their positions (left) from the management members of the Indonesian Literature Student Association, based on mutual considerations and provisions.

Thus we make this statement letter truthfully, for your attention we thank you.

Best regards,

Head of Human Resources and Organization

Ziaggi Fadhil Zahran

2. Example of an official invitation letter for an organization

Sutan Takdir Mosque Student Association, Alisjahbana Nurul ‘Ilmi National University

Jl. Sunday Market Number 17, South Jakarta

Tel (021) 4467984, fax (021) 4437658

email: himasta@gmail.com

================================================== ====================

Jakarta, 29 December 2022

Number: 078/HIMASTA/X1/2022

Appendix : Structure of Activities

Subject: Invitation to the Celebration of Ramadhan

Dear,

Kinanti Aflaha Nissa

General Chairperson of HIMASINA UNAS In-Place

Peace be upon you, and Allah’s mercy and blessings

All praise and thanks to the presence of Allah SWT for the blessings and gifts we are still given health and safety. Shalawat and greetings are always poured out to Rasulullah SAW and his family, friends and all Muslims. Amen.

In connection with the implementation of the Ramadhan Celebration Event with the theme “Ramadan Lively, Strengthening Faith” which is being held by the Campus Dakwah Institute of the Sutan Takdir Mosque Student Association Alisjahbana Nurul ‘Ilmi National University, we as the organizing committee intend to invite HIMASINA National University and Indonesian Literature Department students to attend The Ramadhan Festival event, which God willing, will be held on:

Day/Date : Tuesday, 19 April 2022

Time: 15.30 WIB – finished

Place : Sutan Takdir Alisjahbana Mosque, National University

Thus we convey this application letter, we say jazakumullah khairan katsiran. Billahitaufiq WalHidayah, Wassalamu’alaikum

3. Example of an official school circular letter

Goks Gonzaga Jaya High School

Jl. Gen. Sudirman No. 12 Jakarta

No. tel. (021) 70807256

Jakarta, 22 December 2022

No : 159/SMA Goks Gonzaga Jaya/2022

Attachment : –

Subject: Invitation Dear. Parents / Guardians of Class XI, XII, XII SMA Goks Gonzaga Jaya

Yours faithfully,

In commemorating the National Education Day for Goks Gonzaga Jaya High School students, we, as part of the school committee, will hold an inter-school futsal competition. We will hold this event on:

Day/Date : Friday, 29 December 2022

Time: 08.00 to 11.00 WIB

Place : Jakarta

Event: Futsal Competition

Thus we circulate this letter, we thank you profusely for all your attention and cooperation as the school committee.

Headmaster,

 

Ziaggi Fadhil Zahran, MPd

NIP 192001516017

4. Example of a formal application letter

Indonesian Literature Student Association at the National University

Jl. Sunday Market Number 17, South Jakarta

Tel (021) 4467984, fax (021) 4437658

email: himasina@gmail.com

================================================== ====================

Official letter number: 078/HIMASINA/XI/2022

Subject: Room Loan Request

Dear

Dean of the Faculty of Languages ​​and Letters

National University

Jakarta

Yours faithfully,

In connection with holding a meeting for the Student Deliberation event

which will be made by the Indonesian Literature Student Association. Therefore, with this letter we aim to borrow a room that will be used on:

Day/date : Tuesday, December 29, 2022

time: 10.00 – 14.00 WIB

Thus we made this loan letter, we thank you for your attention.

Person responsible

Dea Kemala Sari

5. Sample of Official Letter of Order

PT Skizo Gas Jaya

Jl. Kancil Number 22, South Jakarta

Tel (021) 4467984, fax (021) 4437658

email: office@skizogasjaya

================================================== ======================

Warrant

Number: A.092/HRD/PTSPG/XI/2021

The undersigned is the President Director of PT Skizo Gas Jaya, giving orders to:

Name : Ziaggi Fadhil Zahran

Position : Finance Staff

NIP : 875935

Address : Jl. Sawo 12 Number 175, South Jakarta

Prepare financial reports of company branches in the city of Manado. Or, the completed financial reports can be submitted to the Senior Director of PT Skizo Gas Jaya head office branch.

This letter is a formal letter that I made and I hope you can fulfill your responsibility properly. For your attention and cooperation, we thank you.

Jakarta, 20 June 2022

 

President Director of PT Skizo Gas Jaya

Reksa Tri Bayu Saptaji

Closing

Thus a review of the types of official letters, functions, structures, and examples. For Sinaumed’s who want to know more about other types of official letters, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

Definition of Natural Resources – Everyone knows that everything that comes from the Earth, the biosphere and the atmosphere is called natural resources. Natural resources themselves have a very important role to meet the needs of all human life. In addition, natural resources are also important as a place for humans to live.

Natural resources on earth have a very diverse type. Natural resources can be classified based on their nature, potential and types.

Natural Resources Based on Their Characteristics

First, the types of natural resources based on their nature, natural resources are divided into:

1. Renewable Natural Resources.

Renewable natural resources are a type of resource that depends on its management, in the sense that it depends on human utilization. Inventory can increase and can also decrease.

If it can be managed with good utilization, these natural resources can increase and recover to then regenerate. However, this type of natural resource can experience a decrease if its use uses excessive exploitation.

Examples of renewable natural resources are water, soil, air, plants and the sun.

a. Water

Water is the most important compound for human life on Earth. As a natural resource stored in the earth, water can be found easily from wells, rivers, lakes, to the sea. Furthermore, water is used by humans to meet their daily needs, from drinking, bathing, washing, irrigation of agricultural and plantation lands, power plants, and transportation suggestions.

b. Land

Soil is the part of the earth’s crust that contains natural minerals and organic matter. Soil is formed from weathering or erosion of parent rock (inorganic) mixed with organic matter. Soil has a very vital role for human life because it functions as a support
for plants. The soil body consists of air (20-30%), water (20-30%), mineral matter (45%) and organic matter (5%).

The benefits of soil resources for human life are:

• Provide nutrients for plants.
• Provide food for plant biota.
• Become a living habitat and carry out activities.
• Become a source of raw materials for handicrafts and household products.

c. Air

Apart from water and land, air is one of the most important compounds in the continuity of human life. Air has an important role because it is a mixture of various gases which are colorless, odorless and tasteless. The presence of air is only visible from objects moved by the air. Air has unlimited properties, where air always seeks and fills space.

The benefits of air as a natural resource are:

• Supports flower pollination.
• Become a source for breathing.
• Become an airplane flight path.
• Communication channel via antenna to satellite.
• Power channel.

d. Plant

Plants are multicellular eukaryotic organisms that live and belong to the plant kingdom (kingdom plantae). Plants are organisms that have chlorophyll or green leaf substance which functions as a medium for the creation of food or commonly known as the process of photosynthesis. Please note that plant species to live and carry out photosynthesis require the help of sunlight.

Well, the benefits of plants for human life are as food ingredients, medicines, food flavoring ingredients, natural dyes, and so on.

e. Sun

Quoted from the California Institute of Technology, the sun or some people call it solar is a star consisting of hot gas with a large mass, rotating and shining. The sun is the same as the stars that are visible in the sky both day and night.

The sun has a role in life as the source of life for all creatures. As the center of the solar system, life on planet earth is strongly influenced by the sun. The sun is not a solid mass and has no easily identifiable boundaries. That’s because almost the entire layer of the sun consists of hydrogen and helium.

The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) as an independent agency in charge of the space program argues that without the sun’s heat and light, planet Earth would become a ball of ice-coated rock that had no life. The sun’s existence is to warm the sea, move the atmosphere, produce weather patterns, and provide energy to green plants as a provider of food and oxygen for life on Earth.

2. Non-renewable Natural Resources (non-renewable or deposit resources)

These natural resources are natural resources that will physically run out and cannot be used again. Examples of non-renewable natural resources are coal, oil and natural gas.

Dr. Sarintan Efratani Damanik, M.Sc. argues in his work that non-renewable natural resources are limited natural resources. This is because the use of natural resources is faster than the process of its formation. If consumed continuously, it is certain that these resources will run out and become extinct.

Examples of non-renewable natural resources are:

a. Crude oil

Quoted from the book “Petroleum Makes the World Amazed” by Yulianus Haryata, petroleum is a concentrated liquid that comes from the top layer of the Earth’s crust. In the management process using the results of various geological studies. Where the study focuses on the location of petroleum sources or commonly called petroleum wells.

Petroleum provides enormous benefits for mankind throughout the world. Referring to the opinion of Puja Laksana, petroleum comes from living things that die and are then covered with layers of soil and rock. Living things that died millions of years are commonly known as fossils, which are fossils that produce petroleum or fossil fuels.

Petroleum itself consists of a mixture of hydrogen and carbon molecules formed from sediment or deposition of trapped animal and plant remains for millions of years. This process occurs due to pressure and temperature in the Earth’s crust, resulting in a reservoir of oil located far beneath the surface of the earth.

The process of forming a reservoir due to layers of hard rock called nest rock (cap rock). Crude oil is formed as a result of the process of hydrocarbons in the ground which began about three million years ago. The formation process itself occurs at a temperature of 65-195 degrees Celsius at a depth of 5,000-12,000 feet.

It is conceivable if the supply of petroleum in the world is depleted or exhausted. What will happen is that petroleum cannot be renewed anymore because the process of its formation waits for millions of years. Therefore, petroleum is classified as a non-renewable natural resource.

Furthermore, to be used by humans, crude oil will go through a separation and cracking process. This separation process has the principle that crude oil which is a mixture of all components will be separated. Each component of petroleum which is still a hydrocarbon is separated based on differences in boiling points.

The following are the benefits of petroleum that have been felt by humans:

• Become fuel for cooking.
• Become a source of fuel for transportation.
• Basic materials for the manufacture or synthesis of compounds in paint products, cosmetics, plastics, rubber, detergents, and so on.
• Being a lubricant or oil in various vehicle engines.
• Wax making materials for batik production, paper coatings for food, and so on.
• Ignition fuel in large industries, such as Steam Power Plants (PLTU).
• The basic ingredient for asphalt used in the manufacture of highways, but it can also be used as an insulator.

b. Coal

Besides oil, coal is also a fossil fuel. Where it makes coal as one of the non-renewable natural resources. Coal is an organic sedimentary solid hydrocarbon fuel formed from the biochemical, chemical and physical decay of plants in oxygen-free conditions. The process of decaying plants takes place at a certain pressure and temperature over a very long period of time. That is what makes coal have the properties of a complex mixture because it contains organic chemicals from carbon, oxygen and hydrogen in one carbon chain.

The definition of coal has actually been stated in Law no. 3 of 2020 concerning Amendments to Law Number 4 of 2009 concerning Mineral and Coal Mining. Coal is a deposit of carbonaceous organic compounds that are formed naturally from the remains of plants. Quoted from the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Resources in a press release number 246.Pers/04/SJI/2021, Indonesia’s coal reserves in 2021 will reach 38.84 billion tons.

With an average coal production of 600 million tons per year. The supply of coal reserves in Indonesia is sufficient to be used for up to 65 years. In addition to coal reserves, Indonesia is recorded to still have large coal resources of 143.7 billion tons.

In the book “Coal and its Use” published by Gadjah Mada University Press, the use of coal in Indonesia is prioritized as fuel for power plants and cement factories. Starting from 1993, Indonesia took steps to provide socialization regarding the use of coal in society as a household material and small industries.

The benefits of coal include:

• Become fuel for electricity generation.
• The main and basic fuel for the production of steel, cement, alumina processing centers, paper mills, chemical industries, and pharmaceuticals.
• Coal by-products include soap, aspirin, solvents, dyes, plastics and fibers.

c. Gold

Gold has a very long history in human history. Gold is a valuable object because it can be used as a medium of exchange or as an investment asset. Gold itself is actually a chemical element in the periodic table that has the symbol Au (aurum) and atomic number 79. Chemically, gold is not only a good conductor of heat and electricity. Gold is also immune to rust and corrosion because it is not oxidized with oxygen.

This metal is malleable and malleable, making it easy to shape. Its hardness, which is only between 2.5-3 on the Mohs scale, allows gold to be used as jewelry in various forms. According to publications from the American Museum of Natural History, gold is formed as a result of deposits in fractured rock called lodes, or veins.

Just like petroleum and coal, gold also comes from within the Earth’s crust. Most seam deposits form when heated liquid circulates through gold-bearing rock, taking the gold and concentrating it in new locations in the crust.

Over millions of years, bits of gold were washed away with the water. Heavy gold settles on the bottom of rivers, lakes and seas by forming placer deposits. In most of the Earth’s crust the concentration of gold is very low. On average, one ton of rock from the crust contains 0.005 grams of gold, when compared to iron, which is 58,000 grams of iron.

In everyday human life, gold provides benefits as a jewelery material and a commodity that has high economic value. The rare and limited nature of gold makes gold expensive. In addition, the high price of gold is due to high production costs. As a result, until now the price of gold always rises because the demand also increases.

Types of Natural Resources Based on Potential Use

After understanding the meaning and types of natural resources based on their types. Next, we will discuss natural resources based on their potential use. There are three types of natural resources based on their potential use, namely:

1. Material natural resources. This type of natural resource is only used in its physical form.
Examples of material natural resources: iron, wood, cotton fiber, and gold.
2. Natural energy resources. This type of natural resource is used by utilizing its useful value as energy.
Examples of energy natural resources: petroleum, natural gas, waterfalls, and sunlight.
3. Space natural resources. This type of natural resource is utilized for living space or residence.

Types of Natural Resources Based on Kinds

Next are the types of natural resources based on their types, the types of natural resources are divided into two:

1. Non-biological (abiotic) natural resources.

These natural resources are inanimate resources. Examples can be found in our daily lives, such as soil, rock, water and wind.

2. Biological natural resources (biotic).

These natural resources are natural resources in the form of living things. Examples of living natural resources are humans, animals and plants.

How to Preserve Natural Resources

Behind the enormous utilization and use, humans also receive demands and obligations to help preserve the natural resources on Earth. The real purpose of preserving natural resources is so that future generations of people can still experience the same benefits from natural resources as the Earth’s wealth in the future.

Nature conservation is a principle in managing natural resources. Sustainable development is a form of nature conservation that is being promoted. Sustainable development is development that is carried out while meeting present needs without compromising the ability of natural resources to meet the needs of future generations.

Following are the principles of sustainable development:

1. Equality

Equity distribution of natural resources is considered to be one of the ways to prevent disparities in society and enable every human being to have equal access to the results of natural resources. Equity is intended so that each region can obtain a balanced development.

2. Energy

Energy as the key to the rapid development of human civilization needs attention. This is because energy used on a large and massive scale can make energy from natural resources deplete and slowly run out. Energy saving is one of the keys to conserving natural resources. Slowly, humans must immediately let go of dependence on non-renewable energy.

Humans must immediately switch to using renewable energy sources that are produced from renewable natural resources. Energy savings can be adapted to all types of natural resources by not using them in vain or looking for other alternatives as substitutes. One of the sure steps to save energy that is currently being carried out is the use of sunlight as natural lighting and environmentally friendly electricity.

3. Economy

Economic principles that can support the preservation of natural resources are economic activities that can increase competitiveness capacity and development of basic infrastructure, such as housing, roads, to information infrastructure.

4. Participation

Without joint steps, the preservation of natural resources will not have a significant impact. Therefore, the principle of participation is the implementation of sustainable development that actively involves the community.

5. Ecology

Utilization of mixed land as much as possible is one strategy that can be done, in terms of ecology. As is now often done, namely the provision of Green Open Space (RTH), limiting excessive urban expansion, and so on.

Environmental problems can be caused by two factors, namely humans and nature. The human factor is the main cause of many environmental problems that occur.

Currently, environmental problems have been increasingly discussed, including efforts to find solutions or solutions to these problems.

Types of Mental Illness – Mental illness is a type of mental disorder that has different characteristics and treatment. Such as only needing conversation therapy and some of them require periodic drug consumption to prolonged therapy. Each type of mental disorder itself has various causative factors, both due to past trauma to genetic inheritance.

Mental or soul is also one of the things that must be taken seriously. Mental disorders or mental disorders are diseases that affect the emotions, mindset and behavior of sufferers. As with physical illness, mental illness also has a cure. In Indonesia, people with mental disorders are identified as ‘crazy people’ or ‘mentally ill’ and often experience unpleasant treatment even in shackles.

In fact, for people with mental disorders can be taken to the hospital to be given treatment. Mental or mental disorders can strike anyone. There is no exception for young people and even old people, men and women.

There are many factors that can trigger mental disorders or illnesses ranging from suffering from certain illnesses to experiencing stress due to traumatic events such as the death of a loved one, losing a job or being isolated for a long time.

Given that these traumatic events have often been experienced by many people lately, it’s no wonder that the COVID-19 pandemic is also often associated with the emergence of mental disorders in a person. The following is a review regarding various types of mental illness. Check out the information!

Causes of Mental Disorders

Diagnosis of Mental Disorders

To determine the type of mental disorder the patient is suffering from, the psychiatrist will conduct a psychiatric medical examination by interviewing the patient or his family. Questions to ask include:

1. Symptoms experienced, including when the symptoms appeared and their impact on daily activities
2. History of mental illness in the patient and his family
3. Events experienced by the patient in the past that precipitated the trauma
4. Drugs and supplements that have been or are being consumed
5. In order to rule out the possibility of other diseases, the doctor will carry out a physical examination and supporting examinations. One of the supporting examinations carried out is a blood test
6. Through blood tests, doctors can find out whether the patient’s symptoms are caused by thyroid disorders, alcohol addiction or drug abuse.

Kinds of Mental Illness

After carrying out a number of examinations, the doctor can determine the type or type of mental illness the patient is experiencing. Of the many types of mental disorders, some of the most common are:

1. Depression

Depression is a mood disorder that causes sufferers to constantly feel sad. Unlike ordinary sadness that lasts for a few days, feelings of sadness in depression can last for weeks or months.

2. Schizophrenia

Schizophrenia is a mental disorder that causes hallucinations, delusions and confusion in thinking and behaving. Schizophrenia makes sufferers unable to distinguish between reality and their own thoughts.

3. Anxiety Disorders

Anxiety disorders are mental disorders that make sufferers feel excessively and continuously anxious or afraid in carrying out daily activities. People with anxiety disorders can experience panic attacks that last a long time and are difficult to control.

4. Bipolar Disorder

Bipolar disorder is a type of mental disorder characterized by mood swings. People with bipolar disorder can feel very sad and hopeless at times, then very happy at other times.

5. Sleep Disorders

Sleep disturbances are changes in sleep patterns that interfere with the health and quality of life of sufferers. Some examples of sleep disorders are difficulty falling asleep (insomnia), nightmares (parasomnias), or falling asleep very easily (narcolepsy).

6. Eating Disorders

Eating disorders occur when sufferers lose control over the quantity of food they consume, either continuously without stopping or even not wanting to eat until they regurgitate the food they enter so that their body lacks food nutrition. This food disorder can also affect the physique so that you cannot carry out physical activities as usual due to a lack of nutritional intake.

7. Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder

This type of mental disorder makes sufferers have to do repetitive activities. If not then the sufferer will suffer from great anxiety. This disorder can happen to anyone, both adults, teenagers and even children.

8. Personality Disorders

This personality disorder causes sufferers to have patterns of thought and behavior that are not normal and are difficult to change. People with this disorder have difficulty understanding situations and other people, so they are often unable to blend in with their social environment.

9. Tourette’s Syndrome

This type of mental disorder makes sufferers do tics, namely repetitive speech or movements that are beyond the sufferer’s control. This can occur in children aged 2-15 years and is more common in boys than girls.

10. Psychosomatic

This type of mental disorder raises physical problems and the sufferer’s own way of thinking. The initial symptoms of this patient begins with anxiety, anxiety, stress to depression. Not only adults but children can also be affected by this disorder. Physical problems that arise from this disorder are fatigue, muscle pain, shortness of breath and sweaty palms. Sometimes they also worry excessively when the complaints are mild.

11. Factitious

Also known as factitious disorder, this type of mental disorder is a serious illness that prompts sufferers to act as if they have a physical or psychological illness. A person with factitious disorder deliberately fakes various illnesses to get attention. People with this disorder will not hesitate to hurt themselves so they can undergo unnecessary operations.

12. Dissociative

This type of mental disorder loses continuity between thoughts, actions, memories and identities. This disorder is often experienced by someone who is deeply traumatized as a form of self-defense from the trauma.

13. Post-Traumatic Stress (PTSD)

This mental disorder is caused by a traumatic event that causes the sufferer to become hysterical when he sees the same or almost similar event occurring. Distractions can seriously interfere with daily activities of sufferers and cause emotional distress.

14. Impulse Control

This type of mental disorder can be interpreted as a person’s difficulty in restraining himself from always being aggressive. People with this disorder have difficulty controlling themselves so they have difficulty controlling themselves and others.

15. Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)

ADHD or attention deficit hyperactivity is a mental disorder that causes sufferers to have difficulty focusing, impulsivity and hyperactivity which often interferes with the activities and achievements of sufferers. The main cause of attention deficit hyperactivity is still not known with certainty.

But generally this mental disorder can occur due to genetic and environmental factors. ADHD can also occur in adults as well as in children. Mental Disorders are often underestimated because they have no visible or visible impact to ordinary people directly. Therefore it is very important for you or sufferers to get proper attention and treatment. If you experience one of the mental states above, you need to consult a doctor.

Complications of Mental Disorders

Mental disorders can cause serious complications, both physically, emotionally and behaviorally. In fact, one mental disorder that is not treated can trigger other mental disorders. Some of the complications that can arise are:

1. Unhappy feeling in life
2. Conflicts with family members
3. Difficulty forming relationships with other people
4. Alienated from social life
5. Addiction to cigarettes, alcohol or drugs
6. Desire to commit suicide and harm others
7. Getting into legal and financial troubles
8. Vulnerable to illness due to decreased immune system

Treatment of Mental Illness

Treatment for mental disorders depends on the type of disorder experienced and its severity. In addition to cognitive behavioral therapy and drug administration, doctors will also advise patients to live a healthy lifestyle. Here are some treatments that can be done by someone who is affected by mental disorders.

1. Cognitive behavioral therapy

Cognitive behavioral therapy is a type of psychotherapy that aims to change the patient’s thought patterns and responses from negative to positive. This therapy is the main choice for dealing with mental disorders such as anxiety disorders, bipolar disorders, sleep disorders, depression and schizophrenia.

As is the case in many cases that have occurred, doctors will combine cognitive behavioral therapy and drugs, so that treatment becomes more effective.

2. Drugs

To relieve the symptoms experienced by patients and increase the effectiveness of psychotherapy, doctors can prescribe the following drugs:

1. antidepressants, eg fluoxetine
2. Antipsychotics, such as aripiprazole
3. Anxiety relievers, eg alprazolam
4. Mood Stabilizers, such as lithium

3. Lifestyle changes

Living a healthy lifestyle can improve sleep quality for people with mental disorders who also experience sleep disorders, especially when combined with the above treatment methods. Some steps that can be taken are:

1. Reducing sugar intake in food
2. Eat more fruits and vegetables
3. Limit consumption of caffeinated drinks
4. Quit smoking and consuming alcoholic beverages
5. Manage stress well
6. Doing exercise regularly
7. Eat a snack with a small amount of carbohydrates before bed
8. Sleep and wake up at the same time every day

If you have a mental disorder that is severe enough, then the patient needs to be hospitalized in a mental hospital. Likewise, if the sufferer cannot undergo independent treatment or a mental disorder causes the sufferer to take actions that endanger themselves and others.

Prevention of Mental Illness

Not all mental disorders can be prevented. However, there are several steps that can be taken to reduce the risk of mental disorders, namely:

1. Participate actively in the association and activities that are liked
2. Share with friends and family when facing problems
3. Exercise regularly, eat regularly and manage stress well
4. Establish a regular sleep and wake schedule each day
5. Follow exercises to calm the mind or relaxation, for example by meditation and yoga
6. Don’t smoke and don’t use drugs
7. Limit consumption of alcoholic and caffeinated drinks
8. Take the medicine prescribed by the doctor according to the dosage and rules of use
9. Check with a doctor or psychologist to undergo an initial mental health screening or if symptoms of a mental disorder appear.

Kinds of Kafarat – Islamic law makes it easy for its followers. One of them is the law of expiation to correct or pay fines for mistakes made by humans. Of course this law is regulated in detail in Islam.

Next, You can listen to a detailed explanation of expiation.

The definition and legal basis for expiation

In language, kafarat comes from the word “kafara” which means “to replace, pay, cover, and repair”. Kafarat is a way to make amends for a mistake that was intentionally made by paying an amount of money that must be paid in accordance with the provisions and objectives.

Meanwhile, in al-Qamus al-Fiqhiy by Sa’diy Abu Jayb, the meaning of expiation is “something that can cover sins such as giving charity, fasting and so on.”

Wahbah Zuhailiy said that expiation is divided into four parts, namely: expiation of zhihar, expiation of accidental killing, expiation of having intercourse during the day on purpose during the month of Ramadan, and expiation of oaths.

Wahbah Zuhaili further formulates expiation as a means of covering sins. The word kaffarat is taken from kafr which means to close, that is to cover sins that occur or are caused by oath violations, so swearing is a cause for expiation.

As for the Lisan al-‘Arab mentions that kafaat is an attempt to cover something by giving alms or fasting or with something similar to it.

In terms of expiation, it is a fine that must be paid for violating a stipulation of syara’ (which results in a sin), with the aim of eliminating/covering the said sin so that it will no longer have any effect, either in this world or in the hereafter.

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), kafarat is defined as a fine that must be paid for violating Allah’s prohibition. or breaking a promise and as an offering to Allah SWT. as a sign of asking for forgiveness (for having violated God’s law).

In the Koran in Surah Al-Ma’idah verse 89 can be used as a legal basis for expiation. Here’s the meaning of the verse.

“Allah will not punish you for your unintentional oaths (to swear), but He will punish you for your oaths that you willfully take, then the expiation (penalty for breaking your oath) is to feed ten poor people from the food you used to give to your family, or clothe them or free a slave. Whoever is unable to do so, then (his expiation) fast three days. That is expiation of your oaths when you swear. And keep your vows. Thus Allah explains His laws to you so that you may be grateful (to Him).”

The brief interpretation according to the Ministry of Religion of the Republic of Indonesia is as follows.

“This verse explains various kinds of expiation or fines for anyone who violates an oath that is said consciously and intentionally. However, this expiation does not apply to unintentional oaths. Allah will not punish you, O you who believe, because of your oaths that you accidentally uttered, such as saying, “No, by Allah,” or “True, by Allah,” but He will punish you because of oaths that you deliberately . If you in taking the oath really intend to swear an oath, then the expiation, the penalty for breaking the oath so that your sin of the oath is forgiven by Allah, is to feed ten poor people, whether you know them or not, that is, from the kind of food you used to give to your family, both in terms of quantity and type of food, or giving them new and suitable clothes, or freeing a slave, both male and female. Whoever is unable to do one of the three options for expiation, then his expiation is to fast for three days sincerely, hoping that Allah will forgive the sin of the oath he has ever uttered. That is Allah’s provision regarding the expiation of your oaths, if you really swear intentionally. And keep your oath so that you don’t easily swear, let alone swear falsely. Thus Allah explains His laws concerning oaths to you so that you may be grateful to Him for all the blessings that Allah has given you.” one of the three choices of expiation, then the expatriate fasts three days sincerely, hoping that Allah will forgive the sin of the oath he has ever uttered. That is Allah’s provision regarding the expiation of your oaths, if you really swear intentionally. And keep your oath so that you don’t easily swear, let alone swear falsely. Thus Allah explains His laws concerning oaths to you so that you may be grateful to Him for all the blessings that Allah has given you.” one of the three choices of expiation, then the expatriate fasts three days sincerely, hoping that Allah will forgive the sin of the oath he has ever uttered. That is Allah’s provision regarding the expiation of your oaths, if you really swear intentionally. And keep your oath so that you don’t easily swear, let alone swear falsely. Thus Allah explains His laws concerning oaths to you so that you may be grateful to Him for all the blessings that Allah has given you.”

Types of Kafarat and How to Pay It

The following are the types of expiation based on Al-Lubab fil Fiqhis Syafi’i written by Sheikh Ahmad bin Al-Mahamili.

1. Dismissal of Zhihar

Kafarat zhihar is a type of expiation for a husband who equates his wife with his mother. A husband is prohibited from equating his wife with his mother. This means to appreciate the wife more and not to compare her with her mother.

This is based on Surah Al-Mujadilah verse 2, which has the following meaning.

“Those of you who make zihar their wives, (consider their wives as their mothers, even though) their wives are not their mothers. Their mothers are only women who gave birth to them. And indeed they have uttered a word that is wrong and lies. And verily Allah is Most Forgiving, Most Forgiving.”

Kafarat zhihar has two ways of paying, namely freeing Muslim female slaves. If you can’t, then you have to fast for two consecutive months. If you can’t afford it, you have to feed sixty poor people at the rate of one mud per person.

2. Condemnation of Murder

Murder here is an accidental killing. The expiation that is given to someone who accidentally kills is to free a Muslim slave girl. If you can’t, then fast for two consecutive months.

As for the basis for carrying out the expiation of murder based on the Koran surah An-Nisa Verse 92, along with the meaning of the sura.

“And it is not proper for a believer to kill a believer (another), unless he is wrong (unintentionally). Whoever kills a believer because he was wrong (let him) release a servant who believes and (pays) the ransom handed over to his family (the killed), unless they (the family of the killed) waive the payment. If he (the killed) is from a people who are hostile to you, even though he is a believer, then (let the murderer) set free the slave who is a believer. And if he (the killed) is from a people (infidels) in whom there is an agreement (peace) between them and you, then (let the killer) pay the ransom handed over to his family (the killed) and set free the servant who believes. Whoever does not get (my servant), then let him (the killer) fast two months in succession as repentance to Allah. And Allah is All-Knowing, All-Wise.”

3. The expiation of intercourse during the day in the month of Ramadan

During the fasting month, every married Muslim is prohibited from having intercourse during the day. In the rules of fasting, in addition to abstaining from eating and drinking, one must also refrain from lust. One of them is having sex during the day.

If someone is desperate to have intercourse, he will be fined or expiated. In the form of liberating Muslim female slaves. If you can’t, then you have to fast for two consecutive months. If you can’t afford it, you have to feed sixty poor people at the rate of one mud per person.

As for the book Safinatun Naja, it is explained that when someone has intercourse during the day, they have tarnished their fast. The following is the meaning of the fragment from the Safinatun Naja book.

“In addition to making up the qadha, it is also obligatory to kifarah ‘uzhma accompanied by ta’zir for the person who breaks his fast in the month of Ramadan for a full day with real intercourse and with that intercourse the perpetrator sins because of his fast.”

4. Yamin’s expiation

Yamin expiation or oath expiation is carried out when someone violates an oath or declares a false oath. As for how to pay expiation sumoah by feeding ten poor people with the same food as the family eats or giving clothes or freeing a slave.

If you can’t, then you have to fast three days in a row. The legal basis for the implementation of yamin expiation is in accordance with Surah Al-Maidah verse 89. Here is the meaning.

“Allah will not punish you for your unintentional oaths (to swear), but He will punish you for your oaths that you willfully take, then the expiation (penalty for breaking your oath) is to feed ten poor people from the food you used to give to your family, or clothe them or free a slave. Whoever is unable to do so, then (his expiation) fast three days. That is expiation of your oaths when you swear. And keep your vows. Thus Allah explains His laws to you so that you may be grateful (to Him).”

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

• Short Islamic Quotes
• The meaning and meaning of mortal
• Islamic encyclopedia recommendations
• Wedding greeting
• Recommendations for romantic Islamic novels

Types of Types of Work – Sinaumed’s must be familiar with the term “work” or “profession”, which refers to a form of business that is carried out based on certain skills and expertise, then gets a salary. The word ” profession ” is actually an absorption word , you know , especially from the Dutch language, namely ” professie ” which means ” Promise to fulfill the obligation to carry out a special task permanently.”

Please note that the profession is a job, but not all jobs in this world are professions. Usually, the profession is carried out by a professional in carrying out skills in a certain field and has its own code of ethics. Meanwhile, work is a business that is carried out by anyone without requiring special skills.

In Indonesia, there are various jobs that can be done by everyone, be it based on educational background, skills, to geographical background. Then, what are the types of work? How do you know if the job is right for you? What are the tips for getting a job, especially during the Covid-19 pandemic like today?

Let’s look at the following review, so that Sinaumed’s realizes that work is dynamic and can develop along with the times.

Types of Work Based on Fields

Information Technology Field

Jobs in Information Technology are generally divided into 4 groups, namely Software, Hardware, Information System Operations, and IT Business Development. Each of these groups is in a large company and has its own duties which of course will be related to IT. These types of jobs began to exist since technology, information, and communication were growing, especially in the current era of globalization. Since information systems and technology are growing, these jobs are considered very promising, especially in this day and age.

1. Software Group (Software)

The work in the Software group will usually be in charge of designing existing database operating systems or application systems. Jobs related to this group include:

Analysis System

That is tasked with analyzing the system that will be implemented in the database. Starting from analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of the system, to conducting a feasibility study related to the system being developed.

Programmer

Namely the job in charge of carrying out the implementation of the design of the analysis system. Usually, a programmer will be asked to make a program according to the system to be analyzed. Programmer work is also divided into several sections, namely Application Programmer, Database Programmer, Multimedia Programmer, and Web Programmer.

WebDesigners

Namely the job in charge of carrying out the planning of a web. Usually what is done is a feasibility study to analysis and design of a project, especially on web-based applications.

Web Programmers

Namely the job in charge of implementing the design of the Web Designer, namely by creating a web-based program and adjusting it to a design that has been previously designed.

2. Hardware (Hardware)

Technical Engineer

Namely the job whose job is to handle technical problems, both in terms of maintenance and repair of computer system devices.

Network Engineer

Namely the job in charge of handling computer networks, from maintenance to troubleshooting.

3. Information System Operations

Operator EDP

Namely the job in charge of running a particular program, especially those related to electronic data processing within the corporate environment.

System Administrator

Namely the job in charge of carrying out administration and maintenance in the system. Usually, this job has the authority to set access rights to a system.

MISDirector

Namely the job in charge of managing the system as a whole, starting in terms of hardware, software, to human resources.

4. IT Business Development

Jobs in this field can be found in various sectors of the information technology industry. Usually, those with an educational background in Informatics Engineering can apply for this job.

Field of education

1. Education Personnel

Headmaster

Namely the job in charge of leading an educational institution, be it SD, SMP, SMP, or SMK. The principal has two main roles, namely as an institutional leader for teachers and as a leader in the management of the school concerned.

Rector

Namely a job that is almost the same as a school principal, only in a larger scope, namely as a leader in a tertiary institution. In this case, the chancellor can also act as an educator, namely contributing to advancing science based on his educational background.

Administration

Namely the job in charge of taking care of administrative matters for the institution concerned. Administration usually manages personnel administration, filing letters, finances, to inventory from an agency.

Librarian

That is work in the library to help people find books, magazines, or other information in the library. Usually, these librarians have an educational background of Bachelor of Library Science.

 2. Educator

Teacher

Namely a job whose job is to educate, teach, guide, direct, train, and assess students in an educational institution at the elementary to high school/vocational school levels.

Lecturer

Namely a job whose job is to develop and disseminate science, technology, and art through education, research, and community service. In this case, the lecturer is usually in the realm of a university.

counselor

Namely the job in charge of providing counseling services, especially in educational institutions. A counselor must have a minimum educational background of S-1 majoring in Educational Psychology or Counseling Guidance (BK).

tutors

Namely the job in charge of teaching people or providing facilities in the learning process in a study group. Typically, tutors work in school support institutions.

The field of law

Lawyer or Advocate

Namely a job in the service sector, in the form of providing legal services in court. Lawyers are also usually referred to as legal advisers or legal consultants.

Judge

Namely a job in charge of presiding over the course of the trial. Judges are also tasked with making a final decision on cases currently being tried. To become a judge, requires high credibility and integrity.

prosecutor

Namely a job that is almost the same as a lawyer, serving as a prosecutor and submitting charges for cases that are currently being tried.

Notary Public

Namely a job whose job is to make documents or deeds regarding a certain decision and related to the rule of law. For example making a deed of land ownership, deed of establishment of a foundation, to deed of termination of inheritance.

Economics

Economic Consultant

Namely the job whose job is to analyze trends of what is happening in an industry while helping companies improve their performance. Many companies need this economic consultant, ranging from companies in the health, education, to government sectors. Usually, economic consultants will work closely with legal consultants.

Credit Analysis

Namely the job whose job is to evaluate the credit score of the client by obtaining specific information. In this case, a credit analyzer will also help the client to make their financial improvement plan.

Bank tellers

Namely the job whose job is to verify the customer’s identity as well as process requests for deposits and withdrawals from the bank account concerned. To become a bank teller , you don’t have to have an educational background majoring in economics , all majors can apply for this job.

Compensation Manager

Namely the job in charge of developing and managing compensation programs and benefits from the company to its employees. Things that are included in this compensation program are pension programs, health programs, and others.

Arts and Literature

artist

Artists are not always aimed at movie players or soap operas on television, you know. The term artist is related to art workers or artists. Artists who make a painting and display it in a gallery or museum are also artists. Unfortunately, the work of artists, especially artists, has difficult financial stability, so that sometimes artists are forced to look for additional work as a source of income.

Graphic designer

Namely the job in charge of designing a graphic illustration in digital form. Not only that, a graphic designer must have artistic skills in designing commercial products, advertisements, to the cover of a book.

Animator

Currently, the work of animators is in great demand because those interested in multimedia works are increasingly in demand. Animator’s job is to develop graphics, designs as well as visual effects for websites to video games.

Writer 

Namely work that focuses on creating a literary work, be it a novel to a play script. Even though it looks easy, not everyone can write down their thoughts in an interesting way, you know . For drama scriptwriters, if the writing is of good quality, they will definitely be “drawn” to become film scriptwriters .

Engineering and Industry

Quality Control Engineer

Namely the work in charge of guaranteeing the quality of the material and the quality of the implementation results in accordance with the contract documents. This job is considered as an important profession in an industrial company. Later, this work will be related to the concept of quality, total quality cost, quality tools, quality management and data variables.

Data Engineer

Namely the job in charge of preparing the data infrastructure in a company. The things that are prepared will relate to data production, data reliability, scalability and data security.

ProjectManager

Namely the job in charge of managing the entire team, especially those involved in a project in the company. The things that are regulated by a Project Manager are in the form of making project plans, calculating budgets, mitigating problems and crises, to making reports for stakeholders.

Health

Nutritionists

Nutritionists are usually referred to as Nutrition Consultants (Nutritionists) whose job is to monitor and educate the public regarding diet and nutritious food. Usually, a nutritionist will conduct socialization with the main targets being pregnant women, babies, and the elderly so that they can meet their nutritional needs.

Physiotherapist

Namely the job whose job is to treat patients with problems with impaired movement and body function. Usually, a physiotherapist will work in clinics and hospitals. To carry out this work, you must first have an educational background in Bachelor of Physiotherapy, then continue with a physiotherapist competency certification education.

Midwife

Namely the work assigned to help pregnant women from pregnancy to childbirth. Similar to a doctor, a midwife must first take advanced competency certification education and undergo an oath of code of ethics.

Pharmacist

Namely the job in charge of securing, procuring, storing, and distributing drugs in a pharmacy. A pharmacist will also provide medication management based on a doctor’s prescription.

Types of Work Based on Geographic Background

Waters

The geographical background of these waters includes areas filled with water, such as lakes, swamps, seas and rivers.

Fisherman

The majority of jobs that can be done with this geographic background are fishermen. Fishermen are tasked with sailing and catching fish or other marine products, which are then sold at the fish market.

Salt Farmer

Another job in the water area is salt farming, whose job is to produce salt from sea water and then sell it.

Tour Service Provider

This work is usually in water areas which are also used as tourist attractions. His job is to provide services by providing a variety of amusement rides that can be done on the water.

Lowland

Lowland is an area that has a height of about 200-300 meters above sea level. Therefore, most of the lowland areas are suitable for all types of work in the livestock sector, offices, industry, to plantations.

For this type of work, it is usually divided into two things, namely in the field of production of goods and services. For the service production sector, for example, traders, while for the service sector, for example bus drivers, bank employees, copier employees, and others.

Plateau

A plateau is an area that has a height of more than 700 meters above sea level, for example hills and mountains.

Farmer

Since the highlands are suitable for use as plantation land, farmers are the right type of work for that. For example potato farmers, tea farmers, coffee farmers, and others.

Travel Agent

At present, many highlands, which on average have plantation land, have been developed into tourist areas. This of course makes work in this area increasingly developed as a tourist agent whose job is to open lodging, become tour guides, provide tour services to tourists, and others.

Types of Work Based on Ability and Quality of Skills

It should be noted that labor is one of the driving components of the economy in a country. Labor are people who are directly involved in the production process of a good or service, especially to drive the wheels of the economy in a country.

Educated Workforce

Educated workers are called that because they acquire their abilities in a field by taking formal education. For example the work of doctors, architects, fields, lecturers, and others.

Skilled Workforce

Skilled workers are those who have expertise in a particular field through training and long work experience. For example, is the work of bus drivers, musicians, and others.

Blue-collar workers

Unskilled workers are the term for workers who do not have a formal educational background and skills from training. Usually, manual laborers only rely on power. For example, coolies.

Source:

https://disnaker.bulelengkab.go.id/

Also Read!

• Know the Types of Work
• 6 Highest Paying Jobs. Wow, what’s that?
• Most Popular Types of Work in Indonesia
• Get to know what copywriting is and its techniques
• Definition and Structure of Official Letters
• Definition and Examples of Gotong Royong Implementation
• Get to Know What IMC Is and Its Implementation in Companies
• Examples of Internal and External Stakeholders
• Definition and Duties of Public Relations
• What is a Colleague?

draw illustrations – In general, the concept of drawing is the act of scribbling on paper with pencils or coloring. Drawing, on the other hand, is the activity of processing the strokes of drawing tools to mark the surface of the media with certain marks and using various techniques and tools to create images. Pictures are two-dimensional works of art that help explain or explain something.

The universe is an inexhaustible source of object inspiration for drawing. Objects in nature include flora, fauna, and natural objects. The beauty of flora, fauna and natural objects is a source of inspiration and exploration in drawing. Drawing flora, fauna, or natural objects has its own technique and method. Not all shapes can be made with the same techniques and concepts.

Images have several other types, one of which is an illustrative image. Illustrative images are one of the images that will be discussed in this article. Of course most of you are familiar with illustrations, but it’s not uncommon for those who don’t know the types of illustrations, their functions, elements, and the steps in making them.

Therefore, on this occasion, Sinaumedia will provide a review of illustrative images with matters relating to illustrative images. To find out more about what an illustration is, let’s look at the following review.

Definition of Illustration Image

Illustration comes from the Latin “Illustrare” which means to explain or explain. Thus the illustration image aims to explain an event. Some say illustration comes from the word illusion, which means a desired image that is reminiscent of a simple decoration. It is an introduction or addition with the aim of helping one understand the meaning more easily and quickly.

Illustrations are two-dimensional works of art designed to aid understanding. The definition of image illustration is the visualization of work created using drawing, photography, painting, or other artistic techniques that emphasize the relationship between the subject and the text rather than form.

Meanwhile, in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), an illustration is a picture to help clarify a book, essay, and so on. Then, illustration is also an image, design or diagram as decoration. In addition, the KBBI also says that an illustration is an additional explanation to explain a presentation.

The above understanding regarding images when referring to journalistic terms will contain a thousand meanings. In other words, it is language in the form of images that can be accepted by readers to be more communicative. Here’s an example.

• When we read a magazine, attractive pictures catch our attention and make us interested in reading and studying the contents of the magazine.
• If we read human anatomy textbooks such as Biology, we will find it difficult to learn unless it is supported by pictures of human limbs or skulls.
• If we read a newspaper about a disaster somewhere, it would be nice to have pictures to help the writing be more communicative.

Some of these examples are illustrations that emphasize the importance of image in certain aspects of life. Thus, drawing illustrations can be interpreted as an activity that expresses thoughts that are poured into two-dimensional media to provide explanations.

Types of Illustration Images

Illustrative images have their own types to explain or clarify an event. With so many types of illustration images, it will certainly make it easier for humans when reading or learning something. Here are some types of illustration images.

1. Caricature Illustration Image

Caricature comes from the absorption word caricare which in Italian means a representation of something that is certain, but is made by highlighting the advantages of the object being drawn in the form of a painting. Caricatures are made in funny, unique forms, and sometimes you can find caricatures conveying satire or criticism of an event.

2. Comic Illustration Image

Comics is a type of illustrated image that is defined as a medium that combines text and visual images to become an illustrated story that conveys certain information. Comics usually have a story line composed of consistent pictures in the form of books and sheets.

3. Cartoon Illustrated Images

Cartoon is a type of illustration that is presented in an interesting form and usually contains an interesting story. Cartoons are not only made to entertain readers, but also have a meaning and purpose such as conveying an implied message through cartoon images.

4. Illustrations of Literary Works

Illustrative images of literary works are used as complementary media to emphasize the importance of literary works. Literary works can be in the form of short stories, poems, and poems. Because literary works provide a content-oriented presentation of examples of works as art, the use of sample images in literary works can arouse interest in reading.

5. Vignette Illustration Image

A vignette illustration image is an image inserted to make the narrative more meaningful. It is used when you have an image that defines the intended narrative by inserting it to fill in the blank space on the paper containing the narrative.

6. Illustrations of textbooks

Textbook illustrations are an exemplary type of painting that has the ability to explain texts and events, both scientifically and in the form of partial drawings. Types of images, examples of textbooks, in the form of natural images, charts and photographs.

7. Imaginary Illustration Image

Illustrative images are a kind of exemplary image resulting from creative imagination or imagination processing. Many types of imaginary illustrations are found in story illustrations, cartoons, novels, and romance.

Illustration Image Function

Illustrations are no longer limited to images that accompany text, but also include broader things that have the same purpose, namely to draw or as a tool to explain something clearly. Here are some of the functions of the illustration, including:

• Has the function of beautifying the appearance.
• Used to outline the content of an article or story being told, as in a comic book or graphic novel.
• As a means to represent the experience of events that are felt in a visual form.
• Make item descriptions or explanations easier to understand.
• To attract the attention of someone who saw it. Where a book or magazine is inserted with illustrations, it will make more people interested in knowing the contents of the book.

Illustration Image Function According to Experts

The function of illustration according to Arifin and Kusrianto is divided into several functions. The following is the function of the illustrative image according to the expert/

1. Descriptive Function

The descriptive function means that illustrated images replace written or text-based verbal explanations. These lively illustrations make it easier and faster for someone to understand a piece of writing in a fun way.

2. Quantitative Function

Quantitative function means the function of illustrative images that describe statistical data such as charts, graphs, tables and photographs, as well as making it easier for someone to read and process qualitative data obtained from observations, surveys, experiments and various other types of research.

3. Expressive Function

The expressive function means that the illustrations in pictures help the text to express emotions, situations or concepts that are abstract or difficult to understand, making it more purposeful, bold and concrete. Examples of expression functions are expressions such as happiness, anger, and sadness.

4. Structural Function

The structural function of an illustrative image is to provide details of parts of an object or something else. In this case, it may not be easy to explain because it details the system or process and is easy to understand and analyze.

Illustration Drawing Elements

An illustration image has elements that can be used as a work in it. Here are the elements of the illustration.

1. The Human Element

To draw human illustrations, you need to understand and master the proportions and anatomy of the human body, both adults and children. Proportional is a comparison of part or per part or part with the whole. Anatomy is the location of the bones and muscles that determine the main convex, secondary, and concave (whether protruding or not) of the human body which determines the shape of the body as a whole.

2. Elements of Animals

Elements of animal illustrations are not much different from human illustration elements. In this case you have to master the proportions and anatomy. Types and forms of animals can be grouped into land, air and sea animals.

3. Plant elements

There are two ways to draw illustrations of different types of plants. That is, to draw plants simply and completely. When drawing a simple plant illustration, the plant is not drawn in detail, but only a cast in the form of a plant. The images are complete, the plant illustrations are detailed and per section carefully drawn.

4. Elements of Other Objects

Other object elements are various kinds of natural objects, man-made objects, and objects of the human imagination. All types of objects depicted in this illustration are usually only used as additions or decorations to the image.

Steps to Create Illustration Images

In making an illustration, it takes four steps to make it, namely determining the idea, making a sketch, coloring and finishing. Here are the steps in making an illustration image.

1. Determine the Idea

The first step in drawing an illustration is deciding on an idea. Illustration ideas must come from the materials used to draw the illustrations. After you have an idea, decide on the characters, scenes, moods, and atmosphere supporting the scene in the picture. Decide which picture style and media to use before starting the next step.

2. Sketching

After the idea is determined, the next step is to make a sketch or make a design drawing. Pencils are usually used to sketch works of art, some directly use colored pencils, crayons, watercolors, inkwells, and so on. Sketches are usually in the form of simple lines that still represent a simple global design.

3. Doing Coloring

After sketching, the next step is coloring. This is done according to the expected results when coloring the illustration design. Expressive drawings are done in two styles, namely realistic patterns and unrealistic patterns, such as expressionism, impressionism, abstraction, and others.

4. Final Completion Step

The final step is to complete the drawing process by observing the results of the image as a whole. If the image is still not perfect, you can improve it with this process.

You, that’s the discussion about illustrative images starting from the definition, types, functions, elements, and steps in making them. Of course you can make your own illustrations if you are interested.

Kinds of Folklore – Most of us must have heard typical stories from parents, be it fathers, mothers, even grandparents. The stories that developed in ancient times can be said to be folklore. This is because folklore is a story from the past that has been passed down from generation to generation to the next generation.

This article will explain about the kinds of folklore that has been living in society. There are many forms of folklore itself, starting from the story of an area, a character, to stories about animals in ancient times. However, before heading to the explanation section about the various types of folklore, you can first understand what exactly is folklore? and How can a story be said to be folklore?

A. Definition of Folklore

Folklore can be understood as a story or story originating from ancient society and developed widely by word of mouth until finally it became widely known. Folklore itself is a cultural heritage that needs to be preserved for the next generation. However, because folklore is passed on orally, it is very difficult to know who the author is. In addition, folklore is also a fictitious type of story, so it cannot be proven true.

Of the many existing folk tales, some of them carry local elements of an area so they are highly trusted by the community. Not infrequently, the existing folklore tells a place to the origin of the characters. Apart from that, folklore also has some evidence that can be witnessed until now, thus further strengthening people’s belief in the story. However, some folklore also provides evidence that does not fit scientific explanations.

Even so, folklore is a legacy from ancient people. This is an added value to the cultural and historical richness of a society. Folklore or commonly known as folklore contains several special characteristics. These characteristics are used to distinguish between folklore and other stories, namely having a traditional character and being conveyed orally.

Preserving folklore can be one way to educate the public about local wisdom. In addition, folklore can also be entertainment, social and culture of a society. The advantage of folklore itself is that it is able to awaken the imagination and provide knowledge as well as instill moral values. The purpose of this folklore is of course as an insight to the community to live.

Indonesia’s cultural wealth makes folklore spread very quickly in various circles of society. Many regions in Indonesia have their own folklore. So, here are examples of folklore or folklore that are widely known to the public, including Malin Kundang from West Sumatra, the Legend of Lake Toba from North Sumatra, Lutung Kasarung from West Java, Princess Mandalika from Lombok, the Legend of Rawa Pening from Central Java, and some typical stories from another area.

B. Characteristics of Folklore

After knowing and understanding about folklore, the following are the characteristics of folklore that you can use to distinguish folklore from today’s stories, including:

1. Folklore told orally.
2. Stories are passed down from generation to generation.
3. The author of the story is unknown.
4. Stories contain noble social values.
5. Stories have a traditional character.
6. Stories have many versions and variations.
7. The story has a cliche form in the structure or way of telling.

C. Folklore Functions

After you know about the meaning and characteristics of folklore, here are the functions of folklore. Basically, the function of folklore itself is to pass on noble values ​​to society. The following are functions of folklore that can be used for several fields, including:

1. The function of educational facilities

The function of folklore for education is to provide messages or messages to readers or listeners. Folklore contains a lot of moral values ​​in the stories that are presented, this will be very good for providing character learning to the community, for example children or teenagers.

2. Functions of Entertainment Facilities

Folklore also has a function as a means of entertainment for the community. Many folk stories such as fairy tales, myths and legends contain interesting and humorous stories, so they are very suitable as a means of entertaining the public. In addition, folklore that has entertainment value still departs from the daily experiences of ancient people, so it is very relevant to the life experiences of today’s society.

3. Social and Cultural Functions

Folklore itself has a function to strengthen a society through social and cultural values. Some folklore holds many teachings about ethics and morals that can be used as guidelines for society. In addition, folklore also deviates a lot from the prohibitions and taboos that should be avoided so that disaster does not occur. In some areas, folklore is used by the community to support behavior in social interaction.

D. Types of Folklore

Before going on to the various types of folklore in general, here are three major categories of stories based on William R Bascom’s research, some of which are:

1. Myth (mites)

Myths or myths can be understood as a folk prose story which is believed to be true after the masters of the community acknowledge its sanctity. Myth or myth itself is a story in which the main character is a god or a demigod. This myth itself is told in another world and happened in the past or it can be said not in our world today.

2. Legend

Legend is a folk prose story that has almost the same characteristics as a myth. Legend itself can be interpreted as a story that is considered to have really happened, however, legend is not considered sacred. Characters in legends are human beings, but they are often endowed with extraordinary powers and are often assisted by magical creatures. For the place where the legend took place is the world we know today and it didn’t take place in a very long time, so there is particular evidence.

3. Fairy tales

Fairy tales themselves have a definition as folklore in the form of prose which is truly considered by the poets or narrators. Stories that occur in fairy tales have no connection with time or place with our world today.

E. Kinds of Folklore

Folklore is divided into several types, namely:

1. Epics

Epics can be interpreted as one of the folk tales that tell stories of heroism. Examples of epic folklore itself are like, Mahabharata, Ramayana, and so on.

2. Humorous Stories

Witty stories have the intention of being a folk tale that tells about stupidity and has an element of humor, so that the reader laughs and is happy. Examples of folk tales that have elements of humor are such as Mr. Pandir, Si Kabayan, Lebai Malang, Mr. Frog, Mr. Grasshopper, and so on.

3. Parallel

Parallel is one of the folklore stories in which there are figures in the form of humans and also characters in the form of animals. Examples of parallel folklore are the Ant and the Grasshopper, the Loba Dog, and so on.

4. Parabel

Apart from parallels, there are also other kinds of folklore, namely parables. Parabel itself is one of the folklore that presents stories that contain the moral message of an inanimate object. Inanimate objects in parables have a role as the main character. An example of parable folklore is the Story of a Pair of Slops.

5. Fables

The next kinds of folk tales are fables. Fables can be understood as a folk tale about an animal that acts as the main character. The stories presented by fables are basically similar to human stories, except that all fables are played by animals. Examples of fable folklore are the Story of the Clever Mouse Deer, the Mouse Deer and the Crocodile, the Tale of Kalila, and so on.

6. Legend

Further folklore is legend. Legend itself has a meaning as a folklore that tells the history of the formation of a place or region. You will often find legends around you, this is because many places in Indonesia have stories about the origins of their birth. For example, like the stories of Malin Kundang, Tangkuban Perahu, Banyuwangi Tales, Gunung Batok Tales, Rawa Pening Tales, and so on.

7. Mites

The next folklore is myth. Mite itself can be defined as stories of gods or stories that contain sacred values ​​and use a lot of mystical values. Examples of mythical folklore are the stories of Dewi Sri and Nyi Roro Kidul, Jaka Tarub, and so on.

8. Sage

The last variety of folklore is sage. Sage can be interpreted as one of the folklore that has stories or stories that contain historical value. Examples of sage folklore are Ciung Wanara, Roro Jonggrang, Hikayat Hang Tuah, and so on.

F. Examples of Folklore

The following are examples of folklore that you need to know, including:

1. Examples of Folklore 1

Lutung Kasarung

In ancient times, there lived two princesses who lived in the Kingdom of Pasundan. They were both named Purbararang and Purbasari. Both have very beautiful faces and have very white skin tones.

After the king or their father died, Purbasari was ordered to replace his father on the throne. Hearing this, Purbararang felt very jealous and wanted to harm Purbasari.

Then, he decided to meet a witch so she could curse her sister, Purbasari. Because of that, Princess Purbasari’s face and body turned into black spots.

This was then used as one of the reasons by Princess Purbararang to expel him to a forest so that his throne could successfully move into the hands of Princess Purbararang.

While Putri Purbasari lived in the forest, she befriended a monkey that had black fur. The monkey was named Lutung Kasarung by Putri Purbasari. The monkey was very caring and also loved Putri Purbasari.

To help heal Purbasari’s facial and body skin, the monkey meditated in a quiet place when the full moon arrived. Not long after, formed a small lake whose water is very clear.

Lutung rushed to meet Purbasari and asked him to bathe in the lake. Remarkably, the water of the lake in an instant was able to restore Purbasari’s beauty.

Purbasari’s face and body skin were finally able to return to normal, namely white and also beautiful. Hearing that her sister had returned to her beauty, Purbararang felt worried.

He was very worried that his sister would take back what should be his. Then, he decided to meet his younger brother and invite him to compete with the good looks of their respective fiancees to fight over the king’s seat.

Now it was Purbasari’s turn to show Lutung Kasarung as his fiancé. Then, his brother laughed at him and felt that his fiancé was more handsome than a monkey.

At that moment, Lutung Kasarung immediately changed to his original form which was very handsome and dashing, it turned out that he was a prince. Purbararang finally admitted defeat and handed over the throne to his younger brother.

2. Examples of Folklore 2

Lake Toba

Once upon a time, there was a farmer who was very diligent and tenacious at work. He lives alone without a family to accompany him. His daily work is working the fields and fishing to help make ends meet.

One day, the farmer was fishing in the river. Armed with fishing equipment, bait and a fish rack, he started walking towards the river. When he got there he immediately threw the hook that had been baited. Then he prayed to God so he could get a lot of fish.

He is very happy when the fish he gets is big. However, the farmer was surprised that the fish could talk and asked the farmer not to eat the fish. Immediately the farmer released the fish. How shocked the farmer was when the fish had turned into a beautiful woman.

The fish turned out to be a princess who was cursed to become a fish. She thanks him for freeing her from the curse. In return, she wants to be the farmer’s wife.

One of the conditions that must be met is not being able to tell and mention the origins of the daughter of a fish. If violated, there will be a very terrible catastrophe. Petai agreed.

After marriage, they had a son. They live happily with their handsome son. However, his son has a trait that makes others wonder, namely he never feels full so he often finishes food.

One day the mother asked her child to deliver food to her father who was working in the fields. However, unfortunately the child ate the food himself and slept in the hut.

His father waited for the food to come, could not stand thirst and hunger, so the farmer came home. On the way he found his son who was sleeping.

At that time the farmer was angry with his son because he had eaten the food he was allotted. And unintentionally the farmer broke his promise. He said ‘you fish child’, at that moment his wife and children disappeared. After that, water emerged from the footprints to form a lake which is now known as Lake Toba.

3. Examples of Folklore 3

Angel Lake

In a lake there is a resident, a handsome man named Awang Sukma. He lives alone and is good at playing the flute.

He also likes to find birds. However, this time the atmosphere was so quiet that not a single bird landed so he didn’t harvest the birds. He was very surprised.

One day while he was sleeping, he heard the sound of people talking. It turns out that there are seven angels who are playing in the water in the lake. He wanted to see it up close. Finally Awang headed to the lake.

He hid and tried to take one of the clothes from the princess. When they were going home, the princess was nervous about not finding her clothes and flying equipment, so she accepted Awang’s offer to stay at her house and eventually got married.

They were then blessed with a child named Kumalasari. One day the princess found out that it was her husband who had hidden her clothes. He then returned to heaven following his brothers.

Book & Article Recommendations

Economic Actors – Economic actors are all parties who carry out economic activities (production, distribution, and consumption) both individuals and organizations (government or private) or society in general.

Definition of Economic Actors

Every economic agent has their respective roles. According to the Cambridge Dictionary , an economic actor is a person, company or organization that has influence over economic motives by producing, buying or selling.

Meanwhile, according to the Longman Business Dictionary , the definition of an economic actor is a person, company, and others who have an impact on a country’s economy, for example by buying, selling, or investing. See a more complete explanation of the types of economic actors and their roles below:

Types of Economic Actors and Their Roles

Examples of the activities of economic actors themselves start from a housewife who buys food ingredients, such as rice, vegetables, fruits, eggs, meat, milk, and others.

Fertilizer producers produce fertilizer that is needed in agricultural activities, up to the collection of taxes by the government and the distribution of imported products by the government. The following is a more complete explanation of the following division of economic actors:

1. Family Household

The household as the smallest scope which then contributes to building the wider community. The household as an economic agent consisting of father, mother, children and other family members.

As economic actors, in this case consumer households have 2 roles, namely as actors of production and actors of consumption. The role of households as actors of production can be seen from the utilization of their labor for companies or government agencies.

In addition, businesses that can be run within the scope of the household are called UMKM, which Sinaumed’s can learn about various important aspects in the book UMKM Is Key below.

Meanwhile, from the consumption side, the role of the household can be seen from the use of products, both goods and services to meet all their needs. To earn income, family households utilize a factor of production, namely labor, to be sold to corporate households. The following are some of the main household activities, including:

• Obtain income from companies or producers in the form of wages or salaries (a reward for sacrificing their energy to do work or carry out production), interest (various rewards to households from a company for lending capital to the company concerned), profit (all forms of payment or rewards from the results of the sacrifice of thoughts, energy and expertise in managing the company so that the company is able to obtain profits or profits), rent (some payments to consumers for renting land or buildings to companies that carry out the production of goods or services) and sales proceeds (any wages or compensation received by households from selling raw materials to producing companies).
• Spending income in the goods market.
• Save part of the income in state financial institutions.
• Paying some taxes to the government.
• Make purchases on the money market because you need cash to shop for your daily needs.

2. Manufacturers

Producer households have an important role in society. Producer households are economic actors who provide goods or services to consumer households. Producing households in Indonesia can be divided into several groups, namely State-Owned Enterprises (BUMN), Privately-Owned Enterprises (BUMS), and Cooperatives.

Based on the field of business, companies can be divided into three, namely: Primary Industry, namely companies that process natural resources and utilize the factors of production provided by nature.

For example, agricultural activities, mining, fisheries, forestry, animal husbandry, and others. Secondary Industry, namely companies that produce goods in the sense of industry or companies that process semi-finished goods into finished goods into finished goods that are ready for public consumption.

Examples are clothing companies, shoe companies, car companies, and others. Tertiary Industry, namely companies that produce services, such as transportation services (transportation), savings and loans, building leases, and others. The roles of producer households include:

• As Producers of Goods or Services: Producing households or companies are tasked with producing goods or services in accordance with their respective fields. Goods or services that have been produced are then distributed to consumers, so that consumers can easily buy or consume these goods or services.
• Utilizing various factors of production in consumption households to carry out the production process.
• Apply for working capital loans to financial institutions to build or expand their business.
• Determine purchases of various capital goods and other stock items.
• Producer households provide remuneration in the form of rent, interest and so on.
• Producer household development agents play a role in development in Indonesia. The government feels helped by the existence of producer households in the development sector to provide welfare for the community. Development agencies also absorb a lot of manpower, provide salaries to workers, and ensure work safety for workers.
• As a distributor of goods or services (distributor) Not only making goods, but there are producer households that directly distribute their goods or services to consumers directly.
• Increasing state income through taxes, producer households are obliged to pay taxes to the government for production activities carried out, so producer households have helped the government to increase state revenues through taxes.

3. Company

The company is a business organization formed to produce goods and services needed by consumers. The role of companies as economic actors is broader, because they can act as producers, distributors and consumers.

The role as a producer is the main role of a company because it has become the place where production takes place. Meanwhile, there are companies that try to make a product that is produced reach the hands of consumers. Retail companies are in charge of marketing and selling products from the company.

In this case, the company acts as a distributor. While the role as a consumer can be seen when a company has to meet the needs of raw materials (inventory) for production. Some of the activities of the group of companies or producers are as follows:

• Producing products, both goods and services, as well as acting as a supplier in the market for goods or services.
• Utilizing various factors of production in consumption households to carry out the production process.
• Apply for working capital loans to financial institutions to build or expand their business.
• Determine purchases of various capital goods and other stock items.
• Pays taxes to the government on the sale of goods it produces.

In a company in running its business there are rules that must be followed, the book Business Ethics for Business People by Agus Arijanto will explain various factors as well as practical examples of ethics in doing business.

4. Government

Apart from households and companies, the government plays a very important role in the economy. The economy that takes place in Indonesia must be controlled with various policies that are beneficial, both for producers, consumers, and distributors.

The main role of the government as an economic actor is to control the economy with various economic policies to prosper its citizens. Some of the government’s economic activities include:

• Making Fiscal Policy, namely one of the policies made by the government and related to state income and expenditure.
• Making Monetary Policy is a policy made by the government and related to the regulation of the money supply to control the rate of inflation.
• Making International Financial Regulations are all policies that exist in the financial sector and are closely related to the international world, for example international trade, economic cooperation with other countries and many more.
• The government can also act as a producer and consumer. As a consumer, it means that in carrying out its duties, the government needs goods and services. Consumption activities carried out by the government can be in the form of purchasing office equipment, medical equipment, educational support equipment, using family households in carrying out their duties, and so on.
• As a producer, it means that the government participates in producing goods and services needed in order to realize the people’s prosperity as much as possible. In terms of household producers, the government produces electricity, water and energy sources for the community.
• Policies in managing the economy by maintaining price stability for goods and services, providing basic needs, providing public facilities and infrastructure, preparing short, medium and long term economic plans, granting business licenses, determining the amount of taxes, and providing subsidies.
• From distributors it can be seen in the activities of distributing Raskin, channeling BOS funds or School Operational Assistance to assist operational activities in schools, for example through the provision of textbooks, and others.
• The state is also tasked with creating public investment, for example providing roads and bridges. Assigned to establish a state company that will be used as a stabilizer of economic activity.
• Play a role in the collection of direct and indirect taxes. In charge of spending state revenues that are used to buy goods needed by the government.
• Make loans from abroad to help finance domestic development.
• Hire skilled workers to help with various government tasks and work as well as carry out monetary policy.
• Providing the currency needs of the community.

5. Overseas Households

It cannot be denied that other countries also play a role in the economy in Indonesia, because a country cannot meet its own needs, so it requires other countries to meet its needs. The roles of foreign households for the domestic economy are as consumers, producers, investors, labor exchanges, foreign lenders.

As consumers, this can be seen from the import activities carried out by foreign households on domestic products. As producers, overseas households help to meet the needs of a country that cannot produce goods and services. This can be seen with export activities.

Investment development carried out in a country requires large funds to improve people’s welfare. To cover the shortage of funds, the state will invite foreign investors to invest in the country, where the investment provided can be in the form of loan funds.

Some of the economic activities carried out by foreign communities are as follows:

• Providing the needs of certain goods to be imported by other countries. Carry out export and import activities with other countries to mutually meet the needs of each country.
• Make investments by providing credit to finance development activities carried out by the government and the private sector in the country.
• Enter the Indonesian money market as money distributors from abroad, credit applicants, and rupiah currency for the needs of all their company branches in the country.
• To be a media liaison between the domestic money market and the foreign money market
• Labor exchange differences in population have an effect on available jobs. Generally, a country with a large population will experience an excess of human labor and a lack of jobs, whereas a country with a small population will experience a shortage of labor and an excess of jobs.
• Foreign loan lenders have the goal of helping the economy of a country that is in need of loan funds. These loans can be made through world financial institutions or bilateral cooperation such as the World Bank.

6. Financial Institutions

• Collecting funds from various parties, both household consumers and companies.
• Providing business capital loans for companies or producers to be able to improve their production performance.
• Provide demand deposits for financial transaction activities so that they can help the payment mechanism for business people. Demand deposits themselves are funds kept at commercial banks which can be used at any time to make payments through checks, demand deposits, banknotes, share certificates and so on. Demand deposits are issued by commercial banks and are intangible money because they are only in the form of bank bill balances.
• Overcoming inflation by increasing the central bank’s cash reserves so that the circulation of money increases.

To better understand the scope of financial institutions, both banks and other financial institutions, Sinaumed’s can read the books Banks and Other Financial Institutions below.

Economic Book Recommendations

1. Globalization, Constitutional Economics, and the Economics Nobel

2. Monetary Economy: Case Study of Indonesia

3. Indonesian Economic Politics

Types of Economic Actors

Various types of economic actors, including:

1. Cooperative

Cooperatives are business entities that are carried out jointly to achieve common goals as well. In Law no. 12 of 1967, Indonesian Cooperatives are defined as people’s economic organizations with a social character, consisting of people or cooperative legal entities which constitute an economic arrangement as a joint venture based on the principle of kinship.

Within cooperatives there are various principles, theories that are related to other disciplines of knowledge that you can learn about in the book Cooperatives: Principles, Theory, and Practice, the 2014 Revised Edition.

2. BUMN (State Owned Enterprises)

BUMN is a business entity whose capital ownership is partially or wholly owned by the state. SOEs can also be non-profit whose purpose is to provide goods and services to the community. The form of BUMN can be divided into three, namely:

• Liability Company (Limited Liability Company) , namely a BUMN in the form of a limited liability company, whose capital is divided into shares of which all or at least 51% of the shares are owned by the state, and aim to make a profit.
• Public Limited Liability Company (Limited Public Company) , namely BUMN whose capital and number of shareholders are determined based on certain criteria or in other words, companies conducting public offerings in accordance with statutory regulations in the capital market sector.
• Public Company (Perum) , namely BUMN whose capital is all owned by the state and is not divided into shares. The purpose of a public housing company is to benefit the public in the form of providing high quality goods and services while at the same time seeking profit based on the principles of corporate management.

In Indonesia itself, existing SOEs are regulated in existing law. Sinaumed’s can understand this in the book Deconstruction and Legal Reformulation of SOEs in Indonesia below.

3. Perjan (Services Company)

Perjan is a state-owned enterprise whose capital is wholly owned by the government. Perjan is always oriented towards community service, so he is always at a loss. Therefore, now there is no longer a perjan model. An example of Perjan is PJKA (Railroad Bureau Company), which is now PT KAI.

4. Company

The company can be defined as the place where production activities occur and all factors of production gather. In Indonesia itself, there are several forms of companies, namely private companies, state-owned companies (BUMN), regional companies, firms, CV (commander partnership).

Read more on other economic materials:

• Understanding Economic Motives Accompanied by Kinds and Examples
• Principles of Economics: Definition, Types, Characteristics and Their Application
• Basic Concepts of Economics
• Definition of Goods Market
• Definition of Request and Offer
• Definition of Money
• Definition of Inflation
• Definition of Banks
• Economic Principles
• Definition of Scarcity
• Definition of Macroeconomics
• Microeconomics
• Economic Recession
• Economic Globalization
• People’s Economy
• Economic agents
• Economic Problems in Indonesia
• Economics
• Types of Economic Systems
• People’s Economy

Types of Economic Activities – In everyday life the economy cannot be avoided by all people, from buying staple foods, buying clothes, buying stationery for school, buying school uniforms, and so on. In other words, to meet the needs of every human being is always related to economic activity.

Economic activities must be carried out by all members of society, from ordinary people to the government. In fact, economic activity must be properly maintained so that the wheels of the economy continue to turn. The wheels of the economy that keep turning properly can improve people’s welfare.

What is economic activity? Sinaumed’s, we need to recognize economic activities so that we can play a role in maintaining the wheels of the country’s economy. Consider the following explanation of economic activity.

Definition of Economic Activity

Whether we are aware of it or not, every activity we carry out is always related to economic activity. Activities from waking up in the morning, then continuing to work or study activities, then sleeping at night are all activities included in economic activity, why is that? This is because every human being in order to survive requires various kinds of needs that must be met.

The needs of human life are very diverse, ranging from food, work clothes or play clothes, fuel for transportation, to shelter. In fulfilling all the necessities of life, buying and selling transactions are needed between traders and buyers. It is from these transactions that economic activity can occur.

Every human life needs are different, so the economic activities carried out are also different. In other words, every human being carries out economic activities with different goals and is adapted to the needs of his life.

Therefore, economic activity is an activity carried out by humans to meet their needs.

Meanwhile, economic activities based on the Business Dictionary are actions that involve the production, distribution, and consumption of goods and services at all levels of society.

So, it can be said that economic activity does not only concern individuals, but involves many things including maintaining the wheels of the economy. Therefore, it should be that people who carry out economic activities must take care of each other so that every member of society can live more prosperously.

Economic Activity Actors

In carrying out economic activities certainly requires actors. Without actors, economic activity will not run optimally.

1. Family household

2. Company

3. Country

4. Society

5. Cooperative

Types of Economic Activity

In people’s lives, economic activities have several types, namely consumption economic activities, production economic activities, and distribution economic activities.

1. Consumption Economic Activities

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) consumption is the use of production goods (clothing, food, and so on). Consumption economic activity is an activity in which we are using or using a product or service that has been produced by the producer. In this case, goods or services that are used by every human being to fulfill their needs and every human being will be referred to as a buyer or consumer.

Everyone’s life needs will usually always be the same. Therefore, a consumer will consume his goods repeatedly, unless there is a new need for life. For example, housing, clothing (office, school, home), food and drink, school books, and others.

The thing that needs to be underlined in consumption economic activities is that a consumer does not necessarily become a producer, but a producer can be sure that he is a consumer. This is because a producer will become a consumer when buying the main ingredients of the production process. For example, tofu producers will buy the best soybeans so that the tofu they produce is good too.

The greater the level of consumption in a society, it can indicate that the community is experiencing prosperity or well-being.

Factors Affecting Consumption Activities

Basically, every human being when carrying out consumption activities is very much adjusted to the needs of his life, so the consumption activities of one consumer and other consumers are also different.

In addition, there are several factors that can affect a person’s consumption level, namely income, prices, habits, tastes, and substitutes.

a. Income

Income is a result of work that is obtained through work or tasks that have been completed. This income can be in the form of wages (employees), rent (shops or houses that are rented or rented), and profits (businessmen who make a profit).

When viewed from its shape, the income received by each person is different, so that each person’s consumption activities will also vary. For example, the needs of an entrepreneur will be different from those of an employee.

b. Price 

It is no stranger if the price factor greatly influences consumption activities. In fact, for some people, when buying something, they need to look at the price factor. In addition, the price factor can determine the target market for a production of goods or services.

An item or service that experiences an increase in price can cause a demand from consumers to decrease. Meanwhile, an item or service that experiences a decrease in price can increase demand from consumers. For example, when the price of soybeans increases, the price of tofu and tempeh will also increase, but buyers of tofu and tempeh will decrease.

Therefore, when a production experiences a decrease in price, consumption should be increased. Meanwhile, when prices rise, consumption needs to be reduced.

c. Habit

A person’s living habits can be influenced by many factors, starting from lifestyle, the surrounding environment, and their living needs. It can be said that this living habit can affect different levels of consumption. For example the habit of frugal living and extravagant living habits.

Someone who has the habit of living extravagantly will increase consumption activities. Whereas someone with a frugal living habit, consumption activities are stable or even tend to be low.

d. Appetite

Individual tastes from one individual to another are different. These different tastes are usually caused by a person’s psychological factors that can change at any time. Everyone’s taste will affect the level of consumption. For example someone who has a hobby of reading books will always try to find new interesting books.

So, it can be concluded that one’s tastes will determine whether the level of consumption is higher or lower, especially with regard to goods and services. The higher the individual’s taste for something, the level of consumption will increase. Meanwhile, the lower the individual’s appetite for something, the lower the level of consumption.

e. Substitute Goods

It is not uncommon if there is an increase in the price of an item, then someone will replace it with a cheaper item. The occurrence of things like this is because someone will consume goods according to their income.

The existence of these substitute goods will affect the level of consumption of an item. In short, the more people use substitute goods, the less the amount of consumption of substituted goods.

2. Production Economic Activities

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary, production is the process of producing, producing, or producing an item. Therefore, production can be interpreted as an activity that can improve an economy by making production results so that the needs of human life can be fulfilled.

In carrying out production economic activities, it definitely requires sacrifice in the form of spending funds in order to produce or create quality goods or services. Quality goods or services can attract the attention of consumers to buy these goods or services.

Meanwhile, in production economic activities there is such a thing as a producer. Producers are usually addressed to people, business entities, or organizations that can create goods or services that can be used by consumers.

If you are able to produce your own production, either goods or services, then you can be said to be a producer. For example, there is someone who can produce bread which is then sold to his friends.

Factors Affecting Production Levels

Production economic activity cannot be separated from the so-called factors of production. Production factors can affect the ups and downs of production levels, such as human resources, natural resources, and capital resources.

a. Human Resources

In producing goods or services, it cannot be separated from what is called human labor. Human labor is human activity related to the production process in order to create quality goods or services. Therefore, in producing goods or services, it is better to use quality human resources.

Based on its quality, human resources can be grouped into three, namely:

1). Educated workforce ( skilled labor )

Educated workers are workers who gain knowledge or expertise through formal or non-formal education. For example psychologists, doctors, accountants, lawyers, researchers, and teachers.

2). Trained workforce _

Trained workers are workers who gain knowledge or expertise from the results of training and experience while working. For example drivers, technicians, cooks, mechanics, and others.

3). Uneducated and untrained labor ( unskilled and untrained labor )

Uneducated and untrained workers are workers who only rely on their physical abilities and spiritual strength. For example porters, sweepers, farm laborers, scavengers, and others.

b. Natural resources

It cannot be denied that natural resources are natural factors that can be used to meet the needs of human life and become a factor of economic production activities. In other words, good and quality natural conditions will produce a good and quality product as well.

Many goods have been produced from natural resources, from hands, air, water, to mining products. All of these natural resources can improve the community’s economy, but on the other hand they can damage natural conditions. So, we must be wise in using natural resources.

1). Soil natural resources 

Soil natural resources are usually used for agriculture, plantations, factory buildings, residences, and road construction. From the natural resources of the land will produce products, such as potatoes, rice, fruits, housing, highways, and so on.

2). Air resources

Air natural resources are closely related to aviation, especially when reading wind direction. Meanwhile, in agriculture, air natural resources are very useful for adjusting what plants are suitable for planting in an area.

3). Water natural resources

Water natural resources are often used to produce a production, such as transportation, irrigation, and electric power. Electric power from water natural resources is very beneficial for people’s lives, especially people who have not received electricity supply.

4). Capital Resources

In increasing the amount of production and improving the quality of production, capital is always needed. Therefore, capital becomes a factor of production activities. For example a farmer who needs hoes, fertilizers, and seeds to produce a product. In the production process, capital can be in the form of equipment and materials.

Based on its use, capital is divided into two, namely current capital and fixed capital. Current capital is capital in the form of goods that can be used for more than one production. For example land, factory machinery, buildings, and others.

Meanwhile, current capital is capital in the form of goods that can only be used once in a production process. For example fuel oil.

Based on its form, capital is divided into two, namely concrete capital and abstract capital. Concrete capital is capital that is visible when carrying out production. Examples include machines, buildings, and raw materials. Meanwhile, abstract capital is capital that is not visible during production. Examples include knowledge, skills, product brands, and knowledge.

5). Entrepreneur Resources

Entrepreneur resources can be said as entrepreneurship. Factors of production originating from entrepreneurship in the form of someone who is already an expert in compiling cooperation between natural production, capital and labor. In short, an entrepreneur is someone who has been able to control all factors of production economic activity, especially in increasing the quantity and quality of products.

3. Distribution Economic Activities

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary, distribution means distribution, distribution, or delivery of daily needs to several people or places. In short, distribution is an activity that aims to distribute goods or services from producers to consumers.

Distribution economic activities are usually carried out by institutions or individuals depending on the needs of each producer. Institutions or individuals who carry out distribution activities are known as distributors.

Usually the distribution activities carried out by distributors are very diverse, such as trading, transportation, and storage.

Factors Affecting the Level of Distribution

a. market factor

Market factors greatly affect distribution channels, especially those caused by consumer buying patterns.

b. goods factor

The goods factor is very considerate in terms of the goods which are seen based on the size and weight of the goods, the standard of the goods, the units of goods, whether the goods are easily damaged or not, and the way the goods are packaged.

c. company factor

The company factor really considers various things, such as sources of funds, services provided, and company management in managing the company.

d. Habit factor in making purchases

This habit factor really takes into account the financing of goods delivery, sales volume, and manufacturer’s discretion.

Purpose of Economic Activity

1. Consumption Economic Activities

There are several objectives contained in consumption economic activities, namely:

1. Give satisfaction to yourself

2. Expend use value on an item gradually

3. Expend the use value of an item at once

2. Production Economic Activities

In carrying out production economic activities, of course there is a goal. The following are the goals of production

1. Produce or create goods or services that are useful to consumers

2. Improving the quality of a product or service

3. Increase the profits of a business so that the company can develop

4. Improving community welfare

5. Can open jobs

3. Distribution Economic Activities

Distribution economic activities have several objectives, including:

1. Distribute goods originating from producers to consumers safely

2. Can meet the needs of society for an item

3. Guarantee the continuity of production

4. Production results can be used by consumers properly

Examples of Economic Activities

1. Economic activities in the plantation sector

Economic activities in the plantation sector are usually related to planting activities. From these activities will produce an item that can be sold to consumers. For example mango orchards, palm groves, and others.

2. Economic activity in agriculture

Economic activity in agriculture in general cannot be separated from the land factor. Good soil conditions will produce good production as well. For example potatoes, carrots, rice, and others.

3. Economic activities in the industrial sector

Economic activities engaged in the industrial sector are usually in the form of business activities carried out by individuals or institutions that process raw materials into finished goods or semi-finished goods. For example a bakery company.

4. Economic activity in the service sector

Economic activities engaged in services are closely related to a service. For example, hospitality, banking, insurance, and transportation services.

Conclusion

Economic activity is very dependent on many things, starting from resources, market conditions, goods conditions, and geographical location. In addition, economic activity will only move if the actors have carried out their functions and roles properly. The most important thing from economic activity is to be able to run the wheels of the economy.

Also read: 

Types of Compulsory Fasting – Muslims are certainly no strangers to fasting. Fasting is one of the worships that is most liked by Allah SWT so that we can get ridho from Him. Fasting activities include obligatory fasting and sunnah fasting. 

What are the types of obligatory fasting? Then how to read the intention so that our fasting is accepted by Allah SWT? 

Come on, let’s see~

Types of Compulsory Fasting

1. Ramadan fasting

a. Meaning of Ramadan Fasting

Ramadan fasting is a mandatory fast that is carried out for one full month once a year. Ramadan fasting is the third pillar of faith. The month of Ramadan is a month filled with the blessings and forgiveness of Allah SWT. 

Apart from that, in the month of Ramadan there is also a night that has the glory of more than a thousand months, namely Lailatul Qadar. On the night of Lailatul Qadar, we as Muslims are encouraged to worship and ask Him for forgiveness in order to receive His grace. 

Allah SWT made it obligatory to fast Ramadan for the first time in the second year of Hijriyah. At that time, Rasulullah SAW had just received an order from Him to move the Qibla direction from Baitul Maqdis (Palestine) towards the Grand Mosque in Mecca. Then Allah SWT said:

يَٰٓأَ يُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ master امَنُواْ كُتِبَ عَلَيۡكُمُ ٱلصِّيَ present 

It means: 

“O you who believe, it is prescribed for you to fast as it was prescribed for those before you in order to be pious”. (QS. Al-Baqarah: 183)

Then, Rasulullah SAW said about the obligation of fasting in Ramadan.

“From Abu Abdurrahman bin Umar bin Khattab Radiyallahu’anhuna said: I heard Rasulullah SAW say: “Islam is upheld on five grounds, namely: (1) testify that there is no God (worthy of worship) except Allah, and that the Prophet Muhammad SAW he is the messenger of Allah, (2) establishes five daily prayers, (3) pays zakat, (4) performs pilgrimage to Baitullah, and (5) fasts during Ramadan. (Reported by At-Tirmidhi and Muslim)

b. Reading the intention of fasting Ramadan

It’s the same as when doing something, we definitely need intentions that come from the heart. Therefore, during Ramadan fasting, intentions are also needed that are read sincerely from the heart. The intention of this Ramadan fasting is a testament to our affirmation of our sincerity to carry out this worship.

There are arguments that suggest the intention of fasting. Namely: “Who does not make up his mind to fast before the time of Hajar, then we will not fast,” (Sahih Hadith narrated by Abu Dadu: 2008, Al-Tirmidhi: 662, and al-Nasa’i: 2293)

Then, what is the intention of fasting for Ramadan which must be recited after the sahur activity. Namely it reads:

نَوَيْتُ صَوْمَ غَدٍ عَنْ أَدَاءِ فَرْضِ شَهْرِ رَمَضَانِ هذِهِ السَّنَةِ لِلهِ تَعَالَى

It means:

“I intend to fast tomorrow to fulfill fardhu in this month of Ramadan this year, because of Allah Ta’ala.”

c. Ramadan Fasting Time

In Ramadan fasting, the time of its implementation is from sunrise to sunset, during the month of Ramadan. 

According to Al Mawardi in the book Iqna’, there are two divisions of dawn during the fasting month of Ramadan. Namely Fajar Kadzib and Fajar Sadiq. 

This is supported by the words of Rasulullah SAW (from Ibn Abbas RA), which reads: “There are two dawns, the first is that it is not forbidden to eat (for those who are fasting), it is not lawful to pray at that time. The second is that it is forbidden to eat and it is permissible to pray at dawn.”

Based on these words, it can be concluded that when Fajar Kadzib appears, those of us who want to fast during Ramadan are not allowed to pray at dawn and are still allowed to eat & drink. Meanwhile, when Fajar Sadiq appears, we are allowed to pray at dawn and it is forbidden to eat and drink. 

Then, what if when we are eating and drinking, then we hear the call to prayer which indicates that Fajar Sadiq has appeared? 

According to the words of the Prophet, namely “If one of you hears the call to prayer even though the glass is in his hand, do not put it down until it fulfills his need.”

So, from the words of Rasulullah SAW, it is concluded that when we are eating and drinking (during sahur), then hearing the call to prayer for Fajar Sadiq, we are encouraged to continue eating and drinking until it runs out. 

Practices during the month of Ramadan

• Tarawih prayer is one of the sunnah prayers which can only be carried out during the month of Ramadan.
• Witr prayer and other sunnah prayers
• Giving alms to those in need, for example inviting iftar together
• Tadarrus, namely reading the holy book Al-Quran after tarawih prayer
• I’tikaf in the mosque

2. Sacrifice fast

What is expatriate fasting? Why is it called obligatory fasting as well?

a. Meaning of Sacrifice Fasting

Kafarat fasting is a fast that must be done to “replace” the “broken” Ramadan fast. Fasting is mandatory, especially for those who “ruin” the fast of Ramadan because of sexual intercourse.

b. Types of Kafarat Fasts & Time of Implementation

There are several types of expatriate fasting and their causes, namely

1) Fasting expiation caused by violating the prohibition of Hajj. 

This fast is carried out by tamattu’ or qiran which requires paying the fasting fine by slaughtering a goat or sheep. 

However, if you are unable, you can replace it by fasting for three days while still in the holy land of Mecca; and seven days after arriving in his homeland.

2) Fasting expiation caused by violating an oath or promise. 

This fast is carried out if someone has promised to do something but he cannot fulfill it, then it is obligatory for him to pay a fine by fasting for three days. However, if he is unable to carry it out, he is obliged to feed ten poor people.

لَا يُؤَاخِذُكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِٱللَّغۡوِ فِيٓ أَيۡمَٰنِكُمۡ وَلَٰكِن يُؤَاخِذُكُم بِمَا عَقَّدتُّمُ ٱلۡأَيۡمَٰنَۖ فَكَفَّٰرَتُهُۥٓ إِطۡعَامُ عَشَرَةِ مَسَٰكِينَ مِنۡ أَوۡسَطِ مَا تُطۡعِمُونَ أَهۡلِيكُمۡ أَوۡ كِسۡوَتُهُمۡ أَوۡ تَحۡرِيرُ رَقَبَةٖۖ فَمَن لَّمۡ يَجِدۡ فَصِيَامُ ثَلَٰثَةِ أَيَّامٖۚ ذَٰلِكَ كَفَّٰرَةُ أَيۡمَٰنِكُمۡ إِذَا حَلَفۡتُمۡۚ وَٱحۡفَظُوٓاْ أَيۡمَٰنَكُمۡۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمۡ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمۡ تَشۡكُرُونَ  

It means:

“Allah will not punish you because of your oaths that were not intended (to swear), but He will punish you for oaths that you intentionally do, then expiating (breaking) that oath, is to feed ten poor people, that is, from the food you used to eat.” give it to your family, or clothe them or free a slave. Whoever is unable to do that, then he will be expiated from fasting for three days. That is the expiation of your oaths if you swear (and you break them). And keep your vows. Thus Allah explains to you His laws so that you may be grateful (to Him) . (QS. Al Maidah: 89)

3) Fasting expiation because of the oath of zihar

This expiation fast is done for a husband who aligns his wife’s back with his mother’s back. In QS Al-Mujadilah verse 2 states that the words of a husband who likens his wife as his mother, are unjust.

In this case, if the husband wants to atone for his sin, he is required to fast for two consecutive months. In accordance with the word of Allah in one of the surahs of the holy book of the Koran:

وَٱلَّذِينَ يُظَٰهِرُونَ مِن نِّسَآئِهِمۡ ثُمَّ يَعُودُونَ لِمَا قَالُواْ فَتَحۡرِيرُ رَقَبَةٖ مِّن قَبۡلِ أَن يَتَمَآسَّاۚ ذَٰلِكُمۡ تُوعَظُونَ بِهِۦۚ وَٱللَّهُ بِمَا تَعۡمَلُونَ خَبِيرٞ فَمَن لَّمۡ يَجِدۡ فَصِيَامُ شَهۡرَيۡنِ مُتَتَابِعَيۡنِ مِن قَبۡلِ أَن يَتَمَآسَّاۖ فَمَن لَّمۡ يَسۡتَطِعۡ فَإِطۡعَامُ سِتِّينَ مِسۡكِينٗاۚ ذَٰلِكَ لِتُؤۡمِنُواْ بِٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦۚ وَتِلۡكَ حُدُودُ ٱللَّهِۗ وَلِلۡكَٰفِرِينَ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

It means: 

“ Those who commit zhihar to their wives, then they want to take back what they said, then (it is obligatory for them) to free a slave before the two husband and wife mix. This is what you have been taught, and Allah is Aware of what you do. Whoever does not get (a slave), then (it is obligatory for him) to fast for two consecutive months before the two are mixed.” (QS. Al-Mujaadilah: 3-4)

4) Fasting expiation for committing unintentional killing

A person who commits unintentional killing is obliged to pay a fine by fasting for two consecutive months.

5. Fasting expiation for having intercourse with husband and wife during the month of Ramadan

If a husband and wife engage in sexual intercourse intentionally during the fasting month of Ramadan, it is recommended that they replace this fast by fasting expiation for two consecutive months.

Previously, Allah SWT had forbidden His people to have intercourse during the day in the month of Ramadan. 

In this type of expatriate fasting, there are three levels, namely:

• Freeing slaves from other people.
• Fasting for two consecutive months if unable to free a slave.
• Giving alms to the poor totaling 60 people, each of whom is given ¾ liter per day, if they are unable to fast for two consecutive months.

c. Reading the intention of fasting expiation

The implementation of the fasting of expatriate is the same as the implementation of fasting in general. Starting from doing the meal, withholding food and drink until evening. 

The most striking difference is the intent reading, ie

نوَيْتُ صَوْمَ غَدٍ لِكَفَارَةِ فَرْضًا ِللهِ تَعَالَى

It means:

“I intend to fast tomorrow to carry out kifarat because of Allah Ta’ala”

3. The Votive Fast

a. The Meaning of the Votive Fast

Votive fasts are fasts that have been promised by someone because they have succeeded in getting something good. In this votive fast it becomes mandatory to carry out because of the promise he had previously made to Allah SWT.

For example when we say “If I succeed in the thesis exam tomorrow, I will fast”. So these words must be implemented.

Regarding votive fasting, Allah SWT has said about this:

ثُمَّ لۡيَقۡضُواْ تَفَثَهُمۡ وَلۡيُوفُواْ نُذُورَهُمۡ وَلۡيَطَّوَّفُواْ بِٱلۡبَيۡتِ ٱليَِ 

It means:

“… and let them complete their vows and let them perform tawaf around the old house (Baitullah)” ( Al-Hajj: 29)

b. Nazar Fasting Intention Readings

Before carrying out the votive fast, we are required to read the intention first. This intention is not only said in the heart, but also pronounced orally. 

The reading of the intention is read at night before doing the votive fast.

The following is the reading of the intention for the vows fast:

نَوَيْتُ صَوْمَ النَّذَرِ لِلّٰهِ تَعَالىَ

(Nawaitu shauman nadzri lillahi ta’aala)

It means:

“I intend to fast vows because Allah ta’ala”

c. Types of Votive Fasts

1) Nazar Lajjaj

Nazar Lajjaj is a type of vow that is made with the aim of motivating someone to want to do something, preventing someone from doing something, or even to ensure the truth of the news someone has conveyed.

2) Nazar Tabarrur

This type of vow is made when there is someone who feels capable of carrying out a service without depending on certain things. 

d. The Law of the Votive Fast

Previously it was explained that the votive fast is carried out because of a promise made by someone concerned so that it is mandatory to carry it out. Thus, if a person does not carry out the fast according to his vow, then it is clear that he is a sinner. 

Rasulullah SAW said about this:

عن عائشة رضي الله عنها قالت : قال رسول الله صلى الله عليه وسلم : من نذر ان يطيع الله فليطعه ومن نذران يعصيه فلا يهصه. (رواه البخاري ومسلم)

It means:

“From Aisha ra. he said, Rasulullah SAW. said: “Whoever makes a vow to obey Allah, let him obey Him and whoever makes a vow to disobey Allah, then he should not do it . ” (HR. Al-Bukhari and Muslim).

Fasting Requirements

Before carrying out fasting, it would be nice for you to understand what are the obligatory conditions. There are two categories of fasting conditions, namely the obligatory conditions of fasting and the conditions for the validity of fasting.

1. Requirements for Compulsory Fasting

a. Islamic religion. 

Fasting as an obligatory worship is a command from Allah SWT to His people who are Muslims. Remember that fasting is the third pillar of faith?

The purpose of this fast is so that we as Muslims can become a Muslim with a muttaqiin personality. 

b. Have Common Sense

A man who has common sense is someone who is not in a state of madness. Common sense plays an important role in the mandatory requirements of fasting. Why?

Because with reason and a healthy mindset, a person can clearly regulate his passions. In addition, he is also not careless in carrying out actions that roughly break the fast.

c. Already Baligh (Adult)

There is a limit to say a child has reached puberty (adult) or not, namely a) for boys, they have experienced ihtilaam or wet dreams; b) for girls, already experiencing menstruation.

d. Able to Run Fasting Worship

Being able here means that someone really has the physical ability to carry out fasting. The three conditions previously mentioned may all have been fulfilled, but the physical possession does not allow for fasting, so he is not required to carry out the worship.

An example is a person who is sick or is old, so he does not have the physical ability to fast. So, people who are sick and old are not obliged to fast.

e. Residents ( Muqim )

For Muslims who already have a place to live in an area, it is obligatory for him to fast. Meanwhile, Muslims who are not living or are traveling ( travelers ), it is not their duty to fast. 

A traveler is not required to fast, but is obliged to make up for the fast on another day. 

2. Legal Terms of Fasting

a. Intention

Intentions can be interpreted as intentions or desires that appear in the heart. So that in carrying out fasting, be it obligatory fasting or sunnah fasting, you must read the intention first. 

Allah SWT has rewarded us with goodness only from our intentions. Then, when we are able to carry out these intentions, then we will get ten goodness. 

Subhanallah . 

b. Having the ability to distinguish between good and bad
c. Clean from menstruation and childbirth
d. Do not fast on days when it is not permissible to fast

• Intentions of Fasting Monday Thursday
• Procedure for Ablution
• Names of Angels and Their Duties
• Definition of Al-Quran and Hadith
• Definition of Morals
• Noble Qualities
• Honest Behavior in Islam
• Definition of Zakat
• Pillars of Hajj
• Understanding Faith In Angels
• Understanding Aurat
• List of 99 Asmaul Husna
• Zakat Fitrah and Zakat Mal
• Meaning of Tablighi
• Definition of Zakat Mal
• The Meaning of the Title Al-Amin Rasulullah SAW
• Definition of Faith in Language and Terms

Author: Rifda Arum

Editor: Farah Fadila

Source:

Wow, Abdul. (2018). The Secrets and Virtues of Sunnah Fasting . Yogyakarta: Mueeza Publisher.

Did you know that there are different types of companies in Indonesia? The word company is certainly familiar to our ears. The company has covered all people’s lives. Starting from the goods around us that are produced by companies, the service assistance that we receive comes from a company, and we may also work for a company.

Judging from our daily life, the company has become a part of our life. However, do you actually know the meaning of the company? From what is seen in everyday life, you can know that the company is a workplace, which has a number of members in it. Usually companies produce goods or services, and have workplaces such as buildings, offices, shop houses, warehouses, factories, or plantations.

From this general understanding, we can define a company as a place where goods or services are produced and then sold to the public. The purpose of establishing a company is to gain profit or profit from producing something that can benefit many people. The benefits offered, namely through goods or services that are solutions to problems faced by society.

The company looks like an ordinary business. In the outline of the activities carried out by the company, this is true. The company can indeed be said as a trader. However, what distinguishes a company from an ordinary business is that there are laws that bind the company. A company is defined as a legal entity formed to carry on an industrial or commercial business.

For those of you who still have questions about the company, let’s see the explanation below until it’s finished. This article will discuss in more detail the definition of a company, the elements that make up a company, and the types of companies based on legal entities and the activities carried out.

Definition of Company

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary, the definition of a company is an activity that is carried out in an orderly way or with equipment, with the aim of making a profit. The company is a place where goods or services are produced and then sold to the public. The company’s goal is to utilize human resources and natural resources, in order to produce goods or services, in order to create as much profit as possible. The company will produce goods or services that are able to be a solution to the problems faced by the community or are able to meet the needs of the community.

The company is also defined as an organization that is a legal entity, which conducts business or transactions. According to the book Company Law written by Handri Raharjo, initially the term company was referred to as a trader. However, along with the abolition of Articles 2 to 5 of the Commercial Code, the term trader was also removed and replaced with a company.

In addition to functioning to provide benefits for all parties involved in it, the company also functions to be the driving force of a country’s economy. The reason is, companies will utilize labor to produce goods or services so they can be sold to the public. According to Law Number 8 of 1997, a company is defined as any form of business that carries out activities continuously and permanently with the aim of obtaining profit, whether it is organized by individuals or business entities in the form of legal entities or non-legal entities, which are established and is in the territory of Indonesia.

In addition, based on Law Number 3 of 1982 concerning Compulsory Company Registration, a company is defined as a business entity established and operating within the territory of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia (NKRI), which aims to generate profits. From the two definitions according to the law above, it can be concluded that a company is a legal entity formed by a number of people to run a commercial business or industrial business. A corporation can be regulated in many ways to meet tax objectives and financial obligations. This depends on the company law in the jurisdiction.

The company’s line of business will usually determine the business structure it chooses, such as ownership, partnership, or corporation. This structure also shows the ownership structure of the company. The company’s line of business can also be distinguished between public companies and private companies. The two companies differ in terms of regulation, ownership structure, and financial reporting requirements.

Each company is registered with the government and some are not registered. For companies registered with the government, the company will have a business entity for the company. Every business entity has a different meaning. This business entity stands according to the types of business.

Company Forming Elements

Based on the understanding of the company described above, an organization can be called a company if it fulfills various elements, namely:

1. There is a clear form of business; It is clear who owns the company, whether the company is a legal entity or not.
2. Has the aim of seeking profit or profit.
3. Carry out production activities that are carried out continuously and are permanent.
4. All activities are carried out openly.

In setting up a company there are 2 very important main elements, which become a foundation for the establishment of a company. The first element is the form of business. Companies need to first determine the form of business to be created, whether the business form is an individual, PT, UKM, or CV. This form of business may change along with the development of the company.

The second element is the type of business. This type of business is more diverse. The company can freely determine what type of business it will run. For example, the company will be engaged in the culinary, health, plantation, or so on. The types of companies can be categorized according to the industry they run and the form of legal entity. The types of companies can also be distinguished based on capital ownership or based on the amount of business capital. Every business entity has a different meaning. These business entities are established according to their respective types of business.

Indonesia is a country that has various types of business entities that are recognized by the state. In the following, various types of companies will be explained based on the form of business entity and the types of companies based on the activities they carry out. Listen to the explanation until it’s finished, okay!

Types of Companies Based on the Form of Business Entity

In Indonesia, some companies are registered with the government and some are not. For registered companies, the company will have a business entity for the company. According to the book Company Law by Handri Raharjo, the types of companies in Indonesia that are commonly found in everyday life are as follows.

1. Limited Liability Company (PT)

Limited Liability Company (PT) is a business entity that is included in a legal entity. This means that a Limited Liability Company can have its own obligations (debt) and assets. To set up a PT, it takes at least 2 people who are required to have a notarial deed before registering and obtaining approval from the Ministry of Law and Human Rights. Limited Liability Companies have 3 types of capital, namely issued capital, authorized capital, and paid up capital. Limited Liability Companies also need to have a clear organizational structure, such as directors and commissioners.

2. State Enterprises

A state company is a type of company whose capital is owned by the state, either partially, wholly, or most of it. A state company is a company that has capital, either part or all of which is state wealth or property which has been separated from the State Revenue and Expenditure Budget (APBN). Based on Law Number 9 of 1969, state companies consist of Public Enterprises , Public Companies , and Departmental Agencies .

3. Persero

This type of company is almost the same as a limited liability company, but some of the shares are controlled by the state. However, state-owned companies do not receive facilities from the state. The status of state-owned company employees is also a private employee. In general, in Indonesia, a state-owned company is a company that has changed its status from Perum or Perjan. The change in status from a state company to a Persero will result in a focus on obtaining higher profits.

4. Limited Partnership (CV)

A limited partnership is a type of company built by two or more people, in which the members have different levels of involvement with one another. Limited partnerships usually consist of at least 2 people, one of whom has a role as an active partner or complementary partner, and the other is a passive partner or limited partner.

An active partner is a party that takes care of all the interests or business management of a limited partnership. Meanwhile, passive partners are parties who only invest capital. Active partner is the party responsible for the interests of CV. If the CV suffers a loss, then the active partner has the responsibility to bear all losses and pay off all of CV’s debts in any way possible, even sacrificing his personal assets.

5. Cooperative

Cooperative is a joint venture formed from an association of people. Cooperative is a type of company that is founded and operated by its own members. Cooperatives are democratic, which means one member has one vote (one man one vote), and all cooperative members have the same responsibility in managing the company.

Cooperatives were established with the aim of improving the welfare of their members. Therefore, being a member of a cooperative can provide many benefits for someone. One of the advantages, namely to increase income.

6. Individual company

A sole proprietorship is a type of company whose capital is entirely owned by one entrepreneur. Sole proprietorships are also run by that one person. Individual companies carry out all their own business activities, or in other words, manage all production, marketing, financial affairs and other business activities alone. If there are a number of workers who help with their activities, then their status is only to help employers who are bound by a work agreement.

From this definition of a private company, we can see that someone who is the owner of this company has a very big responsibility. All responsibilities related to company activities are fully borne by the owner. This is because those who own all the capital, as well as those who make strategic decisions, are the owners.

7. Firm Fellowship

A partnership firm is a type of company established by two or more people to run a company under the same name. This firm partnership was founded with joint venture capital from several people. Each member in this firm has the same responsibility in managing the company.

Profits and losses will also be shared. A firm can be established officially or privately by simply making an agreement between all members of the firm. Partnership firms are divided into several types, namely general firms, limited firms, trade firms and service firms.

8. Civil Partnership (maatschap)

A civil partnership is a type of company established on the basis of an agreement between two or more people to get involved and enter into something, with the aim of sharing mutual benefits. Civil partnerships are a common form of firm partnerships and limited partnerships (CV).

So, that’s Sinaumed’s’ explanation of the types of companies based on the form of business entity. Furthermore, below, the types of companies will be explained based on the type of activity or industrial activity.

5 Types of Companies Based on Activities Performed

1. Manufacturing or Industrial Company

This type of company is a company engaged in the processing of raw materials into semi-finished goods or whole products, so that they can be sold to consumers. Manufacturing or industrial companies are companies whose revenues are generated from activities to process raw materials into a semi-finished product or a complete product that is ready for use. Industrial companies will have a cost of goods sold which is the benchmark in determining profit or loss in the sale of these products. Industrial companies have various production costs consisting of labor costs, raw material costs, transportation costs, and factory overhead costs.

2. Service Companies

A service company is a type of company that sells or provides services to the public or consumers, such as banks, transportation, accounting firms, insurance, and so on. Service companies have a number of characteristics, namely their income is derived from providing services, they do not have a calculation of the cost of sales of services, they provide services to the public or consumers, and profits or losses are obtained from the results of a comparison of the total revenue with the weight or service expenses incurred. given.

3. Trading Company

A trading company is a type of company whose main business is to buy goods and then resell them to consumers. A trading company has a number of characteristics, namely its main income is obtained from selling merchandise, does not change the goods purchased and directly resells the goods, its main costs are determined by the cost of goods sold, and profits are obtained from selling goods at a higher price of the original price when purchasing the item.

4. Agricultural Company

An agricultural company is a type of company engaged in the management of natural resources, for example plantation companies, agro-industrial companies, livestock companies and inland fishery companies. The characteristics of an agrarian company, namely its activities in managing natural resources, cultivating available natural resources, and obtaining profits from the management of these natural resources that produce products that can be sold to the public.

5. Extractive Companies

Extractive companies are types of companies whose activities directly take and utilize the results of natural resources such as fishing in the high seas, mining companies, extracting seaweed, legal logging, and so on. The characteristics of extractive companies, namely directly taking objects or goods that have been available in nature from the start and making the results of these natural assets or goods for further use or sale.

This is an explanation of the meaning of a company, the elements that make up a company, and the types of companies based on the form of business entity and based on the types of activities they carry out. Does Sinaumed’s know more about the company? If you still want to deepen and broaden your knowledge about the company, Sinaumed’s can get information by reading books about companies that can be found at sinaumedia.com. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always tries to provide the best and most complete information for you.

Types of Comics – You must be familiar with comics. It is true that pictorial reading is entertainment for friends everywhere. Do you even know that comic fans are not only children, but adults also like to read comics.

Just as films are made inseparable from social contexts, comics are no different. Comics play an important role in people’s lives. From the comic media, the teachings of life are taught and preserved for every generation.

Strictly speaking comics were made with various social, economic and political contexts, at different times, because he concluded that studying comics would give an idea of ​​the mentality of a nation. Comics always keep up with the times from the past to the present.

Definition of Comics

Now comics are not only printed in paper form. However, the development of comic technology is produced and distributed via CD Rom. Even now it can also be obtained online through a subscription service. But not many people know what Comics are? Comic Type? function.

1. Wil Eisner

That comics are an art form; successive arts. pictures and other symbols juxtaposed (in a row/next to each other, a difficult term in art schools) in a certain order, aiming to provide information and/or achieve an aesthetic response from the reader.

2. Muhammad Natsir Setiawan

Comics in general are illustrated stories in magazines, newspapers, or other formats, which are generally easy to digest and funny.

3. Marcel Danesi

Comics are narratives created through several images arranged in horizontal lines, strips or boxes (panels), and verbal text from left to right (sequential).

4. Franz and Eisner

The storyline moves through the pictures shown sequentially. More than that the pictures are combined with the ultimate words.

5. Scout McCloud

Comics are a collection of static (non-moving) images arranged neatly and related to one another. How to connect between pictures with one another using storytelling techniques.

Comic Features

Comrades who are comic lovers here also have characteristics that you can get to know more about. What are the characteristics, let’s discuss.

1. The Blend of Story and Language

In appearance, the comic has a dualism that can be observed by friends. Comics have a characteristic of a combination of images (visual) and text. The two of them work together to create creativity that makes comic lovers always want to read.

2. Stirring the Reader’s Emotions

An enchanting storytelling style coupled with pictures is the main attraction. Comics are not afdhol if there are no pictures. But why should there be a story?

Yes, a storytelling style that stirs the reader’s emotions is very necessary as a plot in comics. The picture becomes an affirmation of the emotions in the story.

3. Using Conversational Language

The style of language used in comic storytelling is also unique. The unique style of language used is not the style of writing. In contrast, the style of language in comics uses conversational language.

So even though there may be heavy discussions about politics, romance, social conflicts and so on, comics are still very much in demand.

4. Themed Heroism

Another characteristic that can be recognized is that comics always have the theme of heroism. There is a lot of market segmentation from children, especially making comics with heroic themes.

In addition to continuing to exist, the goal is for children to have enthusiasm and fighting power in doing good. In fact, not only in that realm, but in the realm of thought and philosophy.

5. Character Depiction

The brilliant technique of depicting characters is a hallmark of comics. Almost all comics that are made always create heroic characters that are remembered by comic readers.

Just like what we already know about heroism in DC and MCU comics. DC comics such as The Flash, Aquaman, Deadstroke, Deadpool, Iron Man, The Atom, Ant Man, Vision, Red Tornado, Green Arrow and Hawkeye and many more. Not to mention comics from other countries such as Japan or even within their own country such as Bima X.

6. Invites Laughter

Humor is a great strength offered by comics. This ingrained characteristic characterizes comic works. Not surprisingly, many people like comics because they are meant to entertain anyone.

Comic Types

There are many types of comics that are usually made. Each type has its own goals and idealization of why the comic was created. However, the difference between one type and another is also useful for giving readers many choices.

1. Comic Strips

This type of comic is also called a cut comic. Because it only contains a few panels. More precisely, there are only 3 to 6 panels made. This type of comic can only be found in online media. You can spend a comic strip in just a few minutes. This is because the story that is raised is also not heavy.

2. Comic Book

Unlike comic strips which only display 3 to 6 panels, comic books can have up to hundreds of panels. The number of panels in this comic is due to the more complex storytelling. So it takes a lot of panels to describe the story.

Comic books can be made into several series. There can be up to tens of series in one type of comic book. Even though there are comics that go on until it seems like they have no end, there are also comics that only end in one book.

3. Humor and Adventure Comics

Humor and adventure comics are in great demand by children. Because this type of comic offers humor for children. Both from conversational texts that often invite laughter. The sense of humor is so high that it is called a comic humor.

Meanwhile, adventure comics often tell about the battle between the protagonist and antagonist. Amazing adventures in the form of quests, defense, struggles, fights or any other action that belongs to the type of adventure. Adventure comics often end with the victory of the protagonist who manages to defeat the antagonist.

4. Biographical and Scientific Comics

Biographical comics usually tell about a legendary character who had exemplary life during his lifetime. The story of the life of the character shown through the picture tells a story.

Meanwhile scientific comics tell about a scientific discovery. The style of writing comic stories is usually a mixture of science and narrative. Examples of comics that contain a mixture of comics and narratives include the invention of electricity, the invention of the lamp, the invention of the telephone and so on.

5. Educational Comics

This type of comic has the theme of education about something. Usually very informative because it aims to inform others about a knowledge. For example, knowledge of how sex education at an early age.

6. Promotional Comics (Advertising)

Comics created for the promotion of a product or service. Promotions carried out using comics are of course packaged in the form of sequential visual images.

However, in comics, it includes advertisements for goods and services. The goal is that buyers or service users know how to use a product or service. Lots of people use comics as a place to advertise their own products.

7. Puppet Comics

Comics seek to preserve the culture of the Archipelago, especially Java, in relation to the world of wayang. Stories made around wayang such as the Mahabharata, Ramayana, Pandhawa Lima, Semar, Petruk, Gareng, and so on.

8. Silat comics

This type of comic revolves around the fight between silat masters. The genre includes adventure. Mostly marked by the number of action scenes or action in this comic. As friends know that Naruto, One Piece, Dragon Ball and so on are included in the silat comic category.

9. Annual Comic

Comics of this type appear every year only once. Because it appears or is published only once a year, it is usually the comics that the audience has been waiting for. The quality of Annual comics is high and prestigious so they only appear once a year.

10. Online comics

Comics that are published continuously in online media. Access to online comics using an internet connection. This is because it is published on a website that contains online comics.

Technological developments like today make it possible to read comics anywhere and anytime. Only armed with a smartphone in the hands of friends can enjoy comics online.

Comic Function

Comics have a function in human life for both children and adults. There are at least four functions of comics as follows:

1. Entertaining

Comics are basically made to entertain anyone. It doesn’t matter if it’s children, teenagers or adults, the function of comics is to entertain. The entertainment offered by comics is a collection of static images that have a unique storyline.

2. Educate

Besides functioning as an entertainer, comics are also a tool to educate the life of the nation and state. From comics with historical backgrounds, for example, it teaches intelligence to comic fans. Besides that, many comic makers channel teaching in comics. Of course, comics play an important role in educating the children of a country.

3. Preaching

Yes, comics function as a channel of information to people who don’t know about it. From the comics that are made, comic fans get new information about something. Comics are indeed informative but with a more unique delivery.

4. Train Sync

Having comics for comic creators and fans is really cool. This is because comics invite to unite abstract text and real static visualization in accordance with the storyline. Comics train the brain to keep synchronizing ideas in every text and image conversation.

5. Filling the Day with Happiness

It is undeniable that comics have filled childhood with fun and happiness. When I was little, just reading comics, my friends felt very happy. In the past, didn’t you remember that your friends were always waiting for the latest edition of Doraemon comics, which were published on an ongoing basis? It’s a happy moment isn’t it?

Comic Examples

The following is an example of a comic that you already know about the definition, characteristics, types and functions. Now comrades, here are examples of comics based on their types.

1. Educational Comics

2. Comic Biography

3. Adventure Comics

4. Puppet Comics

5. Humor Comics

So that’s how the discussion about the meaning of comics comes down to the examples as above. Oh yes, for friends who want to have comic books, you can check the recommended books below.

There are many comic books available at sinaumedia outlets. So, hurry up and collect your favorite comic book collection so you can continue to be happy and continue to increase literacy.

This dinosaur comic book is perfect for the coincidence that has a little brother or one with nephews. Or friends who happen to like the world of adventure, you can buy this comic book.

Detective adventure comic books always train the brain to think in solving problems. Friends, you can immediately have it. Here, there are several series which are certainly interesting and entertaining.

For friends who like the biographies of ancient scholars, you can really have this book. A comic book that tells the story of the life of the figure of Salahuddin Al Ayyubi. Just check it out so you don’t run out of comic books.

Next is a comic book that is suitable for friends who like to explore outer space. This comic book based on the theme of space science is great for letting your imagination run wild. Come on, buy the comic book!

Maintain health by sleeping? How’s that? Let’s find out directly how to do it. This comic book invites friends to observe what happens in the body when we are sleeping. Let all friends be more grateful.

Comic about Raditya Dika. One of the famous comics who successfully run his career. For friends who are fans of Sis Radit, it is really mandatory to have this book. Because besides being smart, he’s also funny.

Indonesia is very famous for its vast seas. This comic book is perfect for reading by children or friends who want to get to know the sea world through telling pictures. So, what are you waiting for? It’s time to recognize the marine world in its entirety so we can protect nature.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Batak Traditional House – North Sumatra as one of the provinces which is Indonesia’s cultural heritage. Thanks to the people who still preserve the cultural heritage, this North Sumatra traditional house can still be found today.

The traditional house of North Sumatra itself does not only consist of one type, but consists of various types. One of the causes of the diversity of North Sumatra traditional houses includes the diversity of the Batak tribes in the province, ranging from the Tapanuli or Toba Tribe, the Karo Tribe, the Simalungun Tribe, the Mandailing Tribe, and the Pakpak Tribe.

Check out a more complete explanation of the Batak Traditional House starting from the History, Types, Uniqueness and Characteristics of the Batak Traditional House below:

Types of Batak Traditional Houses

1. Karo Traditional House

The most famous traditional house of North Sumatra in Indonesia is the Karo traditional house. This traditional house is often a popular cultural tourism destination among local and international tourists.

The Karo traditional house is also the largest and highest North Sumatran traditional house in size. Its height reaches 12 meters. Uniquely, even though it is the tallest and largest traditional house in North Sumatra, this house was built without using any nails at all.

This traditional house also consists of sixteen pillars that lean on large stones which then support the building so that the building then becomes stronger. The roof is made of black palm fiber tied to a woven bamboo framework.

Meanwhile, the floors themselves are made of wood that is affordable and arranged nicely so that they stick together. The Karo traditional house also has another name, namely the Siwaluh Jabu traditional house which means that the house is then inhabited by eight families with different roles in the household.

 

2. Nias Traditional House

The Nias traditional house is a traditional house of North Sumatra with a smaller appearance compared to the Karo traditional house. Nias traditional houses are also divided into several types, including Omo Sebua and Omo Hada.

The Omo Hada traditional house is a Nias traditional house which is used for the ordinary people of the Nias Tribe. Meanwhile, the Omo Sebua traditional house is intended for high-ranking officials and nobles. According to its shape, the two houses are not much different.

Although in terms of size much different. In the Omo Sebua traditional house with the type of house on stilts, the height under the stilts can reach 2-5 meters. Meanwhile, in the Omo Hada traditional house, the area under the stage is only 1-2 meters wide.

This North Sumatra traditional house is made of nibung wood which is used as a roof and support and from thatch for the Omo Hada traditional house, while the Omo Sebua traditional house uses a roof made of clay as the main material.

One more uniqueness of the traditional Nias house lies in its solid foundation which makes it resistant to earthquakes. Because the foundation is then placed diagonal beams that provide stability and flexibility.

3. Bagas Gondang Traditional House

This traditional house was originally a place to live or rest for kings, although now it has become part of the cultural heritage and can be used by the Mandailing tribe community as a place for meetings and deliberations for residents.

The traditional house of North Sumatra also has various characteristics such as a rectangular shape to the back with a triangular scissor-shaped roof. This part of the roof is also known as the silengkung dolok roof or the roof of the cart.

The roof is also made of weeds and dry leaves. We can see on the front roof there are black, red and white ornaments which are its trademark. While the building materials are then made of large logs with an odd number as the main support.

4. Pak-pak traditional house

The Pakpak traditional house is the house with the brightest display color among other traditional houses in North Sumatra because of the use of red and orange colors, then dominates the roof and walls of the house.

Even though there are still Pakpak traditional houses which also still use brown and black on the roof area as well as white on the walls. The Pakpak traditional house itself has a function as a deliberation in reaching resolution of problems in the community.

The uniqueness of the Pak-Pak traditional house lies in the roof that looks like a buffalo horn. The philosophy of Pak-Pak’s own traditional house on the roof of his house symbolizes the spirit of heroism so that the owner has a strong hero’s soul.

5. Simalungun Traditional House

When you see the Simalungun traditional house, what you imagine is that in terms of its enormous size. Compared to other traditional houses of North Sumatra, the shape of the Simalungun traditional house is indeed larger.

The distinctive feature of this traditional house is in its pyramid-shaped building with a stilt house type. The underside is made two meters high with the aim of avoiding attacks by wild boars and various other wild animals.

In the foot area of ​​the Simalungun traditional house, there are supporting woods that are carved and given many colors. While the door is deliberately made short, so that guests respect the owner of the house because they will bow when entering the house. The Simalungun traditional house was originally built by King Simalungun in 1939.

6. Angolan traditional house

The last North Sumatra traditional house is the Angkola traditional house belonging to the Angkola Batak tribe. Angolan traditional house buildings are made of wooden planks for floors and walls, while the roof area consists of palm fiber and uses clay.

Many equate the traditional house of North Sumatra with the traditional house of Bagas Godang, even though the two are different. Starting from the shape, ethnicity to the selection of building colors. The traditional Angolan house has a square shape and the roof area is larger, while the smaller roof area is no less unique, namely a triangle. The Angkola traditional house is also dominated by white, dark brown and orange.

 

The uniqueness of the Batak Traditional House

Each Batak tribe has its own traditional house. Even though they are both Batak tribes, the unique design and architecture of Batak house buildings is not the same between one and the other. If you pay attention, the biggest difference from the architectural design of the North Sumatran traditional house building is in terms of the roof design.

The roofs of the traditional houses of North Sumatra are diverse, some are shaped like boats, some are shaped like scissors and some are shaped like sharp triangles. In addition to the roof of the traditional North Sumatra house, the front and the whole house also appear different.

Some traditional North Sumatra houses are included in the type of stilt house and some are not. The height itself requires about five steps before finally getting to the front of the main door and requires up to ten steps.

But of course there is one characteristic that we can find from this North Sumatra traditional house, namely in terms of the use of color both in the area, walls, floor, roof and stairs. The average colors used in traditional Batak houses are brick red, light brown, black, white and orange.

These colors then symbolize a separate meaning. White color which means purity, red symbolizes strength, black which means the supernatural, and so on.

 

Typical Characteristics of Batak Traditional Houses

The characteristics of the traditional Batak house include the rectangular bolon house with the style of a stilt house. This house usually has a height of 1.75 meters from the plains or land. The door is about 1.5 meters high and 80 cm wide with a shape that juts into the inner area.

Because bolon-shaped houses are usually equipped with stairs to make it easier for someone to enter this house. The location of the stairs is in the middle of the room. And when entering this house in particular, you have to look down while climbing the stairs.

Inside the bolon house there is also an empty room that has no rooms and is quite large in size. In supporting the bolon house, it can then stand firmly using support pillars at each corner.

While at the top it has a shape similar to a horse saddle, namely on the front and back which are curved. For the Batak people themselves, the roof is a place that they consider sacred, so they keep something valuable in the roof area of ​​their house, such as heirlooms.

 

The bolon house itself has its own characteristics and uniqueness starting from the shape of the walls of the house which are deliberately tilted, also seen from the material used, namely palm fiber or thatch leaves.

Even though the inside is a large room, there is no bedroom area. Although inside the bolon house there is no other room. Usually this house has 3 parts namely:

• Jabu bona at the right corner is the back room, functioned as the head of the household
• Jabu soding is facing the back room in the left corner area (especially for the daughter of the owner of this house, the guest’s wife, where the traditional ceremony is held).
• Jabu Suhat is located on the left side which is specially functioned for the eldest son who is married, where next to it is a plate slapping room which is often used as a living room. The Tongatonga Jabu Bona jabu room also functions specifically for the entire extended family.

It is said that Rumah Bolon is made only from selected wood, namely wood with a loud sound when tapped. Even though Bolon houses are mostly made of wood, the unique thing about Bolon houses is that they don’t use nails, but use another alternative, namely rope.

The rope made of palm fiber or rattan is then tied tightly to the wood so that the house remains sturdy or is called a retreat. There are pictures or carvings made on the body of this house.

The carving has a meaning about the life story of the Batak people. Examples of such carvings are the Gorga ornaments which are symbolized by lizards, snakes and buffaloes which mean to repel disaster, disease and so on.

 

Examples of Batak Traditional House Pictures

Batak people will work together when building traditional houses. With a rectangular shape with sturdy wooden pillars used as a foundation, it means that they support each other when facing heavy loads.

The foundation pillar with its height and straight shape and made of ninggor means honesty. Arop-aropan is found on the front of Bolon’s house, which means hope for a better life.

The support on the roof area, namely songsong boltak, means that when the occupants have evil traits, they should not be talked about to the crowd or in other words, they should be kept in each other’s hearts.

This traditional house is cleaned using a broom and the dirt is then disposed of through a hole in the kitchen or also known as a lake, which means that all mistakes and ugliness in the house must be eliminated.

The stage in this bolon traditional house is then used to store agricultural products = rice. It means hope in terms of smoothness in everything that is lived. This stage is also shaped like a balcony but has a strong meaning for the people.

The roof itself is shaped like a horse’s saddle, namely on the front and back which are curved which means participating in praying that the children and descendants of the home owner will get greater success in their future lives compared to the life they are currently living.

Books Related to Batak Traditional Houses that you must have:

Mini encyclopedia: Traditional houses of the archipelago

Traditional houses for the Indonesian people are the hallmark of each regional tribe. This is one proof that our culture is very diverse. However, even though we are different, it does not mean that we are divided, but rather are united in a solid unity with the diversity of ethnic and cultural traditions of Indonesian society, or we are also familiar with Bhineka Tunggal Ika.

Traditional house buildings themselves are often studied for the value of benefits for present and future generations. However, now the traditional houses of the archipelago are almost forgotten because people tend to make houses with new, more modern models.

The government then built miniature traditional houses in the beautiful Indonesian mini garden, Jakarta.

 

My Concept of Building Bangso Batak

It should be noted indeed, since around the 1980s, especially HKBP, his achievements in evangelism are no longer shining. They seem to be weakening in their evangelism, for various reasons, ranging from fragile leadership, incomplete togetherness, uneven and nervous service focus.

Elim HKBP’s social services are universal humanists. It means helping humans to live as human beings with dignity. As a human being created by God to participate in living to enliven this world.

As an institution founded by a church based on the Batak ethnicity, of course, its cultural foundation is very strong, namely Batak culture. In Batak culture in general there is a strong philosophy of helping one another.

One of those philosophies is helping each other, mutual cooperation. The strong expression of the Batak people, especially Toba, is si sada anak, si sada boru. Si sada las, sada las ni roha. It means collective ownership. Read more, click here

 

The Meaning and Function of Land for the Batak Toba, Karo, Simalungun People (Renewal Edition)

Today’s customary lands, which have use value or function for the wider community, tend to be managed by the government by making them into nature reserves, conservation forests, or industrial plantation forests (HTI). An example is the Bukit Barisan Community Forest land in Tanah Karo.

Production space is the allotment of agricultural land in the form of rice fields and fields that produce food needs and ceremonial needs throughout the life cycle as well as places for expansion and expansion of settlements. Certain agricultural lands which are customary lands can only be managed and cultivated by villagers.

Coastal Malay and Mountain Batak (Cultural Value Orientation)

In his book The Measurement of Modernism (1968), Kahl said 14 elements of cultural values ​​that must be believed, even must be followed by everyone who claims to be a modern person. These elements of cultural values ​​are called the Core of Modernism. If studied in depth too, then Kajl’s view will rule out views of slowness, complacency, competitors, and even apathy in human life as what is thought to be found in many societies. Kahl concludes that modern people are people who view life as actively creative and do not want to depend (again) on fate.

His life attitude is that he actively plans every job and future, looking at that future as one that must be faced with courage and perseverance by using one’s own abilities, both physical and spiritual and knowledge.

The fourteen cores mentioned above are the views of modern people that must be owned and implemented in life. including the Coastal Malay and Mountain Batak ethnic groups which are the object of this study. Read more, own this ebook now, click here.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Source: from various sources

Basic Techniques for Kicking a Ball – Hello Friends of Sinaumed’s, did you know that soccer is one of the most popular sports in the world. This soccer game is very popular with many people from all walks of life, from small children to adults, both men and women.

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), football is a team game on the field, using soccer balls from two opposing groups, each consisting of eleven players, lasting 2 x 45 minutes, victory is determined by the difference in the goals that go into the goal. against.

A soccer player must master the basic techniques in this game. These basic skills must be practiced and mastered by every player. There are several basic techniques for playing soccer that must be mastered. One of the basic techniques in soccer is the kick. Kicking the ball is a basic technique that every soccer player must master first. This is because these techniques more or less affect the way you play.

There are many ways to kick the ball, and each technique has its own set of rules. Start with basic techniques, then move on to advanced techniques. For example, if a player wants to give a back pass, he must use an instep kick. It’s different when you want to dribble the ball quickly, players must use the outside of the foot.

On the other hand, to anticipate the occurrence of resistance between players, players must master ball control techniques to kick the ball. Solidarity and cooperation alone are not enough to win this game. You and other members of the team must understand and master the basic techniques of kicking a ball.

So, do you know how to kick a ball properly and correctly? Do you want to have the same ball kick as the best soccer players, namely Cristiano Ronaldo, Lionel Messi, Kylian Mbappé, Pele and Roberto Carlos?

This article will share a complete explanation regarding the basic technique of kicking a ball. Come on, see the explanation below!

Ball Passing Technique

1. Lock the Ankle

Locking the ankle ensures that the foot is steady and does not shift completely when it comes into contact with the ball. The feet must control the movement of the ball. For inside foot passes, the toe should point up to lock the ankle.

On the other hand, for kicks, the toes should be pointing down to lock the ankles. The only way to get the ball moving steadily is to lock your ankles. If the position of the foot is shaky, the movement of the ball will also be unstable.

2. Pass the ball using the inside of the shoe

Never pass the ball using your toes. Soccer players pass the ball using the inside of the foot because it takes advantage of the wider surface area and produces the most accurate kick. The downside of this kick is that you can’t kick hard, but it is definitely the most accurate way of passing the ball.

3. Position the fulcrum

Turn the fulcrum (the foot you are not kicking with) so that the inside of the shoe is facing the ball. Remember, the pedestal will point where the ball is kicked. If you want to kick the ball straight ahead, position the pedestal facing straight ahead.

4. Take the Ground Pass

Follow the leg swings close to the ground. For short-range passes and passes on the ground, you only need to follow a few tens of centimeters of leg swing. Don’t swing your feet too high off the ground.

Watch the ball spin. A pass using the inside of the foot should get the ball rolling fairly steadily. If the ball rolls inward, you should lock your ankles, or you may have kicked with the wrong foot.

5. Perform Aerial Pass Kicks

Lean back and follow the leg swing in the air. This time, fully extend the leg, and follow the leg swing, so that the foot is a few feet off the ground. Again, observe the spin of the ball. Just like a ground pass, an aerial pass should rotate steadily. If the ball rolls inward, make sure to lock your ankles and watch the foot that makes the pass.

Ball Kicking Technique

1. Take A Few Steps Back

Have you ever seen soccer players who are about to take a corner kick or a penalty kick? They stand just a few steps behind the ball. You don’t need to take a swing of five meters to kick the ball well. In fact, taking a swing that far might actually make you fail to kick the ball properly.

2. Ankle Lock

This step aims to keep your feet stable, so they don’t wobble when touching the ball. The feet must control the movement of the ball, not the ball moving the feet. If you’re trying to keep the ball from spinning, the only way to do it is to lock your ankles. If the position of the foot is shaky, the movement of the ball will also be unstable.

3. Kick the ball using the top of the foot or the shoelace area

Never use the toes to kick the ball. Kicking the ball using your toes will cause you to not be able to control the ball where you want it. Accuracy is the most important thing you need when kicking the ball.

4. Adjust the Placement of the Pedestal Feet

The supporting leg is the leg that you don’t use to kick, which is the foot that is positioned beside the ball. The pedestal foot should be facing the direction the ball is going in the way you want it. You should also bend your feet and kick the ball with your toes pointing down. You can try using the instep at the top of the shoelaces which is suitable for kicking the ball. Don’t try to kick the ball too hard, and remember to keep your eyes on the ball at all times.

5. Follow the Kick Swing

Make sure the toes point toward the ground. The power of the kick will probably make both of your feet fly off the ground when you kick. Pull your leg back to generate power. You will gain speed and kick power. If you want to kick the ball far away, jump at the end of the kick when kicking the ball. This will make your kicks more powerful.

6. Understand the Influence of Body Lean on Kicks

Remember that the further your body leans back when you kick, the higher the ball will go. If your body is straight (vertical) when you kick, your kick will be horizontal along the ground or slightly upward.

If done correctly, the ball should not spin after being kicked, like a knuckleball kick . If the ball is spinning inward, you may have kicked with an ill-fitting foot or not locking the ankle.

7. Land Using Kicking Feet

You should be jumping and passing the ball when you kick it. Keep your head down. Your knees should be over the ball while keeping your hips pointing towards the ball’s destination where you want it to go. This method is used to get more power when kicking the ball.

Try Advanced Techniques in Kicking the Ball

1. Try the Hook Kick

To curve the ball, kick it with your inside foot, but rotate your foot slightly forward as you kick the ball. Your feet should make a 45 degree angle as you swing.

2. Try the Slice Kick

To perform this kick, kick with the outside of your foot, swinging your foot away from the ball as you kick it. This time, your feet should make a 45-degree angle facing the other way (compared to a curved kick) as you swing.

3. Try Chip Kicks

To bounce the ball, kick under the ball and don’t follow it with your leg swing (if you have one). You’ll be kicking the ball slightly above the toe of your shoe, without using your toes.

Practicing Movement in Kicking the Ball

1. Kick the Ball While Sitting

Kick the released ball lightly with the top of one foot. Ankle lock. When the foot touches the ball, the ball should touch the lace portion of the foot. The ball should only rise a few feet, with little or no spin.

Try practicing with your dominant foot first, then interspersed with your non-dominant foot. Skilled soccer players can do this with either their non-dominant foot or their dominant foot.

2. Practice kicking while standing

After practicing kicking while sitting, it’s time to practice standing. Just as before, try to kick the ball just a few feet up with only a few spins.

Get up and do the same as before. Drop the ball over your feet and kick it up lightly. Practice coordinating your movements. As with the previous exercise, try not to spin the ball as you kick it up.

Tips on Kicking the Ball

• If you want to lift the ball up into the air, try placing most of your foot under the ball and leaning slightly back when you kick.
• Don’t try long shots on the first try. Stay close to the goal and add a few more yards when you’re ready.
• Make sure the ball is inflated according to the recommended pressure. A ball that is too flat or too compressed is difficult to kick.
• In addition to regular practice, try lifting the ball off the ground. Soon you will be able to cross and shoot well.
• Make sure the surface of the foot used for kicking is where the shoelace part was when wearing the shoe. Kicking with your toes will not provide accuracy or the correct use of force when kicking the ball.
• Never kick with your toes. Legs will break, the ball will go flat, and your kick will fail.
• When swinging your legs, make sure your hips swing along, not your knees. In essence, your hips should be the pivot.

Warning

• Wearing soccer shoes will provide good traction. This can prevent you from slipping after kicking the ball.
• Don’t kick with your toes. This will cause a kick or pass that is out of control and can injure your leg.

Kick Names in Football

1. Kick Kick-Off

The different types of kicks in soccer start with a kick-off . This kick is the kick that marks the start of a soccer match. Kick off is also the kick that marks the start of the second half. The kick starts in the middle of the field.

2. Free Kicks

A direct free kick is a free kick that is taken when the opposing team commits a foul outside the penalty area. Free kicks can be taken if the opposing team commits a foul. Free kicks are different from penalty kicks. If the infringement is committed by the opposing team and it is committed inside the penalty area, the opponent will be awarded a kick which is taken from the penalty spot without being covered by the living fence of the opposing team’s players.

So far, free kicks can be taken anywhere, except in the penalty area. If the shot is too close to the goal, the opposing team can only block the ball with their entourage from around 9 meters. This fence accommodates opposing players lined up around 3-5 people. Apart from lining up, the team must also place the players in a crouched position with their hands covering their chests and other vital organs.

Free kicks themselves consist of two types, namely free kicks based on distance and free kicks based on technique.

a. Free Kicks by Distance

1) Long Distance Free Kicks

Long distance free kicks are kicks that are taken away from the goal. These free kicks usually do not require the opposing team’s defense. In addition, this free kick can also miss too far or pass to the nearest player. This kick usually takes place at the spot where the opponent’s territory was violated or near the opponent’s penalty area.

2) Close Range Free Kick

Close-range free kicks are free kicks that are not too far from the goal, unlike long-range free kicks. This kick will be defended by one player who makes up the group. This kick can be used as bait or as a direct hit. The chance of scoring on this type of kick is not as much as a penalty kick because there is a group of defenders.

b. Free Kicks Based on Technique

The goal of a free kick is to shoot directly at goal and score a goal immediately. This kick is awarded for the following offenses:

• Trying to kick the opponent.
• Push opponent.
• Spit on opponent.
• Deliberately hit the opponent.
• Injure opponent.
• Using hands.
• Pulls opponent’s clothes.

A referee in a soccer game must pay attention to several considerations that are considered a handball violation, such as:

• Accidentally touching the ball.
• Adjust the speed of the ball according to the objects on the field.
• The player’s intention is to block the ball.
• Hand position to block the ball.
• Indirect free kick.

3. Corner Kicks

The requirement for a team to receive a corner kick is that the ball touches the opposing player and the ball goes out of the opponent’s goal. The referee will wave the flag and point to the edge of the corner of the field.

4. Penalty Kicks

A penalty kick is awarded to a team if a player is fouled by a player of the opposing team in the penalty area, whether it’s a minor or serious foul. The distance between the ball and the goal at the penalty spot is 11 meters. Penalties are also taken when both teams must end time in a draw and must determine the winner via penalty shootout.

—

That’s an article related to “Basic Kicking Techniques in Soccer Games” that you can use as a reference. If there are suggestions, questions and criticisms, please write in the comments box below. Also share this article on social media accounts so that your friends can also get the same benefits.

To get more information regarding the Basic Kicking Techniques, Sinaumed’s can also read books available at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best.

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight and knowledge, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithMemreading information . Hope it is useful!

Types of Agricultural Waste and Their Management – Agriculture is one of the sectors that is widely used as a livelihood by the people of Indonesia. Therefore, it will be quite easy to find agricultural land in the Indonesian region. Along with this, agricultural waste appears and becomes one of the problems in agriculture. Agricultural waste is part of the results of agricultural management that is left over or not needed. In other words, agricultural waste is waste or waste products from agricultural products.

Types of Agricultural Waste

Agricultural waste is divided into three types, namely based on source, time, and form. Here is an explanation.

• Agricultural Waste Based on the Source of Income

Based on the source, agricultural waste is grouped into food crop waste, horticultural crop waste, plantation crop waste, livestock waste and municipal waste.

1. Food Crop Waste and examples

   Food crop waste originates from the processing of food crops, such as rice, corn, cassava, soybeans, green beans, and peanuts. Food crop waste is often used as raw material for the management of fertilizers or organic fertilizers. Food crops that are suitable for use as fertilizer are rice, corn and cassava. Corn plant waste can also be used as a tool for packaging traditional foods, such as diamonds and dodol.

2. Horticultural Plant Waste: Vegetables and Fruits

   Vegetables and fruits that are damaged or do not meet sales quality will become agricultural waste. Vegetable crop waste can come from the management of agricultural products such as shallots, garlic, potatoes, cabbage, cauliflower, carrots, radishes, red beans, long beans, chilies, peppers, tomatoes, green beans, kale, spinach, cucumbers and other types of vegetables. . Fruit crop waste can come from managing agricultural products such as avocado, starfruit, grapes, apples, mangoes, mangosteen, papaya, durian and other types of fruit. This waste can be used as animal feed and materials for making compost or organic fertilizer.

3. Plantation Plant Waste and examples

   Plantation waste comes from managing plantation products, such as coconut, oil palm, tea, coffee, cloves, cocoa, cashew and sugarcane. Waste from oil palm, tea, coffee, clove, cocoa, cashew, and sugarcane is suitable for use as material for making organic fertilizer. Meanwhile, waste from coconut plants can be used as material for making charcoal as well as crafts or raw materials for home industries, such as doormats.

4. Livestock Waste and examples

   Livestock is one of the biggest waste producers and continues to increase along with the increase in the number of livestock. Livestock waste comes from the management of dairy cows, beef cattle, buffaloes, horses, sheep, goats, pigs and poultry. Livestock waste is very suitable for use as organic fertilizer or compost fertilizer, both in solid and liquid form. The waste from the management of dairy weans, beef cattle, broiler chickens, native chickens, and laying hens is the most suitable for use in composting. In addition, livestock waste can also be used in the manufacture of biogas.

5. Urban Organic Waste

   The amount of waste in urban areas is increasing along with the increase in population. Several cities with the highest waste production in Indonesia, namely Jakarta, Surabaya, Semarang, Bandung and Surakarta. Organic waste in urban areas can be used as material for making compost or organic fertilizer and for bioenergy production.

• Agricultural Waste Based on Time of Production

Based on the time, agricultural waste is divided into three, namely pre-harvest waste, during harvest, and post-harvest waste.

1. Preharvest Waste

   Preharvest waste is waste that is collected before or while the main agricultural products are being harvested, such as mushrooms, leaves, stems, plant branches and animal waste.

2. Waste When Harvesting

   Waste during harvest is waste generated during the harvest season, such as corn straw, rice straw, sorghum, banana fronds, banana leaves, and peanut straw.

3. Postharvest Waste

   Post-harvest waste is waste that collects after the harvest process, such as skin, blood, offal, coconut shell, coconut fiber, coarse husks, bran, meni, and damaged fruit or vegetables. Agricultural industry waste is also part of the postharvest waste. This waste comes from factories or agricultural product processing industries.

• Agricultural Waste Based on Its Form

Based on its form, agricultural waste is divided into three types, namely solid waste, liquid waste and gaseous waste.

1. Solid waste

   Solid waste can come from pre-harvest waste, harvest waste, post-harvest waste, and agricultural industrial waste, such as dry leaves, straw, coir and coconut shells, and tofu dregs. If this solid waste is allowed to accumulate, it will cause environmental pollution and give rise to animals, such as flies, cockroaches and rats, which can carry various disease-causing germs.

2. Liquid waste

   Liquid waste is usually generated from the process of cleaning food ingredients and equipment for processing agricultural products, leftover liquid fertilizer, and other materials (dirt) that are washed away. The liquid waste will cause microorganisms to multiply rapidly because it contains a lot of organic matter in the form of nutrients. The microorganism proliferation process can use up the dissolved oxygen in the water so that the water becomes dirty and gives off a bad smell.

3. Gas Waste

   Gas waste is generated in the processing of agricultural products, such as water vapor from the process of reducing the water content during withering of tea and drying it. Waste gas needs to be channeled through a chimney so as not to cause a hazard.

Various organic agricultural products and sustainable agricultural solutions can be studied through the following book.

Agricultural Waste Management

As a waste product or waste product, agricultural waste can have a negative impact if it is not managed properly. However, if managed optimally, agricultural waste will provide great benefits. Here are some forms of agricultural waste management.

1. Agricultural Waste as Organic Fertilizer

   Agricultural waste originating from food crops, plantations, forestry and animal husbandry, such as straw, cassava, corn stalks and cobs, rice husks, weeds, banana stems, coconut husks and livestock manure can be processed into compost through the composting process. Composting is the utilization of organic matter through a biological decomposition process. The process of making compost is done by mixing the ingredients in a balanced manner by providing sufficient water, adjusting aeration, and adding composting activators.

   Mixing dry agricultural waste, such as plant residues, dry leaves, and swept waste is necessary to improve the quality of compost and compost yield. The use of compost can increase soil fertility, increase soil organic matter content, and increase the soil’s ability to retain soil water content. Microbial activity from the use of this fertilizer will also help plant growth so that the quality tends to be better than plants fertilized with chemical fertilizers. Other benefits of using compost are saving on transportation costs and waste disposal, reducing waste, having a higher selling value, reducing air pollution due to waste burning, and increasing land use due to reduced waste accumulation.

   The management of organic fertilizer from agricultural waste can be seen in the following book.

2. Agricultural Waste as Control of Plant Diseases

   Besides being used as a fertilizer that improves soil elements, agricultural waste can also be used to control plant diseases. The use of agricultural waste, such as chicken and cow manure, both fresh and fermented, has been able to control plant diseases.

3. Agricultural Waste as Livestock Feed

   Agricultural waste, such as rice straw, corn straw, soybean straw, cassava shoots, sweet potato straw, and peanut straw, can be used as a source of animal feed. Utilization of agricultural waste as livestock feed is done by drying the waste in the sun for 3-4 days. Utilization of agricultural waste as a source of animal feed can also be done through the fermentation process. The fermentation process can increase the nutritional content of animal feed. Fermentation can be done through the use of enzyme-producing microorganisms that will break down crude fiber and increase the protein content.

4. Agricultural Waste as Craft Material

   Various agricultural waste products can be used as materials for making handicrafts. One of the materials that can be processed for crafts is banana stems. Banana stems can be made into paper through several stages. First, cut the banana stem into small pieces with a size of about 25 cm. Then, dry the pieces in the sun to dry. Then mash the pieces of banana stems until they become soft by adding formalin or caustic soda to remove the sap and speed up the softening of the banana stems. After the banana stems become soft, clean and blend until it becomes mush. Shape or print the material into sheets of paper and dry in the sun until the sheets of paper dry.

5. Agricultural Waste as Cultivation Products

   Onggok is one of the agricultural wastes that can be used as a processing material for aquaculture products. Onggok comes from the processing of cassava into tapioca. Onggok is one of the agricultural wastes that has a high level of pollution. Onggok requires a large enough amount of oxygen for its decomposition process so if it is just thrown away it will take up oxygen reserves in the disposal area. This will cause an imbalance in the ecosystem and a bad smell that will pollute the environment. To avoid environmental pollution, cassava needs to be used optimally. One form of utilizing cassava is used as a substitute for straw for mushroom cultivation. In mushroom cultivation, a composting process is carried out which requires moisture, nitrogen sources, and source of cellulose decomposing microorganisms. This process will reduce the level of organic matter contained in the cassava so that if it is removed, it no longer requires a lot of oxygen in the decomposition process.

6. Agricultural Waste as Bioenergy (biogas).

Structure of procedural text – You, when shopping online, what do you usually buy? Gadgets, books, toys, snacks, clothes, or skincare? Whatever the item, you must have found instructions for use, how to open the box, how to pair the item, or maybe the do’s and don’ts on the package box and the packaging of the item, right? So just fyi, all of that is a kind of procedural text.

Yup, in this article we will study the structure of procedural text, its meaning, the reasons you have to study this text, to the types and examples of procedural text. Actually, this material was studied in junior high and high school, but there’s nothing wrong with repeating it again because procedural text itself cannot be separated from our lives.

What is procedure text and why should you study it?

In short, procedural text is a text that is written to make it easier for the reader to carry out an activity or activities sequentially and clearly. Because it relates to activities, this text usually contains many imperative sentences. As explained by Kosasih in the book Types of Text: Function, Structure & Language Rules .

This procedure text can help You understand things that you don’t know, for example how to use certain items or do an activity that is not clear how to use them.

Examples include the user manual included in the purchase package for a smartphone, laptop, washing machine or refrigerator. This book usually contains information about the item and how to operate it.

Apart from that, you can also look at the cooking guide on the instant seasoning packets. With this guide, everyone can cook food even for those who have never touched the kitchen at all.

Furthermore, procedural text can also be used to maintain a culture. Since long ago, our ancestors taught culture through oral instructions or written texts, but generally it was taught orally, though.

For example, how to do traditional dances, hunt animals according to prevailing customs, or build houses with certain techniques. Everything is passed down from one generation to another with procedure text.

Because this procedure text has an important role in human life, You must study it. That way, you can teach a skill or culture to other people so that the knowledge you have can be useful.

Maybe one day you will teach how to write a good book, or maybe how to make special fried rice using eggs, or even how to read an effective book, or some other activity that you are good at.

Procedure Text Structure

So, before you teach how to do an activity or activity to other people, You needs to learn how to make procedural text first and understanding the structure of procedural text is the very first step. Because, without knowing the structure, you will find it difficult to make complete and clear procedural text.

There are several opinions about the structure of this procedure text. Some say the structure consists of three parts, but some say it has four parts. But basically these two opinions have the same core. So what are the structures of this procedure text? Here’s an explanation.

Title

The first procedure text structure is the title. The title in the procedure text can be the name of the object or something you are going to make (ice cream), and it can also be a way of doing something (how to make delicious ice cream).

Whatever the form, a good title must meet several conditions. First, the title must be relevant to the content of the article. Second, in the form of a phrase. Third, it is written briefly, clearly, and not figuratively. Last does not contain a double meaning.

Objective

Next is the goal. In this section there is usually information regarding the final results that will be achieved after all the steps or stages have been carried out. In addition, there are also those who add brief information about the topics to be discussed.

The purpose section is generally written in the form of a short statement consisting of several paragraphs and in which there are words that can attract the attention of the reader, such as “easy to do” or “useful, beautiful, fast”, and so on. With these words, the writer tries to capture the reader’s interest in the activity or product for which the guide will be written.

This section is usually placed at the beginning of a procedure text. However, it is optional. This means, You may not use an introductory sentence explaining the purpose of writing a procedural text. But instead, you have to create a title that describes that goal.

For more details, see two examples of procedure text below:

Example of procedure text 2:

In the first procedure text, you can find an introductory sentence that contains an explanation of the purpose of the procedure text. While in the second text, the purpose of the writing is implied in the title.

This means that writing objectives and introductory sentences at the beginning is optional. However, it would be even better if You added it. In addition, using an image at the beginning of the text can also be a way to explain the purpose of writing procedural text.

Materials or materials

Then, the third is material or ingredients. In this section, usually the author will explain the materials to be used, equipment, or other materials needed to carry out the steps described. It can take the form of details, lists, or paragraphs. And usually written in detail so that the reader gets good results.

The material or materials section is usually used by procedural text readers to determine whether to carry out the steps in the text or not. Because, the reader certainly wants to know whether the material or materials needed are easy to obtain or not.

An example of a material section or ingredients in a procedure text is as follows:

Just like before, this part of the material or ingredients is also optional. Because sometimes a procedure text does not need this section. Usually, procedural texts that do not have material or material sections are procedural texts that explain how to do something. For example, how to format the flashdisk below:

In the procedural text that explains how to format the flash drive above, the material part or materials are deliberately omitted because the reader must already have or know the necessary materials, namely flash drives and a computer.

Steps / Stages

Next is the steps or stages. In this section there are steps that need to be carried out by the reader in a coherent and complete manner. The goal is that the reader gets the results as expected.

This section can be written in the form of a paragraph description using certain words such as “first, second, third”. In addition, it can also be written in numbered form at each step.

The steps or objectives section is the most important part of a procedural text and is a mandatory requirement that cannot be omitted altogether and in it the author can use time conjunctions, sequences, goals, or use imperative sentences, prohibitions, and suggestions.

From the two examples of procedure text above, you can see that you can write the steps or stages in two ways, but both of them explain each step in detail, so that the reader will not find it difficult to follow it.

Closing

Finally, there is a closing section which usually contains greetings for trying, good luck, and the like. There are also writers who emphasize the conclusion of the activity or activities discussed in the procedural text.

So, to help you understand the structure of procedural text, you can read the book Types of Functional Analysis Text . Structure. And the Rules written by Dr. E. Kosasih, M.Pd. In this book, each text is reviewed and studied based on its structure and rules.

Types of Procedure Text and Examples

After understanding the structure, next you need to know the types of procedural text. That way, you can find out which type best suits your needs. As described in the book 22 Types of Text and Their Learning Strategies in SMA/SMK by Dr. E. Kosasih, M.PD and Drs. Endang Kurniawan, M.PD.

Procedure text itself can be divided into two, first based on content and purpose and second based on complexity. Based on the content and purpose, procedural text has two types, namely procedural text that uses tools/materials and procedural text to carry out an activity or activities.

While based on the complexity, there are three types of procedural text, namely simple, complex, and protocol.

Procedure Text Using Tools/Materials

This type of procedure text usually contains the equipment or materials needed by the reader in order to be able to follow each of the steps in a procedure text. For example, how to make caramel pudding, how to make cakes, and so on.

Procedure text for carrying out an activity or activities

Source: aquajapan.id

Simple Procedure Text

This type of complex procedure text usually has detailed directions and consists of many steps for each stage. To complete each stage, You must pay close attention to each direction. This type of text is usually used for activities that involve many parties or require many documents.

Protocol Procedure Text

Thus the discussion about the structure of procedural text , hopefully it will be useful for You. If you want to find books on text, then you can find them on Sinaumedia.com . To support You in adding insight

Jamu is the name for traditional medicine from Indonesia. Recently it has been popularly known as herbs or herbs. Herbal medicine is made from natural ingredients in the form of parts of plants, such as rhizomes (roots), leaves, bark, and fruit. Some also use materials from animal bodies, such as goat bile, snake bile, or crocodile tangkur.

Often free-range chicken egg yolk is also used as an additional mixture for herbal medicine. To make Jamu Gendong, Sinaumed’s can read the book Healthy With Javanese Jamu Carry below.

The Origin of Herbal Medicine

Jamu is a term that comes from the Javanese language, precisely in 16 AD. The word Jamu comes from two words, namely “Djampi” and “Oesodo” which means medicine, prayer, and also means a magical formula. Jamu first appeared during the Mataram Kingdom or around 1300 years ago. The existence of herbal medicine since ancient times can be seen from some historical evidence such as the reliefs on the Borobudur temple. The reliefs of the Borobudur Temple made by the Hindu-Buddhist Kingdom in 772 AD illustrate the habit of concocting and drinking herbal medicine to maintain health.

Other historical evidence is the discovery of the Madhawapura inscription from the relics of the Hindu-Majapahit kingdom which mentions the existence of a profession ‘medicinal concoctionist’ called Caraki. The discovery of Lontar Usada in Bali which was written in ancient Javanese telling about the use of herbal medicine is also evidence of the existence of herbal medicine since ancient times. The spread of herbal medicine consumption in society is influenced by the number of botanists who publish writings on the variety and benefits of plants for treatment.

As one of them, where herbal medicine has become an icon of culture representing the life of the people of Nguter Village, Sukoharjo, Solo. The people there really support efforts to preserve herbal medicine as a form of wisdom that Sinaumed’s can learn from the book Herbal Medicine as Part of the Local Wisdom of Nguter Village.

Herbal Medicine as an Alternative Treatment

In Indonesia, some people believe in herbal medicine as an alternative treatment using herbal medicines because they are considered natural, so they are free of unwanted side effects. Most people consume herbal medicine to maintain their health, maintain the beauty of the body, supplements to increase energy and passion for life. Jamu which consists of medicinal plants gives a slow but remedial effect compared to chemical drugs which give a fast effect and have side effects. Therefore, jamu is often used as a combination medication to treat chronic diseases. Treatment using medicinal plants has several advantages, which are relatively safe for consumption, have low toxicity and leave no residue.

Examples of medicinal plants that are widely used to treat diseases and have passed clinical trials according to scientification are temulawak and turmeric. Information compiled from the IPB Biopharmaca Study Center states that Curcuma Xanthorrhiza Roxb or better known as Temulawak, and Curcuma Domestica Val or better known as turmeric are medicinal plants from the Zingiberaceae family.which are abundant in Indonesia. Research shows temulawak can function as an anti-microbial, anti-metastatic, anti-cancer, anti-candidal, antioxidant and antihypolipidemic. While pharmacological research states that turmeric can function as an anti-inflammatory, antioxidant, anti-protozoa, nematicidal, anti-bacterial, anti-venom, anti-HIV, and anti-tumor. The yellow color of the two rhizomes is a reflection of the bioactive curcuminoids which can function as free radical scavengers, nitric oxide inhibitors, anti-inflammatory, anti-tumor, anti-allergic and anti-dementia.

Along with the development of science and technology, traditional herbal medicine which used to be harvested beforehand for consumption, is now being processed and packaged in a modern way. Currently, many companies are developing herbal medicine to be more practical and hygienic. Jamu is packaged into various forms such as powder, capsule, tablet with more attractive packaging so that consumers can easily get and consume it.

This is also discussed in the book The Tale of Jamu – The Green Gold of Indonesia by Dr. Martha Tilaar & Prof. Bernard T. Wijaya who discussed various interesting aspects about this herbal medicine from Indonesia.

Then, what are the types of herbal medicine that are commonly consumed by many people and their benefits for the body? Come on, see the article!

Types of Herbal Medicine

Saffron-colored rice

The herbal medicine for rice kencur must be familiar to Sinaumed’s, right? As the name suggests, this herbal medicine consists of kencur extract, rice, ginger extract and tamarind extract. The sweet and fresh taste is suitable for all ages, both children and adults. Nasi kencur herb has high antioxidant activity which is believed to have many benefits for maintaining a healthy body, including controlling weight, increasing appetite, relieving rheumatic pain, increasing stamina, acting as an anti-diabetic agent, and controlling weight.

How to make herbal rice kencur:

Previously, Sinaumed’s could provide the ingredients in advance, such as 3 kencur spice rhizomes (peel the skin, wash and finely grate), 1 ginger rhizome (peel the skin, wash and grate finely), 100 grams of white rice (soak in water for 3 hours, roasted then puree), 1 tablespoon tamarind water, 5 cm turmeric (peel the skin, wash and grate finely), granulated sugar (to taste), palm sugar (to taste, finely combed), and water (approximately 3 cups big).

Then heat the water and then boil kencur, ginger, turmeric, tamarind water, granulated sugar, and palm sugar. Then, all the ingredients are boiled until boiling. If it’s boiling, strain the cooking water. Separate the dregs with clear water. Next, put a little rice that has been soaked and mashed into the cooking water. If you want a stronger kencur taste, Sinaumed’s can add crushed raw kencur to the cooking water. Stir well and wait until the kencur starch or rice settles to the bottom. Serve kencur rice while still warm. Or Sinaumed’s can serve it by adding ice cubes in a serving glass and making kencur rice as fresh kencur rice ice.

 Sour Turmeric

Herbal turmeric tamarind is the herbal medicine that is usually the most sought after. Now there are many herbal medicine producers who make herbal turmeric tamarind sachets . The main ingredients of this tamarind turmeric herb are turmeric and tamarind. However, given some additional ingredients such as brown sugar, ginger, and other spices. The yellow color of turmeric is caused by the presence of the pigment curcumin. Curcumin is known to have high antioxidant activity, anti-inflammatory and anti-cancer.

Tamarind turmeric drink is believed to be able to overcome pain during menstruation. Because, it contains curcumenol compounds which act as analgesics. Meanwhile, in tamarind fruit, the compounds that function as analgesics or anti-pain are anthocyanins. According to research from the D3 Stikes Harapan Bangsa Purwokerto Midwifery Study, sour turmeric drinks have an effect on reducing primary menstrual pain in female students of the study program. Apart from overcoming menstrual problems, tamarind turmeric is also suitable for Sinaumed’s who are on a diet and can also brighten the skin. Because, turmeric contains lots of antioxidants that help rejuvenate body cells. 

How to make tamarind turmeric herbs:

Previously, Sinaumed’s provided the ingredients in advance, such as 1 ounce of turmeric, 1 ounce of palm sugar, 1/2 tsp salt, 1 small pack of tamarind, and finally 600 ml of water. Next, process these ingredients by cleaning the turmeric, then blender until slightly smooth, boil water together with the turmeric that has been blended. Mix brown sugar and tamarind and add salt to taste. A glass of sour turmeric drink is ready for Sinaumed’s to enjoy.

Synom

This sinom herb is almost similar to tamarind turmeric except that the main ingredient is sinom or tamarind leaves that are still young. Usually processed with the addition of ginger, turmeric, cardamom, cinnamon, nutmeg, brown sugar, and granulated sugar. Sinom herbs are useful for increasing appetite, overcoming stomach inflammation or ulcers, and overcoming vaginal discharge problems in women. In addition, sinom herbal medicine can be trusted to rejuvenate the skin, brighten the skin, and relieve menstrual pain. This is due to the presence of various antioxidant and anti-inflammatory compounds in each ingredient.

How to make herbal medicine Sinom:

Previously, Sinaumed’s provided the ingredients in advance, such as ½ ounce of ginger rhizome that had been cleaned, ¼ ounce turmeric rhizome that had been cleaned, 1 tablespoon cardamom, ¼ ounce cinnamon, 1 ounce tamarind leaves or ¼ ounce old tamarind fruit, ¼ tsp powder nutmeg, 3 ounces of brown sugar, 1 ounce of granulated sugar, and 3-4 liters of drinking water.Next, process the ingredients by thinly slicing the ginger rhizome and turmeric rhizome, followed by squeezing the cardamom until the seeds come out. After that, put all the ingredients together in a container filled with water to boil over medium heat until about 2 times the cooking process. After all the boiling processes are finished, leave it for about 2-3 hours until the water cools down. Then strain to take the water and put it in a glass bottle. Store it in the refrigerator because it will be more delicious and fresh if you drink it in cold conditions.

 Puyang chili

Herbal chili puyang or herbal aching rheumatic pain, its main effect is to get rid of aches due to fatigue, as well as back pain. Apart from that, herbal chili puyang is also useful for eliminating tingling. This herbal chili puyang consists of herbal and puyang chilies. Then add spices and other ingredients. Gentlemen’s favorite Puyang chili, because it can cure sore muscles.

How to make Puyang Chilli herbal medicine:

Previously, Sinaumed’s provided the ingredients first, including 15 Java chilies, 1 kg of fresh lempuyang, 1/4 kg of fresh turmeric, salt to taste, and 3 liters of water. Next, process these ingredients by washing the turmeric and lempuyang then puree, squeeze, add water, and Java chili and salt, boil until boiling then strain and cool. Jamu Cayenne Pepper is ready to be served.

Bitter or Brotowali

The raw material for herbal bitters is bitter leaf. Other additions in this herbal medicine are quite varied, some are just bitter and some are added with other bitter ingredients such as brotowali, and others. As the name suggests, this bitter herb is considered the most bitter herb. But, don’t get me wrong, Sinaumed’s, even though it tastes the most bitter, actually this bitter herbal medicine has many benefits, starting from overcoming body aches, curing itching, increasing appetite, preventing the risk of diabetes, dialysis therapy, and anti-allergy. Fans of bitter herbs are indeed mostly parents. However, there are also young people who consume it because this bitter herb can also get rid of pimples and clear pimples on the face.

How to make Brotowali or bitter herbs:

Previously, Sinaumed’s had prepared the ingredients in advance, such as 1/4 kg of Sambiloto, 1 stem of Brotowali, 1 handful of reed roots, 1 handful of ceplik sari, 3 liters of water. Next wash all the ingredients, add water, and boil until boiling then strain and cool. Brotowali or bitter herbs are ready to be served.

Oops

This uyup-uyup herbal medicine or gepyokan herbal medicine is very good for mothers who are breastfeeding. The ingredients for making this uyup-uyup herbal medicine are empon-empon which consists of kencur, turmeric, luntas or beluntas, keys, ginger, bengle, laos, turmeric, temulawak, lempuyang, simbuk, cowekan or gotuyup, and curcuma. Apart from being efficacious in increasing breast milk production, this gepyokan herb is also believed to get rid of unpleasant body odor in both the mother and the baby and can also overcome the feeling of bloating.

How to make Gepyokan or Uyup-uyup herbal medicine:

Previously, Sinaumed’s provided the ingredients in advance, such as 1 bunch of belutas leaves, 2 ounces of tamarind, 1 teaspoon of fine salt, and 8 cups of clean water, then washed the turmeric (turmeric) and then crushed or ground until smooth. Use a blender to speed up the smoothing process. Also grind belutas and tamarind leaves then mix all the ingredients. Prepare the fire, boil the mixture of herbal ingredients with 8 cups of water. Allow it to boil until the cooking water is reduced. After remaining 6 cups, remove from heat and then filter using cheesecloth. Wait a minute until it’s not too hot then pour it into a container then serve and it’s ready to drink.

Betel key

The raw materials for this herbal medicine are as the name implies, namely key rhizomes and betel leaves. But the seller usually also adds sour fruit and various empon-empon. Key betel herbal medicine is made from key meeting and betel nut. For the general public, this herb is believed to be efficacious for treating leucorrhoea, tightening the female parts and can strengthen teeth, and eliminating body odor. The efficacy of this herbal medicine is very good for women. In a study conducted by the Pharmacy Study Program, Tanjungpura University, betel nut contains compounds that function as anti-diabetics. 

How to make herbal Key Betel:

Previously, Sinaumed’s provided the ingredients in advance, such as 1 liter of water, 25 grams of tamarind, ¼ ounce of brown sugar, 1 turmeric rhizome, 1 cinnamon stick, 1 lime, 2 stalks of lemongrass, 4 segments of Intersection keys, 5 fingers of ginger , 5 kencur segments, 5 cardamom seeds, a handful of luntas leaves, a handful of betel leaves. Then puree all the ingredients using a blender or you can also grind them until smooth, except for tamarind, brown sugar, cinnamon and lime (don’t mix them in one container).

After all the ingredients are smooth, filter using a filter or squeeze using a clean cloth until the juice comes out. Then boil the juice by adding water and adding tamarind, brown sugar, cinnamon and lemon grass. Wait until it boils while giving lime juice. After boiling, reduce heat and let stand for about 15 minutes, then remove and cool. Jamu is ready to be consumed.

Kudu Lao

The raw material for Jamu Kudu Laos is galangal which is pounded with various other ingredients and then boiled. As the name suggests, Jamu Kudu Laos is made from noni and galangal or galangal. Noni has been extensively researched and has a myriad of health benefits, including boosting immunity, as an anti-diabetic, preventing cancer, cell restoration, and maintaining healthy skin. It also tastes fresh and can give a warm effect on the body. Kudu laos can treat bloating and relieve fever, both for children and the elderly. Meanwhile, the benefits of galangal are to support brain health, prevent cancer, treat skin, relieve coughs and throats, and increase male fertility.

How to make Lao Kudu herbal medicine:

Previously, Sinaumed’s provided the ingredients in advance, such as 1 old noni fruit which had been cut into pieces, 4 red galangal (Laotian rhizome) fingers which had been cut as well, 1 thumb red ginger peeled and bruised, 1 kencur finger chopped. peeled and crushed, 7 grains of cardamom crushed until cracked, 2 teaspoons of coriander, 4 cups of water (800 ml), and 2 tablespoons of palm sugar (brown sugar) or to taste just as a sweetener.

Then boil all the ingredients over low heat until the water has reduced to 2 cups with a fragrant smell, then remove the stew and then strain it so that only the cooking water remains. Add palm ant sugar to neutralize the bitter taste of the stew ingredients. Then Sinaumed’s can drink it while it’s warm.

Singset excavations

Jamu is quite legendary in Indonesia. In order to maintain ideal body weight, because it contains several anti-obesity and anti-dislipidemic medicinal plants. Such as Dutch teak leaves, turmeric, and areca nut. This singset herbal medicine consists of kencur, temulawak, turmeric, tamarind, cinnamon, pepper, galangal, lemongrass, turmeric, cloves, cardamom, coriander, and several other traditional spices. This singset galian herbal medicine is believed to be able to maintain the health of female organs as well as tighten the body and vagina. This herbal medicine is still used by the Surakarta Palace in Central Java. Dutch teak leaves themselves contain flavonoids as well as steroids and tannins which act as anti-obesity through inhibition of the lipase enzyme.

How to make herbal medicine Singset Galian: 

Previously, Sinaumed’s provided the ingredients in advance, such as 300 gr turmeric, 300 gr kencur, 300 gr temu buffoonery, 300 gr temu giring, 250 gr lemon grass, 300 gr laos, 30 gr jong rahab, 30 gr pepper perforated, 40 gr pepper, 50 gr pepper, 100 gr coriander mungsi, 100 gr cinnamon, cardamom to taste, kedawung botor to taste, 300 gr lempuyang, 5 pieces of singset wood, 50 gr cubeb, tamarind to taste, salt to taste, and 12 liters of boiled water.

Then take the ingredients for turmeric, kencur, temulawak, curcuma, lemongrass, and galangal to be cleaned thoroughly then cut some into thin slices. Put it in one place in a winnowing container after that dry it in the sun for 2 days. Do the same thing with the rest of the other ingredients you don’t have to cut into pieces first. After all the ingredients are dry, roast them all without using oil. Then mash all the ingredients that have been roasted together until smooth to become herbal powder. In order to get really fine mash results, Sinaumed’s can filter the ground ingredients using fine gauze. After that, brew singset herbal powder using warm water with added salt and tamarind. Singset mineral herbs are ready to be served.

Curcuma

The basic ingredients for making temulawak herbal medicine are adding several additional ingredients such as tamarind, palm sugar, pandan leaves, and cumin. This herbal ginger is good for children and the elderly, because it can cure complaints of dizziness, nausea, stomach aches, and relieve symptoms of colds. Temulawak itself contains antioxidants which can prevent cell damage to the gastric mucosa due to free radicals. Compound components that act as antioxidants from temulawak rhizomes are flavonoids, phenols, and curcumin.

How to make Temulawak herbal medicine: 

Previously, Sinaumed’s provided the ingredients in advance, such as 100 grams of temulawak, 40 grams of seedless kawak acid, 200 ml of boiled water, 4 pandan leaves, 200 grams of palm sugar, 20 grams of cumin, 50 grams of kencur, and 2 liters of water. Then prepare temulawak and kencur and then slice them thinly so that the juice comes out. After slicing, roast ginger and kencur for a while. Temulawak and kencur are mixed with kawak acid, cumin and 200 ml of boiled water, then puree using a blender. Boil palm sugar and pandan leaves until the sugar dissolves. Add the ginger mixture to the boiling sugar and pandan water. Then stir until completely even. Filter the mixture and it’s ready to be served by Sinaumed’s.

To be able to better understand herbal medicine from the aspects of culture, science, ethnobotany, health, beauty, and aspects of industrialization and commercialization, the book The Power of Jamu can be obtained by Sinaumed’s at sinaumedia!

Jamu to Treat Certain Diseases

Apart from the herbs above, there are also several types of herbs that have passed the test of the Ministry of Health, Sinaumed’s. Some of them are herbs for coughing up phlegm, headaches, hemorrhoids, flatulence, and aching rheumatic pains. Here’s a serving suggestion:

Coughing up phlegm : Sinaumed’s can provide 2 x 3-7 grams of fennel seeds/day. Then the material is mashed, brewed with warm water and then filtered. Ready to serve and can be drunk while warm. You can also use other ingredients, namely liquorice 1 x 10 grams / day. The ingredients are boiled, filtered, wait until it cools down and then drink it. Sinaumed’s can also use saga leaves 3 x 5 grams/day. The ingredients are boiled, filtered, wait until it cools down and then drink it.

Headaches : Sinaumed’s can provide the leaves  of the week 1 x 5 grams/day. The material is mashed, then affixed to the temples, leave it to dry. As for bengle material 2 x 5 grams / day. The material is mashed, then affixed to the temples, leave it to dry. Sinaumed’s can also use kencur leaves 1 x 3 leaves/day. The material is mashed, then affixed to the temples, leave it to dry. 

Hemorrhoids : Sinaumed’s can provide Wungu leaves 1 x 7 leaves/day. The ingredients are boiled, filtered, wait until it cools down and then drink it. Meanwhile, Sinaumed’s can provide 1 x 25 gram of leaf/day slobber leaves. The ingredients are boiled, filtered, wait until it cools down and then drink it.

Flatulence : Sinaumed’s can provide 2 x 1 teaspoon of fennel seeds per day. The ingredients are boiled and drunk while warm. In addition, as for other natural ingredients such as turmeric 3 x 50 grams/day. The ingredients are mashed, add enough water, then squeezed, filtered, then drunk.

Musculoskeletal pain : Sinaumed’s can provide 15 bitter leaf/day ingredients. The ingredients are boiled, filtered, wait until it cools down and then drink it. Turmeric can also overcome rheumatic pain , you know, Sinaumed’s. Provide turmeric 3 x 20 grams / day. The ingredients are mashed and don’t forget to remove the skin and add a little water, then squeeze, and strain, then drink it.

Sinaumed’s can also learn about the various benefits of herbs and herbal medicines that can help treat various kinds of diseases through the book Choose Herbs and Herbs Without Side Effects written by Ning Harmanto and M. Ahkam Subroto who are experienced in their fields.

Now Sinaumed’s already knows the benefits of jamu or traditional medicine consisting of kencur rice, tamarind turmeric, sinom, curcuma, betel nut, and many more. Remember, Sinaumed’s, if you take herbal medicine, you have to measure it according to the dosage. For those who have never tasted herbal medicine. Don’t let the local people or Sinaumed’s themselves, not feel the benefits of natural spices that have been passed down for generations by Indonesians.

Stella

Turnover is – Everyone who runs a business will certainly have the goal of making a profit or what is commonly referred to as profit. Where to be able to get a profit there is an amount of money that is obtained through the process of selling goods or merchandise in a certain period or period.

Turnover itself is the total amount of money that will get from the process of selling goods. Meanwhile, profit will be obtained from turnover which is reduced from the capital spent to be able to get these goods.

From this explanation it can be seen the difference between turnover and profit. Even so, not all business actors understand these terms, so they often give rise to different perceptions. So, so that you are no longer wrong in interpreting various terms in the business world such as turnover and profit, then you can read the explanation here in more detail.

Definition of Turnover

Turnover is the total value of product sales in a certain period. You can equate turnover with the term gross income. This is because turnover has not been reduced by costs incurred as capital costs such as production costs, employee salaries and other operational costs.

The turnover value of a company is often used as a benchmark to provide an assessment of this group of companies. Does the company enter on a small scale, or a large scale company. Even so, the figures that appear in the turnover are still in the form of rough calculations, so they cannot yet show the net profit that the company has earned.

Definition of Profit

Meanwhile, profit is the selling price of a product that has been reduced by the cost of capital. A value can be called a profit if the value is net or deducted by various types of costs incurred by the company in the production process or product marketing.

Some of these cost components are production costs, employee salaries, shipping costs and required marketing costs. Profit can provide information about the profits earned by the company, so you can equate the term profit with the term net income.

The difference between Turnover and Profit

In the field of business, be it turnover or profit, it is always closely related. In addition, turnover and profit are also often used as a measure of success in a business that is being run by business actors.

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, profit means profit, gain or benefit. While the notion of other profits is about the income generated from the business exceeding expenses, costs and taxes.

From the previous explanation, we can see the difference between turnover and profit. Even so, below there are several points of explanation regarding the difference between turnover and profit.

So that you don’t misinterpret it, here are the differences between turnover and profit.

1. Differences in how to calculate

From the method of calculation, both turnover and profit both have different ways. Turnover is calculated by adding up all the income in a certain period.

Meanwhile, profit will be calculated with all income which will later be reduced by the cost of goods sold or the cost of production which is commonly referred to as HPP.

HPP itself can be interpreted as the amount of expenses and expenses incurred, either directly or indirectly to be able to produce a product or service.

2. Position Differences in the Company’s Profit and Loss Report

Writing a position on the company’s profit and loss report, both turnover and profit will have a different place. Where the writing of turnover will be placed at the very top because it still has to be reduced by operational costs or credit (receivables). As for writing the profit itself, it will be placed in the far left column because the resulting value is already clean.

3. Differences in Benefits

Turnover will be used to determine the scale of the business and the company’s ability to process product sales, which will ultimately be used to make a better sales strategy. Meanwhile, profit is used to show the company’s ability to generate profits in the product sales process in a certain period.

The existence of profit also greatly affects investors who will enter. Where the greater the profit obtained from the business processes carried out, the more likely investors are to invest in the company.

How to Increase Business Turnover

In the business world, getting a large turnover is also one of the goals. Even though basically the turnover still has to be reduced by the production costs of the product to finally produce results, it is also necessary to obtain an increasing amount of turnover.

The problem is that business people in the same field are not just you. There are still many competitors out there who have decided to engage in the same business as you.

Of course, in the business market, there will be competition for buyers. This can also affect turnover and profit conditions in the business that you are running. Therefore, it is very important for business people to be able to always make various efforts to increase business turnover.

However, not all business people know what methods are needed to increase business turnover. So, so that you can also continue to increase business turnover, here are tips that you can do.

1. Setting Sales Goals

The first thing you can do to increase sales turnover is to set sales goals to measure. That way, you will be able to decide how the steps taken for sales turnover can approach the goals to be achieved.

You can apply several methods to make sales results close to or even more than the set goals. In simple terms, you can realize these goals as motivation to be able to achieve predetermined goals or as a benchmark for the progress of the business that you are doing.

2. Target Repeat Customers

After setting goals, you can also target regular customers as an effort to increase sales turnover. In this case, you can develop relationships with customers in order to gain customer loyalty.

Customers who have high loyalty to your brand can provide such a strong incentive to make repeat purchase transactions for the products you sell. In addition, they also won’t think twice about using the new product that you put out.

3. Develop Reach

The next way to increase sales turnover is to develop the range of the business that is being run. Both online and offline can be done to provide support for increasing sales turnover.

Offline can be done by opening a new store in a new location as well. Meanwhile, the online method can be done by opening an online store on various e-commerce media platforms or other social media that are tailored to the target audience of your product.

4. Evaluate the selling price

After selling products within a certain period, you can evaluate the set selling price. Is the selling price that has been set in accordance with the target market and competitors.

In this case, you need to carry out an analysis process and calculate who your target market is and what the selling price conditions are for their products. If there are competitors who dare to offer lower prices but the product quality is the same as yours, then you can evaluate the selling price that you set for the product.

5. Adding Products and Services

The next way that is considered capable of increasing sales turnover is by offering more products that customers need. In this case, you can consider products and services that are close together.

This will enable customers to buy products that are related to what they need. For example, when you sell sports shoes, you can offer clothes or other sports equipment.

6. Make Product Or Service Packages

One way to increase sales turnover is to create product bundling or sales packages. Where there are package options for the products being sold, it will encourage buyers to be able to choose these products.

The existence of a package will also make prospective buyers think that they will save more money by purchasing more than one product in one package. Where you can make packages containing several items and do marketing in the form of a set. Not only that, because you can apply discount promos for purchasing several products at once.

7. Changing Services Or Shipping Fees

Some customers may be willing to pay more for a product if the shipping and handling process does not involve additional costs. Therefore you may consider this way of incorporating shipping and handling costs into the cost of the items sold. This action is very profitable if you carry out the process of selling products online.

8. Offer Installment Packages

There is nothing wrong if you offer a product payment process in installments or installment packages. Some customers consider that the installment plan is much more attractive because it can provide convenience in paying quite low per month rather than making a one-time payment process with a large amount.

9. Offer Subscription Services

You will be able to get a lot of product sales when you offer a subscription service as well as increase more customers to make regular purchases of new products. In this case, you can try to consider providing discount offers for buyers who decide to subscribe to your products or services.

That way, you can more easily automate sales and help customers to save more in terms of expenses made.

10. Offer Discounts Or Promotions

Offering discount promos is one way you can do to get an increase in turnover. Where this method has been carried out for quite a long time by business people and this method has also proven to be able to attract the interest of potential buyers to make purchasing transactions.

That way, your product sales turnover will also increase. There are many ways to promote discounts that you can do, starting by taking advantage of social media or even through email marketing or via short messages.

11. Offer a New Payment Method

The next way to increase turnover is to introduce new payment methods that can make customers feel more comfortable. Currently, there are many choices of payment methods that can be used for your business.

Therefore, you can also start adapting it to the trends and needs of customers. That way, customers will feel more comfortable and safer when making payments for their purchase transactions.

12. Improve Brand Reputation

The last way to increase turnover is to increase the brand reputation of the product to be of higher quality and closer to existing customers. In this case, you can increase interaction with customers, provide brand awareness and build excellent relationships with customers.

Where when the reputation of the product brand that you have has started to improve, the business that you do will also be more easily trusted by everyone. That way, potential buyers will no longer hesitate when making a purchase transaction for your product.

Causes of Declining Sales Turnover

As explained earlier, the main goal of business processes is to get turnover and profit. Until now, many business people have done it to increase their sales turnover. Whether it’s a gradual but stable improvement process or a significant increase over a certain period of time.

Basically, business people will avoid a decrease in sales turnover. A decline in sales turnover that declines not only disrupts the company’s operational processes as a whole, but can also threaten the sustainability of the business that is being run.

Actually, the decline in sales turnover did not just happen. The reason is, there are several initial causes that can lead to a decrease in turnover that becomes more serious, although some cases show that turnover can just happen, for example, such as the economic crisis and pandemic.

However, most of the causes of a decrease in sales turnover are small mistakes that are underestimated until they have a big impact. Well, some of the reasons for the decline in turnover are as follows.

1. The occurrence of decreased product quality

One of the causes of the decline in sales turnover is the decline in product quality. Declining product quality will make buyers lose their trust and not make the purchase process or repeat orders.

The decline in product quality can also be influenced by many things. It could be because the quality of the ingredients has indeed decreased, there has been a change in employees who were previously very good at product management and so on.

Indicators of product and service quality must always be owned by the company. In addition, companies must also always ensure that product and service quality indicators must always be met. Where when you have got a large number of customers, then the product quality factor must also be maintained so that customers do not move to other competitors.

2. Product Prices Are Less Affordable

Product prices that are difficult to reach by the target market make a product experience a decrease in purchasing power. If the company really has to increase the price of a product, try to increase it by a number that can be achieved by the target market.

Of course the process of increasing the price also without the need to reduce the quality of the product. Another alternative that companies can take is to provide discounted promos for other products. That way, even if you increase product prices, you still won’t lose business customers.

3. Less Creative Marketing Techniques

Not only in terms of products, marketing techniques that are monotonous or do not keep up with the times will also be able to reduce sales turnover. Currently, there are many media that can be used for promotional containers. Even so, promotional techniques must also be done creatively. The more creative you are in the promotion process, the more potential buyers will be curious about your product.

Well, those are some reviews about turnover. Starting from the difference between turnover and profit, tips on increasing turnover to several things that affect a decrease in sales turnover, have been explained above. Hopefully all the discussion above can add insight and also be useful for you.

If you want to find books on economics or entrepreneurship, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Hendrik Nuryanto

Source:

https://sinaumedia.com/literasi/omset-ada/

 

Trading Company Accounting Cycle – Establishing a trading company is often an option for business people to expand their business to a larger scale. Of the many knowledge that must be learned before starting a company, accounting is very important to understand. Interested in learning about the accounting cycle of a merchandising company? Read the following article to the end. 

In general, the accounting cycle of a trading company can be done by making financial reports for a certain period. This calculation starts from recording transactions, preparing financial reports, to closing the balance in the reversing journal. That way, it will be much easier for you to find out between the company’s profits and losses.

Let’s take a closer look at the discussion below. 

What Is a Trading Company?

A trading company is a company whose main business is buying goods from suppliers and then selling them back to consumers. This product without the process of changing the shape of the goods. For example, supermarkets and grocery stores to meet daily needs.

The accounting procedures of a merchandising company are in fact no different from those of a service company. This profit and loss calculation is calculated by reducing costs in order to get the overall income from sales for a certain period.

To be able to learn various techniques and ways to record trading company financial transactions to become financial reports that can later be used as a basis for making decisions, Sinaumed’s can read the book Introduction to Accounting 2 Trading Companies .

These costs include the start of the cost of goods sold and also costs during operations in that period. This overall income includes all business activities which are related to sales and administration activities throughout the company.

Example of a Trading Company Book

One of the books that can be used as a companion in studying the accounting cycle of trading companies is Introduction to Accounting 2 Trading Companies .

This book contains information about techniques and easy ways to record financial transactions at trading companies. The method is also presented more easily, especially in recording during report preparation.

The financial statements will be used as a basis for consideration in making decisions. Not only discussing the preparation techniques, this book also contains how to make control devices or commonly referred to as ledgers and journals in each department.

Apart from these accounting books, sinaumedia still has recommendations for other financial accounting books

 

 

Trading Company Accounting Cycle

The accounting cycle of a trading company is the process of making the company’s financial statements within a certain period of time. Generally, calculations will start from collecting transaction data to preparing company financial reports to continue closing balances

 

1. Record transactions in the General Journal

Recording all transactions in the general journal is the first stage of the trading company accounting cycle. This is done to compile all business activities and events in the enterprise system. The goal is that all data is successfully entered with an equation and is easier to process.

Discussion regarding the accounting cycle of trading companies which is one of the absolute requirements for corporate accounting learning outcomes can also be found in a book by Sigit Hermawan, et al entitled Accounting for Service, Trade and Manufacturing Companies .

Business events that occur during one accounting period, the entry of data will be recorded in the general journal. It is useful to convert it to the accounting equation form. For example, when a company buys a new vehicle it reduces the cash account.

2. Recording in the Helper’s Ledger

Completed data is entered into the general journal, then this entry needs to be posted and transferred to the general ledger account. The goal is to record all changes during a related period.

The general ledger account will categorize these changes, debits and credits in a particular account. The goal is that management has information as a budgeting goal.

Complete discussions regarding financial management in the short, medium and long term can also be found in the book Financial Management for Companies which is divided into ten interesting discussions.

3. Make Unadjusted Trial Balance

The meaning of an unadjusted trial balance is all business accounts that appear in the financial statements before adjusting entries are made. Hence, making it referred to as an unadjusted trial balance. This is the third step of the merchandising company accounting cycle.

If all journal entries have been recorded in the general ledger, then you can create an unadjusted trial balance. Posting accounts in the unadjusted trial balance is easy and simple. 

Generally, all accounts that have debit balances are listed in the left-hand column and accounts that have credit balances in the right-hand column. Today, almost all companies use a computerized accounting system that makes work easier. 

4. Adjusting Journal

Meanwhile, an adjusting journal is a journal entry designed and prepared at the end of the period. The goal is to correct the account before making financial statements. This adjusting entry is the step most often used to apply the matching principle to the total income and expenses of a company during a certain period. 

So, both the company’s income and expenses can be balanced. There are three types of expenses in a certain period, so they must be included in the adjusting journal entries. Starting from early payments, accruals and non-cash expenses. 

All three must adjust between income and expenditure, so that it is in accordance with previous usage.

4.1 Accounts Requiring Adjustment

There are some accounts that require adjustment only at the end of the period. So not everything needs to be adjusted. The first is the equipment account, requiring this step due to usage. Then the expense account is paid in advance.

Prepaid accounts must go through adjustment stages because the time is due. Next there is a fixed asset account because it has experienced depreciation. Meanwhile, the income account also needs to be adjusted because there is income that has not been taken into account.

Expense accounts also require adjustments because there are still expenses that have not been calculated or payments that have not been processed. Furthermore, revenue accounts are received at the beginning, as time goes by or hand it over to the customer.

4.2 Example of Writing an Adjustment Journal

There are several examples of writing adjusting journals below which can be used as references when writing them. Writing adjusting journals depends on the type of each account, here’s a full review:

1. Supplies Account
The supplies account shows that the temporary balance is IDR 500,000. Meanwhile, the data for the end of the period actually shows that there is still Rp. 200,000 left over. The analysis shows that the amount of consumables is calculated in the load debit column, which is IDR 300,000. Furthermore, it is recorded in the equipment expense account in the amount of IDR 300,000 in the debit column. Then it needs to be reduced by the amount of the account in the amount of IDR 300,000 and so on it is recorded in the credit column in the adjusting journal.

2. Insurance Account
Prepaid insurance account shows that the temporary balance amounted to IDR 360,000. Meanwhile, the data at the end of the period shows that if the amount of insurance is due, it is Rp. 120,000 in a period of 4 months. The analysis carried out shows that the insurance paid in advance will be written down as assets. Meanwhile, the adjusting journal is the total amount of the expense, which is IDR 120,0000 in the debit column. Furthermore, in the insurance account of IDR 120,000 in the credit section.

3. Equipment Account Equipment account
shows a balance of IDR 3,000,000. While at the end of this period there is a depreciation of 10% so it needs to be recalculated so that it becomes real data after being depreciated. The analysis carried out shows that the depreciation of 10% needs to be multiplied by IDR 3,000,000 so that it becomes IDR 300,000. The writing will be entered into the equipment depreciation expense in the debit column. Meanwhile IDR 300,000 is written in the accumulation account at the end of the column.

4. Revenue Account
The services revenue account shows that the amount is IDR 1,800,000. Final data for this period shows a total of IDR 200,000 of services to customers that have not yet been completed. The analysis shows that the service revenue account has not yet become revenue of IDR 200,000. This is because the work for customers has not been done. So it is necessary to reduce the service revenue account by IDR 200,000 to be recorded in the debit column. Next, record in the account column the income received in advance in the amount of IDR 200,000 in the credit section.

5. Trial Balance Has Been Adjusted

Previously, the trial balance itself was a list of account closing balances from the General Ledger on a certain date and was the first step before entering into the preparation of financial statements. While the NSSD or adjusted trial balance has several differences.

1. What is meant by an Adjusted Trial Balance
   An adjusted trial balance is a list of all accounts and balances in the general ledger after adjusting entries have been made in the previous accounting period or have been posted. Generally, its creation also has several purposes, as is the case with the review in the next point. The difference between an adjusted trial balance and a trial balance in general is in the amount of the balance. Especially when accounting adjustments are completed.

2. What is the Purpose of an Adjusted Trial Balance
   The preparation of this trial balance has several important purposes. First, which is the first step in preparing financial reports. This tool is an internal document or working paper which will later be used by accountants when preparing various matters, especially reporting. An adjusted trial balance ensures that all debit entries and credit entries have similar or balanced values. This step was taken to suit the double entry accounting concept . That is, any discrepancies or imbalances must be traced before the financial statements are finalized.

 

6. Make Financial Reports

Financial reports are important, especially for actors in the field of big business, especially companies. Nevertheless, the preparation of financial reports also needs to be made as much as possible by small-scale business entities. The reason is, this one device must be made in each accounting period.

Financial statements can be likened to the heart of the company. So every entrepreneur needs it in the hope of being able to find out the actual financial condition. Another goal is to assess performance in the current year so that it can help make the best possible decision. 

Several accounting applications can now be used to prepare financial reports more easily and practically. More specifically, financial statements are considered as a summary of a record of all financial transactions for a certain financial year or period. Learn how to make a good financial report through the Trading Company Accounting book below.

6.1 How to Make Financial Reports Easily

Preparing these general financial reports starts with preparing some information at once. Starting from the balance sheet, income statement, cash flow statement, retained earnings report. All of these become important components in the accounting cycle, because they are used as the goal of financial reports.

In other words, the existence of financial reports and the accounting cycle process will focus on providing useful and useful information. Especially for external users in the form of reports. This statement is the final product of the accounting system in any company.

Generally, how to make financial reports must pay attention to several important things and should not be done haphazardly. Especially if all the data is neatly arranged and accurate.

6.2 Creating an Accounting Worksheet

The accounting worksheet is a tool that will later be used to make it easier for accountants to complete the accounting cycle and prepare year-end reports. Some examples are the unadjusted trial balance, adjusting journals, financial statements and others.

This accounting spreadsheet becomes the sheet that will track each step of the cycle. This document generally has five columns, starting with the unadjusted trial balance account and ending with the financial statement section.

In general, accounting worksheets show each step in the cycle side by side. Each of these stages will include debit and credit data. The title consists of the company name, report title and the time period of the document.

 

7. Make a Closing Journal

Closing journals are entries prepared at the end of an accounting period to delete all temporary accounts and transfer balances to permanent accounts. It’s like, a temporary account needs to be closed and rearranged at the end of the year or it can be called closing the books.

This temporary account is an income statement account which functions to track accounting activities during a certain period. For example, a revenue account will record the amount of income earned in one cycle so that it is not based on the period of use by the company.

While the permanent account is a balance sheet account that will track activities which can last longer when compared to the accounting period. For example, a vehicle account is recorded on a balance. This was done because it provides benefits to the company even in the coming year.

7.1 Creating an Income Summary

The summary account is a temporary account which will later be used to store profit and loss account balances as well as income and expense accounts during the closing entry stage. This step is carried out in one accounting cycle.

In other words, the income summary account is only considered a substitute for the account balance. This is also done at the end of the accounting period especially during the closing entry stage being carried out.

8. Trial balance after closing the books

The trial balance after closing the book contains a list of all accounts and also the balance of the company after the closing entry stages for further posting in the general ledger. In simple terms, this data will record all permanent accounts that still have balances.

This existing balance is indeed shown to exist even after the closing entry. This list of accounts is identical to the accounts presented in the balance sheet. This certainly makes sense, because all reporting accounts, especially profit and loss, have indeed been closed and no longer have any remaining running value.

The purpose of preparing a post-closing trial balance is to verify that all temporary accounts have been properly closed. While the total credits and debits in the accounting system already have a balanced value after making closing entries. 

9. Make a Reversing Journal

Reversing journal entries are journal entries prepared at the beginning of an accounting period to cancel and reverse adjusting entries. Previously it had been made at the end of the annual cycle so this step would be the final stage.

This reversing entry is made because the beginning of the previous year and payments at the end will be completed immediately or used during the new year. Then it is no longer recorded as an asset and also a liability.

Reversing journals are also optional so you only need to compile them when you really need them. The need for financial reports certainly does not always require a reversal of journal entries so they must be adjusted.

The entire merchandising company accounting cycle above is a process that can be applied to this business entity. Each stage certainly requires repetition in order to produce financial reports based on various considerations and decisions in running the business going forward. 

Material Related to the Accounting Cycle of Trading Companies

History of Lawang Sewu – The building that stands strong and majestic at the intersection
of five Semarang cities is still the heart of Semarang until now. Lawang Sewu is a silent
witness to history and life across time, cultural developments and changing times. Amidst the
hustle and bustle of an increasingly advanced city civilization, Lawang Sewu still stands static as the
pride of its people in every generation.

Its presence in the heart of the city seems to be a pivot that will always be followed by people who bring
their own stories. Even long distances are often not a problem for those who really want to
witness one of the nation’s great historical heritage.

Even by itself, Lawang Sewu already has a charm that makes many people can’t help but look at it.
The stunning white walls of Lawang Sewu from the front to the rear of the building, the
architectural carvings with a touch of New Indies style are enough to amaze.

The long history of Lawang Sewu also provides a magical and mystical touch, further strengthening the beauty of
this building as a historical place that must be visited.

Lawang Sewu may not be the only historic building in Semarang, but at least there are many stories that
influence the history of railways in Indonesia. Then what about the rumors of mystical stories
that are also believed by the people? Maybe it’s true if not only beautiful history is there.
Therefore, knowing the history of Lawang Sewu might be able to answer your questions.

Get to know Lawang Sewu

Etymology

The name Lawang Sewu which is Javanese means ‘thousand doors’. The name is also a nickname so
that people can pronounce it more easily. In Dutch Lawang Sewu is also called Het
administratiegebouw van de Nederlandsch-Indische Spoorweg-Maatschappij. The building is
actually an office building belonging to the Nederlandsch-Indische Spoorweg Maatschappij (NIS).

Currently this building is an asset owned by PT Kereta Api Indonesia (KAI), which is a museum and gallery to
commemorate the history of railways in Indonesia.

Layout

It is also called Lawang Sewu because there are 429 doors in this building, along with 1,000 tall windows.
The building which has 3 floors is located at Jalan Pemuda, in the middle of Semarang City. The
laying of the first stone was carried out in 1904 and was completed in 1919. However, this building was
opened for use around 1907.

Overall, Lawang Sewu is a complex consisting of two main buildings. Each building has two
buildings A and B, as well as C and D. Building A is a building facing Tugu Muda and has two twin towers.
This first building also mostly uses large stained glass, the main staircase in the middle and the
pathway to the underground passage.

Right behind building A, is building B which has 3 floors. The 1st and 2nd floors are often
used for offices, while the 3rd floor functions as an attic.

History

As with other historic sites, Lawang Sewu is also an old building that has become a silent witness to the
changing times and the civilizations around it. To talk about the history of Lawang Sewu, maybe
we have to go back to 1864 when the Dutch government program wanted to make the first railroad in
Indonesia.

At that time, to travel between cities takes quite a long time. because of that, the Dutch
government decided to build a railroad line to connect Semarang-Solo-Yogyakarta and also Kedungjati to
Ambarawa.

NIS connects Samarang Station and Responsible Station starting in 1864-1867. Initially, the
construction of this railroad line was intended to transport agricultural and plantation products from the
Kraton Solo and Kraton Yogyakarta to the port of Semarang. With the development of this
technology, making the NIS a great success and the increasing number of employees made them decide to build
a new office.

The office they will use for all administrative matters is located on Jalan Pemuda in the city of Semarang.
So that in 1904, the process of building the office building began by appointing JF Klinkhamer and
BJ Queendag as planning coordinators, and selecting Cosman Citroen as the architect for the building.

Through a gradual development process, the Lawang Sewu building was finally completed in 1918. This building
became the headquarters of the private NIS Railway Company, but when the Dutch withdrew and the government was
taken over by the Japanese in 1942.

So that in 1942-1945 the Lawang Sewu building became the Ryuku Sokyoku Office (Japanese Transportation
Bureau). The Japanese did not only use Lawang Sewu as a transportation office, but also used
the basement as a prison for executions. Then in 1945, in October to be precise the Dutch
government wanted to retake the Semarang area, causing a war that succeeded in making the Japanese
withdraw.

After the war, this building finally changed again to the DKARI office (Djawatan Kereta Api, Republic of
Indonesia). However, then the DKARI office had to move to the former de Zustermaatschappijen
office because Lawang Sewu would become the headquarters of the Dutch army in 1946.

In 1994, the Lawang Sewu building was finally returned to PT Kereta Api Indonesia, which was then restored in
2009. All walls were repainted, rooms were cleaned and renovations were made to several parts of the building,
solely because this building has become one of Indonesia’s cultural heritage.

Therefore, in 2011, First Lady Ani Yudhoyono again inaugurated the building which now has the status of a
museum which is a place for domestic and foreign tourism. Now Lawang Sewu is not only a silent
witness to the history of the development of Indonesian rail transportation, but also a railway museum
building which holds many stories and the struggles of our predecessors.

Interesting Facts from Lawang Sewu

Apparently, Lawang Sewu also has some interesting facts, including:

1. Building Design Based on Climatic Conditions

As we know, the Lawang Sewu building has a unique charisma, where everyone who sees it will want to look at
it. Of course, this is not without reason. Lawang Sewu looks luxurious with a
distinctive building design apparently the result of quite a long and detailed thought.

Initially, an architect named P.de Rieu designed the building for the NIS office, but in the end the design
was deemed not good enough so they replaced the architect. The collaboration between Jacob K.
Klinkhamer, BJ Oedang and the easy architect GCCitroen resulted in a large, captivating design.

The Lawang Sewu building was apparently built to suit the needs of workers with the climate in Indonesia
which is tropical and tends to be humid. Therefore, this building has wide and many windows so
that there is good air circulation. As well as many doors that connect rooms to one another to
make it easier for workers to move to other rooms.

Similar to the typical Dutch East Indies colonial building style, Lawang Sewu also has a double gevel roof
type as a solution for much better air circulation. In addition, Lawang Sewu architects adhere
to a distinctive Romanesque Revival style with curved sides at every corner. Not to mention the
twin towers which are also typical of European buildings which are also the icon of Lawang Sewu.

2. Space Plan Adjusting Needs

Behind the magnificent buildings, Lawang Sewu also contains all the needs of local employees.
Where each room in the building has its respective function. Such as buildings for
offices with interconnected doors, so that employees can easily mobilize work.

Large hall room that functions as a conference hall, meetings and various types of events. The
twin towers are the place to store water. When entering the Lawang Sewu building you might be
able to see that the 1st floor houses a museum which contains documentation and also the history of
Indonesian railways. In addition, the Later floor on the second floor contains a hall, and the
recreation and sports halls on the 3rd floor.

3. Contain artistic value

When you enter the old Lawang Sewu building, you might be fascinated by the attractive style of the
building which also has artistic values. Like the stained glass that is placed right above the
main staircase, it has a philosophical value.

The four stained glass ornaments have different values ​​and expectations. The first stained
glass symbolizes the beauty of the land of Java which is full of natural resources. Starting
from the flora, fauna to the produce, the prosperity is described beautifully with a touch of European
style.

The second stained glass reflects the story of Semarang and Batavia at that time, where these two big
cities were centers of maritime activities. Then on the next stained glass is the symbol of a
flying wheel and images of the Goddesses of Fortune and Venus as symbols of luck and love.

In the curved area above the balcony are also sculpted works of art from pottery by HA Koopman.
There is also a small dome above the copper-clad water tower designed by L. Zijl.

4. The story of an urban legend in Lawang Sewu

It cannot be denied, Lawang Sewu is also not far from being mystical. Moreover, the building
had been empty and stalled for a long time, before finally being renovated again. Hearing the
name Lawang Sewu sometimes also makes us curious but also afraid because there are many mystical stories
that have become urban legends and are well known in society.

After NIS left Lawang Sewu, the building was used by the Japanese as an office and also a prison in the
basement. Behind the splendor of this building, Japan also often executed its prisoners, and
dumped their corpses into sinkholes.

Therefore, do not be surprised if Lawang Sewu also leaves a sad and sad story in it. That
there may be more other events that the story doesn’t reveal, makes the back building and the underground
part leave a less pleasant story.

Many believe that there are many sightings and mystical things that happen under Lawang Sewu.
Thus, visitors are not allowed to enter some parts of the Lawang Sewu building for security and
convenience reasons.

5. The Five Day War

The transfer of ownership of the Lawang Sewu building as the NIS office to the Japanese occurred in 1942.
After being owned by the Japanese, in 1945 the youth of Semarang decided to fight over Lawang Sewu.
So that on October 15-19, for five consecutive days the Railway Youth Force (AMKA) fought with the
Japanese army in front of the building.

The Japanese army, numbering around 500,000 people, was in and around the building, while AMKA was across
the street, namely Wilhelminaplein or now known as the Tugu Muda area. The outnumbered AMKA
troops held out for five days though were still ultimately outmatched.

The war that left defeat and sadness made many warriors fall. The brave young man was moved to
be buried in Giri Tunggal, because previously it was only in the Tugu Muda park.

6. Become the Best Photo Spot Place

It is undeniable, the beauty of the old Lawang Sewu building is still stunning to be the best photo
backdrop. The building design is unique and in the style of the Dutch East Indies, making every
corner of Lawang Sewu look charming. Starting from the front building which shows how the
building looks like a palace, the unique dynamic alleys, to the front garden of Lawang Sewu which is also
often a photo spot, even a place for pre-wedding.

What’s more, the nuance of Lawang Sewu towards dusk with dim orange lights makes the photo mood even more
aesthetic. Even Lawang Sewu is sometimes also the venue for holding events with a semi-outdoor
feel.

7. Lawang Sewu as a
Mandatory Tourist Place to Visit in Semarang

When discussing the city of Semarang, Lawang Sewu is certainly one of the city’s iconic places.
Similar to the mandatory tourist attractions in Semarang, Lawang Sewu is also one of the
influential historical places for the city of Semarang. So, do not be surprised if you visit
Semarang City, all tourists will visit Lawang Sewu at least once. Witness the nation’s
historical heritage that should not be missed.

Iconic Places in Semarang Besides Lawang Sewu

Besides Lawang Sewu, several other iconic places are also treasures of Semarang City that you shouldn’t
miss. For example, the Old City of Semarang, which is a beautiful area typical of the Dutch
East Indies, is the same as Lawang Sewu.

This Old City was once a trading area used by the people of Semarang from the 19th to the 20th century. In this
area there is also the Vijhoek Fort with its main street called Heerenstraat.

Not only Dutch heritage, the city of Semarang also has the iconic Sam Poo Kong on Jalan Simongan, Bongsari.
As one of the largest pagodas in Semarang, Sam Poo Kong is also a legacy of a Muslim Chinese
admiral Cheng Ho, who is also known as Sam Poo.

Not only those three historical places, but Semarang also has more interesting tourist spots such as the
Great Mosque and other places that are suitable for hanging out. If you have plans to visit the
city of Semarang, you can look for various recommendations for places to hang out, historical places that
must be visited, even culinary tourism typical of Semarang. All the recommendations you can
find in this book!

Conclusion

The history of railways in Indonesia is perhaps still rarely known. Because Indonesia itself
has a long history, especially if you want to discuss each region.

Therefore, studying history in general is not enough to make us understand how big this nation is, and the
many things it has gone through. Lawang Sewu, which is a silent witness to the long history of
the city of Semarang, is also evidence of developments in a civilization.

From the history of Lawang Sewu, we learn that all the technological advances and conveniences that we
experience today are not just the result of thousands of trials. But also the hard work of our
predecessors who fought in development, power struggles and sacrifices.

In the end, when time has passed, the price of an achievement can only be understood by studying history.
From there we are able to fix things that were missed in the past.

Thus the discussion about the history of Lawang Sewu along with interesting facts. Hopefully
all the discussion above can add to your insight.

If you want to find various kinds of books about Semarang, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com.
To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that
Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Examining the Example of the First Human on Earth, Namely Prophet Adam AS –When talking about the figure of the prophet Adam AS, surely the first thing that comes to our heads is the figure of the first human created by Allah SWT. Prophet Adam was told that for the first time he did not directly live in the world, precisely on earth, but Prophet Adam AS was first created and lived in heaven, but because he violated Allah SWT’s command not to eat the forbidden fruit of khuldi and when he ate it because of the devil’s instigation at that time, Prophet Adam expelled from heaven and thrown to earth to account for his mistakes and to ask forgiveness from Allah SWT. Prophet Adam as the first human figure on earth is also the forerunner of the modern human population to this day because with his partner Siti Hawa he has offspring and that makes humans continue to regenerate to this day.

Even though the mistake made by the prophet Adam AS was a grave sin because he violated God’s commandments, he soon realized and asked for His forgiveness and promised never to repeat it. The story of the transgression of the prophet Adam and his repentance also makes a valuable lesson for mankind because after all as a human being we will never escape the mistakes and sins that were intentionally or unintentionally committed. The story of Prophet Adam contains many valuable lessons. Especially about the value of obedience to the almighty. Starting with the story of the prophet Adam and Eve in heaven. Until their story on earth with children. The value of servant obedience to the Creator is intertwined in his story.

For this reason, it is very important for us to examine the example of the story of the Prophet Adam AS itself as a lesson for us.

Furthermore, the discussion regarding the exemplary Prophet Adam AS has been presented below!

History of the Prophet Adam AS

The story of Adam in the beginning of his creation begins with God creating the universe, including animals and plants. Allah created the universe and everything in it in six days. On the seventh day, God stopped and sanctified that day.

In the Qur’an, the story of Adam’s creation begins with a conversation between Allah and the angels. Allah said that He wanted to create people who would act as caliphs (leaders, rulers, decision makers) on earth, and the angels answered: “Are you going to make people who will destroy and shed blood there, while we glorify You and sanctify Your name?”

Both biblical sources and the Koran state that Adam was formed from clay. The Bible says that man was created in the image and likeness of God to rule over livestock and sea and air creatures. The Bible says that Adam was created on the sixth day. After that, God created a garden in Eden and put Adam there to take care of it.

It is said in the hadiths that Adam was created from clay taken from different parts of the earth, therefore his descendants have different skin colors. When the spirit blew into the earth that became Adam’s body, the spirit started to enter the head and Adam sneezed at that time. When the spirit entered through his eyes, Adam immediately saw the fruit. When the spirit entered his throat, he longed for these fruits. The spirit had not yet reached his feet when Adam ran for the fruit. Another hadith explains that Adam was created on Friday.

Adam was taught names. The Bible explains that Adam was taught to name livestock, wild animals and birds.

The Qur’an says that Adam was taught the names of all of them. Ibn Abbas explains that the point is that Adam was taught names that are widely known to humans, such as animals, earth, valleys, seas, mountains, camels, himaras etc. Mujahid said he meant the names of reptiles, birds and whatnot. This is in accordance with Sa’id bin Jubair, Qatadah and others. Ar-Rabi” said that he meant the names of the angels, whereas “Abdurrahman bin Zaid reported the names of his descendants. Ibn Kathir states that what is meant is the names of animals and their behavior, both small and large.

Illustration showing an angel bowing before Adam. Satan and the jinn as seen by do not bow down. Adam received a similar command and was able to say names. This part of the angels not being able to pronounce names is not found in the Bible.

After that, Allah ordered the angels to prostrate before Adam. After that the angels bowed down, but the devil refused, because he felt that the creation of fire was better than man being created from dust. The devil then bids time, cannot die, and will not be punished until the Day of Resurrection. Some opinions claim that Satan’s prayers were received as a reward for the good deeds and obedience he performed prior to Adam’s creation, which allowed him to live in heaven. Some argue that the devil, formerly named Azazil, used to be the leader of the angels, so he lives in heaven. Another opinion says that the devil is a genie who causes evil on earth, so the angels restrain him. The Bible does not speak of a command to bow down to Adam or an exorcism.

As for the paradise where Adam lived, some scholars say that it is paradise, while others say that it is the garden of the world. Biblical details show that the land of Eden, where Adam lived, was on earth.

Examining the Story of Prophet Adam AS

All Muslims already know the story of Adam and Eve. However, there are still many people who do not know the wisdom of all these stories.

The previous story was about him and his wife living together in heaven. In fact, both of them are very happy and lucky. But Allah SWT told them to enjoy everything in heaven.

However, one thing is prohibited, namely approaching and touching, even eating, the forbidden fruit from the khuldi tree. There will be more stories, especially the example of Prophet Adam As. Here are some examples included:

• Confess Sin and Repent for His Mistakes

The thing that should be emulated from the example of Prophet Adam is to admit sins and immediately repent of mistakes made. When Prophet Adam made a mistake, he did not want to blame other parties. However, he realized that he had made a mistake. Really repent and feel guilty. Even though Prophet Adam made mistakes, he did not give up seeking God’s mercy. He immediately repented and asked for His forgiveness. Both Prophet Adam AS and Siti Hawa understood very well that what they were doing was wrong. Because after all they disobeyed the command of Allah SWT.

Therefore, instead of protesting that they were sent down from heaven to a difficult place like Earth. Both of them even begged forgiveness and sincerely repented to Allah SWT.

Allah SWT heard and accepted the repentance of Prophet Adam AS and Siti Hawa. After that, their sins were forgiven. Then their life will always be better than meeting again and living happily on earth.

Verse 37 of Surah Al-Baqarah says that “Then Adam received some sentences from his Lord, then Allah accepted his repentance. Indeed, Allah accepts repentance, is Most Merciful.”

Some other examples that can be taken from the story of Prophet Adam is that humans must always pay attention to the commands and prohibitions that come from Allah SWT. If there is an order, it must be followed with full obedience. However, if there is a ban also must be avoided immediately. In addition, other lessons can be learned about the need for humans to be vigilant against the devil’s temptations. From the descent of the Prophet Adam to earth to Siti Hawa, it happened because of Satan’s seduction, so that he and his wife were expelled from heaven. Another example is when people encounter mistakes, they have to go back and admit the mistakes. Repent and ask forgiveness from Allah SWT.

• Resist Lust and Temptation

The story of the Prophet Adam AS who was sent to earth with Siti Hawa for violating the prohibition on eating khuldi fruit is probably well known to many people.

Prophet Adam AS decided to disobey God’s command. Satan’s temptation as well as Siti Hawa who was influenced by Satan’s persuasion to persuade Prophet Adam AS to eat the khuldi fruit.

The character of the prophet Adam can also be used as a lesson. Men have three temptations, namely wealth, throne and women. Well, Prophet Adam, like any common man, he succumbed to the temptations of women. Certainly not another woman, but his own wife, Siti Hawa.

He even violated Allah’s prohibition to eat khuldi fruit just because he didn’t want to see his wife angry. Obviously the wrong action to take steps does not harm others, but we are actually sinning against Allah SWT.

Siti Hawa is a loyal and patient woman. He followed Prophet Adam because Allah SWT created him to be with him forever. However, Siti Hawa’s loyalty and patience were shaken when Satan tempted her to eat the khuldi fruit. To the extent that Siti Hawa was angry with Prophet Adam for not wanting to try the khuldi fruit.

This seems to make all the women in the world obey their husbands. If your guy says no, don’t argue with him because something bad will happen. And it is proven that Siti Hawa used satanic seduction to oppose Prophet Adam and Allah SWT, so that she was sent to earth separately from Adam.

The story of Siti Hawa as Adam’s wife gives us a lesson, especially women, that as a good wife, she must not only be faithful to accompany her husband in happy and difficult times, but also must obey her husband if that is indeed a good thing to avoid God’s wrath. SWT.

• Understanding the Meaning of Patience

Understanding the meaning of patience is one of the many examples that we can learn from the story of the prophet Adam AS. Even though he was punished by Allah, Prophet Adam was very patient in living his new life on earth with all its difficulties. He was also patiently waiting for the time when he would meet Eve again. He is very loyal and patient in the test given by Allah SWT.

The next example of Prophet Adam AS was his loyal and patient attitude in facing trials. As a consequence of the actions of Prophet Adam AS and Siti Hawa were sent to earth separately and it took them approximately 40 years before they finally met again and started a family.

This shows the loyalty and patience of Prophet Adam AS and Siti Hawa in facing trials. They were patient and tried to find each other until they finally met.

• Not Complaining about the Trials Received

Not complaining about the trials that exist is another example that we can take from the story of the prophet Adam AS. When his repentance was accepted, Allah SWT raised the rank of Prophet Adam AS. Allah SWT gave prophet Adam (AS) a good life and a high position even though he made mistakes in the past.

This shows that as a person it is better not to complain about past trials. And move on with your life with an open heart. Everyone put your faith in Allah SWT and keep trying at the same time. Because there is always a higher and better place.

For people who are able and successful in passing the test given by Allah SWT. And a valuable lesson that can be learned about the example of Prophet Adam As, namely his repentance. Allah SWT accepted and exalted him (prophet Adam AS) for admitting his mistake, a reward that is appropriate is accepting his repentance.

After realizing his mistake to Allah SWT, he continued to repent. Since then he no longer has the feeling to complain, even to complain about anything.

From this we can conclude that the example of Prophet Adam is very important without underestimating many things.

• Truly in Repentance

God’s anger after seeing Prophet Adam and Eve do something that was forbidden, so God punished them both separately for coming to earth.

And this is the beginning of repentance nasuha. Prophet Adam repented to Allah to be forgiven for all his sins and wanted to unite with Eve. Eve did the same. There is also a prayer that Prophet Adam said when he repented to ask God’s forgiveness:

“Rabbanaa dhalamnaa anfunsanaa wainlam taghfirlanaa watarhamnaa lanakunannaa minal khaasirin.”

Meaning: “Lord, we have wronged ourselves, and if You do not forgive us and have mercy on us, we are indeed among the losers.”

Allah SWT elevates his rank through repentance and responsibility. You can get the lesson easily from here.

It all depends on the existing teachings and advice. So from these different circumstances you can feel the importance of keeping the faith. Don’t let your mistakes continue without regret. There are still many things in the story of the fall of Prophet Adam As that cannot be denied. So if you are wrong, repent immediately. Also try not to find fault with others. This is an example of Prophet Adam As.

Conclusion

So a brief discussion of the exemplary story of the prophet Adam AS. Not only discusses the history of the Prophet Adam AS, but also discusses what examples we can take from the story and character of Prophet Adam AS. Read and imitate the story and character of Prophet Isa AS. teaches us to always do good and be patient with every test given by Allah SWT.

Biography of Tan Malaka and His Books – The name and life story of Tan Malaka is
legendary. Tan Malaka was declared a National Hero by President Soekarno through Presidential
Decree Number 53 which was signed by Soekarno on March 28, 1963.

So legendary, the life story of a man whose full name is Sutan Ibrahim and whose title is Datuk Tan Malaka has
been researched by a historian from the Netherlands named Harry Albert Poeze for decades.

Harry Albert Poeze did not only examine Tan Malaka through colonial archives around Leiden and Amsterdam,
the Netherlands. However, Poeze also visited countries where Tan Malaka had stopped besides
Indonesia, such as America, England, France, Germany, Russia, and the Philippines. Poeze even
ventured to Russia to track down the Comintern archives about Tan Malaka in Moscow,
Russia.

Then, what about Tan Malaka’s actions and biography and his books? Check out the following
article, Sinaumed’s !

Floor gymnastics equipment – Floor gymnastics is one of the sports that people often do indoors. This floor exercise is performed on the floor and generally uses a mat as the base. Because it is suitable to be done indoors, you need to try this floor exercise as an alternative exercise if you cannot exercise outdoors.

However, before you try this floor exercise you need to recognize and understand floor exercise. In the following, several discussions regarding floor exercise have been presented, starting from the understanding of floor exercise, the tools for floor exercise, to various types of floor exercise and their movements.

Definition of Floor Gymnastics

Floor gymnastics is a type of floor exercise that is liked by many people, because this sport has good benefits for the health of the body. These benefits include maintaining balance, burning fat, training focus, and many others.

Based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), the definition of floor gymnastics is gymnastics that demonstrates acrobatic movements by following the rhythm of the song. Where, floor exercises prioritize balance, flexibility, strength, and flexibility. In doing floor exercises, a room measuring 12×12 meters is usually required.

Remembering the main elements in floor gymnastics movements consist of rolling, jumping, jumping, until resting in the air. So, it takes a room that is large enough to do the floor exercise.

Quoted from the basic forms of gymnastic movements by Sapto Adi, that the meaning of floor gymnastics in general is gymnastic exercises performed on a mat. Floor gymnastics has elements of movement such as rolling, spinning in the air, and so on.

This type of floor exercise is also known as free practice because gymnasts do not have to use special equipment. Sometimes gymnasts use tools in the form of arrows or ribbons to improve movement function, but they are not required. Movement can still be done even without assistance.

Definition of Floor Gymnastics Based on Experts

In addition to the general understanding of floor gymnastics, floor gymnastics also has several meanings based on several experts, including the following:

1. According to Merriam & Webster

According to him, floor gymnastics is a branch of gymnastics competition which is divided into ballet and flexible movements, for example jumping handstands and somersaults which can be done without tools.

2. According to Muhajir

Quoted from Muhajir on a site called siat.ung.ac.id, floor gymnastics is a sport that has elements of movement, for example rolling to a bouncy house, balance jumping and jumping which is done on the floor.

3. According to Budi Sutrisno

Budi Sutrisno, said that floor gymnastics is a part of artistic gymnastics and a sport that relies on the activities of all limbs.

History of Floor Gymnastics

Quoted from the britanica site, floor exercise was introduced at the 1936 Olympics for men. Meanwhile for women it was introduced at the 1952 Olympics. Floor gymnastic activities for men and women are routinely different. In the men’s category, the duration of floor exercise ranges from 50 to 70 seconds of movement. Meanwhile, for women, the duration of floor exercises ranges from 70 to 90 seconds per movement accompanied by music.

Meanwhile, according to the Gymmedia website, floor gymnastics entered the world-class competition at the 1930 World Championship in Luxemburg. Where, previously this floor gymnastics was developed from free gymnastics using hand tools.

Floor gymnastics itself is actually known in Italian acrobatics. In 1599, a book called Arial Jumpa published in France contained the Italian acrobat. The acrobatic routine described in the book is performed on the floor. Archange Tuccaro is known as a figure who developed acrobatic movements.

Floor Exercise Tool

In order to do floor exercises, several tools are needed to support the success of floor exercises. Here are a number of tools in floor exercises, including:

1. Floor

As the name implies, floor exercises certainly require the main tool, namely the floor. The floor used for floor exercises has a size of 12 meters x 12 meters. It should also be noted that the floor should be smooth and non-slippery to prevent injury.

2. Saddle Horses

The second floor exercise tool is the Saddle Horse. This one tool has a function to train jumps. The shape of this tool is similar to the holder on the horse’s back.

3. Single Cross

The tool for the next floor exercise is a single bar. The tool is used to support a variety of challenging movements. The height of this single bar is adjusted according to the movement it performs.

4. Bracelets

Bracelets are also one of the tools used for floor exercises. This tool has a height of 2.8 meters to 3 meters with a diameter of 13cm. This tool will be connected by two ropes so that the gymnast can depend on the tool. Where, the distance between the bracelets is 50cm.

5. Mat

The tool in floor gymnastics that is no less important is the mat. Where, the mattress has a function as a base so you can avoid injury.

Various Floor Exercises

Floor gymnastics is divided into movements that can be done using tools and without tools. So, here are the various floor exercise movements quoted from Sapta Adi in the combined basic forms of gymnastics.

1. Forward Roll Movement or Forward Roll

This forward roll or forward roll is done by rolling forward in the order that the body parts touch the floor starting from the nape of the neck, back, waist and back of the pelvis.

2. Back Roll or Back Forward Movement

This second movement is done by rolling backwards in the order that the body parts touch the floor starting from the hips, back, back, back of the head, and both legs.

3. Standing Movement With Head or Headstand

This one movement is in the form of standing upside down with the head and both hands as the foundation.

4. Standing Movement With Both Hands or Handstand

The movement of standing with both hands, also known as a handstand, is an inverted standing position with both hands as a pedestal.

5. Bolster Lenting (Neck Spring)

The bolster movement is done by bouncy forward and upward starting from the forehead, then to the head, shoulders, waist, hips, and both legs and arms also bouncy upwards. then this movement ends with both feet landing together.

6. Movement of Kayang (Bridge)

The Kayang movement is a movement that is performed by stretching and lifting the abdomen and pelvis in an inverted position. Starting in a lying position, raise your stomach and pelvis together. Then the body rests on the hands and feet.

7. Movement Somersault or Summer Vault

Somersault is a jumping movement by rotating the body in a sequence like rolling or rolling.

8. Movement Jumping Tiger or Tiger Sprong

This Tiger Jump Movement or Tiger Sprong is done by jumping over objects with the arms extended forward and the body stretched out straight when jumping.

9. The Straddle Vault Movement

The Kangkang Jump Movement is a movement that is carried out by jumping over objects such as the Sprong Tiger but the position of the legs is opened to the side when jumping.

10. Stut movement

Stut movement is a movement that begins with a sitting position on the mat with your feet together or lying on your back. Then, proceed by lifting both legs back and both feet back and both hands resting on the mat at the sides of the ears. The final position is called a handstand.

The Benefits and Movements of Floor Gymnastics

Floor exercise has many benefits for the body, both physically and mentally. Physically, floor exercises are very useful for maintaining muscle strength, increasing body flexibility, and burning fat in the body.

Meanwhile, mentally floor exercises have the main benefit of regulating emotions. Because in doing floor exercises, patience and accuracy are needed so that the movements carried out are according to standards.

So, what are the basic movements in floor gymnastics? Here are eight floor exercise movements that you need to know, including:

1. Forward Roll Movement or Forward Roll

Forward Roll Movement or Forward Roll is a forward rolling motion that eats the upper part of the back of the body in the form of the nape, back, waist and back of the pelvis. Forward roll exercises can be done in 2 (two) ways, namely forward rolls starting with a standing attitude and starting with a squat.

Steps to Perform a Forward Roll with a Standing Prefix

– Stand straight, arms straight beside the body.
– Raise both hands forward, bend over, put both palms on the mat, straight leg position.
– Elbows to the side, put your head between your two hands.
– Touch your shoulders to the mat.
– Then, roll forward.
– Fold your knees, pull your chin and knees to your chest with your hands embracing your knees.
– The final attitude of the front roll is squatting then standing straight.

Steps to Do a Forward Roll with a Squat Prefix:

– Starting with a squatting attitude with both feet together, putting your knees to your chest, and both hands resting in front of your toes about 40cm.
– After that, bend both hands, place the pudak on the mat by determining the head and chin to the chest.
– Continue by using a forward rolling motion.
– When your hips touch the mat, hold your shins with both hands towards a squat position.

2. Back Roll Movement or Back Roll

Back roll or back roll is rolling the body backwards with the body position still having to be rounded, namely the legs are folded, the knees are still attached to the chest, and the head is bowed so that the chin is attached to the chest.

Steps to Perform a Back Roll:

– Squat position, feet together, and heels lifted.
– Head down, chin pressed to chest, then legs refuse to go back.
– When your back touches the mat, both hands are folded beside your ears and your palms are facing the top to be ready to refuse.
– The legs are immediately swung back over the head assisted by both hands resisting strongly and the legs are folded so that the toes can land on the mat in a squatting position.

3. Roll Back Movement

Resilient roll is a movement of bending the body upwards in front caused by the throwing of both feet and the repulsion of both hands. This elastic roll exercise is divided into 2 (two) types according to the foundation, namely resting on the back of the neck and head.

Steps to do a bend neck roll:

– Starting position lying on your back or sitting on your back
– Roll backwards, legs straight, feet near the head, arms bent, hands resting beside the head, thumbs close to the ears.
– Roll forward accompanied by prodding the limbs up in front, the hands reject the body flying and bowing, the head is passive.
– Land with your feet together, push your pelvis forward, body arch your arms straight up.

Steps to Perform Head Resilient Rolls:

– Bending resting on the feet and forming an equilateral triangle, the back is perpendicular, the legs are tight and straight, the toes are resting on the floor.
– Rolls backwards accompanied by prodding of the limbs simultaneously with the hands pushing as hard as possible, the passive head of the body flies and bows.
– Land with your feet together and your arms up.

4. The Kaya movement

Kayang is a movement with the position of the feet resting on the four points in an inverted state by stretching and lifting the abdomen and pelvis.

Steps to Do the Kayang Movement:

– The initial attitude is standing, and both hands rest on the hips.
– Then, the legs are bent, the syllables are bent, the head is folded back.
– Both hands are rotated backwards so that they touch the mat as their support.
– Body position curved like a bow.

5. Standing Using Hands or Hand Stand

Standing using the hands or hand stand is an upright attitude by relying on both hands with the elbows straight up. The thing that you must pay attention to when doing a hand stand is that it must be done on a hard or flat base so that it is balanced.

Steps to Do the Hand Stand Movement:

– The initial attitude is standing straight, one foot slightly forward.
– Bend the body, hands resting on the mat shoulder-width apart, then look slightly forward, buttocks pushed as high as possible, the front legs are bent while the back legs are straight.
– Swing the back leg up, and tighten the stomach muscles.
– The two legs are tight and straight, are in line with the body and arms, then the view is between the support of the hands, then the body is extended upwards.

6. Standing Using Head or Head Stand

Standing using the head or head stand is an upright attitude resting on the head and both hands with the elbows bent and the palms as the trick. Similar to the hand stand, the head stand movement must also be carried out on the ground or pedestal so that it can rest in balance.

Steps to Do the Head Stand Movement:

Standing with the head is an upright attitude by resting on the head and supported by both hands.
– The initial attitude of bowing rests on the forehead and hands. Where, the forehead and hands form an equilateral triangle.
– Lift the legs up one by one at the same time. To keep the body from rolling forward, the pelvis is forward, and the back is arched.
– Ends in an upright posture, and legs together straight up.

7. Squat Jump Movement

The movement technique for the squat jump is basically the same as the Kangkang jump. Because the training stages are the same, namely prefix, repulsion, passing through the box and landing.

Steps to Do a Squat Jump Movement:

– The start is done by running as fast as possible and the body is leaning forward
– Both feet are resisting on the take-off board accompanied by swinging the arms up, the body is flying and the hands are resting on the base of the crate, the arms are straight, the eyes are in front of the hands.
– Immediately both hands refuse with all their might, knees folded to the chest, straighten the legs when they are folded to the chest, straighten the legs when they are above the end of the crate.
– Land on your toes, knees flattened, and arms extended upwards.

So, those are some explanations regarding floor exercises. Starting from the general understanding, the understanding according to experts, the tools in floor gymnastics, and other things related to it. Hopefully the above information can be useful for readers.

Characteristics of the Tonsils – Inflammation of the tonsils or tonsillitis is a condition when the tonsils become inflamed or inflamed. This condition is generally experienced in children aged 3–7 years. However, inflammation of the tonsils can also occur in adults, especially in the elderly.

The tonsils or tonsils are two small glands in the throat and have a function to prevent infection, especially in children. However, as you get older and your immune system gets stronger, the function of the tonsils then begins to be replaced and their size will slowly decrease.

Then, do you already know what is meant by tonsils? So, in this article, we will discuss more about the tonsils and how to treat tonsillitis. So, keep reading this article to the end, Sinaumed’s.

Meaning of Tonsils

 

The tonsils are actually not a disease but two small glands in the throat area. In children who don’t have strong body defenses, this one organ has a function to prevent various infections that can occur in the body.

But as time goes by and the immune system in children gets stronger, its function begins to be replaced. In fact, it can cause inflammation of the tonsils in a person.

Tonsillitis has recognizable symptoms. The most visible common symptom is swelling of the tonsils. In addition, there are several other symptoms that also accompany it, including fever, cough, hoarseness, headache, and bad breath.

In addition, this disease will also cause white or yellow spots on the bulge in the throat area. Sufferers will also feel a stiff neck, pain in the ear area, and a feeling of difficulty swallowing.

For some children who suffer from this disease, usually they cannot explain and also describe the pain they are suffering from. Even so, you can also recognize the symptoms from the behavior they show, such as being more fussy, not wanting to eat, and also drooling frequently. If the child or yourself experience some of these symptoms, it’s a good idea to see a doctor immediately, so they can be treated properly.

Characteristics of the Tonsils

Symptoms that may arise from inflammation of the tonsils can vary, ranging from symptoms that are quite normal and commonly encountered, symptoms that are not normal, to symptoms that require medical treatment as soon as possible. For more details about the characteristics of normal, abnormal tonsils and requiring doctor’s treatment, we will discuss this point.

Characteristics of Normal Inflamed Tonsils 

In fairly common conditions, inflammation of the tonsils can heal on its own without the help of drugs. The time needed for the tonsils to heal is approximately one week.

Even so, of course these symptoms may cause uncomfortable feelings, especially on the third to fifth day since the tonsillitis first occurred. The characteristics of the tonsils about inflammation which are quite normal can be known, including:

1. Sore throat, especially when he is swallowing food.
2. The tonsils or appear swollen and reddish in the throat area are also filled with pus-filled spots.
3. Prolonged fever and chills.
4. Pain in the head area, earache and neck pain.
5. The body easily feels tired and has difficulty sleeping.
6. Coughs.
7. Swollen lymph nodes.

Characteristics of Abnormal Inflamed Tonsils 

In addition to the characteristics of normal tonsils, when you are experiencing inflammation it is very possible that you will then experience symptoms or characteristics that are not normal or are less common. Some of the cases of abnormal tonsillitis include:

1. Nausea and vomiting
2. Stomach ache
3. Difficulty opening the mouth and changing voice
4. Bad breath
5. Hairy-looking tongue

Characteristics of Inflamed Tonsils That Need to Be Examined Immediately 

If you or your child experience the symptoms of the tonsils that will be mentioned, you should immediately contact your doctor to then get a deeper examination. The symptoms or characteristics of inflamed tonsils to watch out for include:

1. Sore throat that is being experienced does not go away.
2. Painful and very difficult to swallow.
3. The fever continues to rise.
4. Stiff neck.
5. The body becomes weaker, tired and cranky quite badly.

In addition, symptoms of inflammation of the tonsils which then require action from the emergency department as soon as possible are as follows.

1. The patient becomes increasingly difficult to breathe.
2. Sufferers become very difficult to swallow.
3. Patients who can not control the secretion of saliva.

After knowing the definition and characteristics of the tonsils, to find out more about the tonsils, we also need a diagnosis of inflammation of the tonsils. With this diagnosis, someone will know whether the inflammation of the tonsils they are experiencing is dangerous or not. So, keep reading this article until it’s finished, Sinaumed’s.

Diagnosis of Inflammation of the Tonsils 

In diagnosing inflammation of the tonsils, the doctor will then start by examining the throat, as well as asking questions about the symptoms being felt. If this inflammation is caused by a bacterial infection, usually the symptoms can include swollen lymph nodes in the throat, spots of pus around the tonsils, and/or fever.

Meanwhile, if the inflammation of the tonsils is caused by a viral infection, the symptoms that appear are then considered to be milder than a bacterial infection, and are often accompanied by symptoms of cough and runny nose. Usually the diagnosis is made, such as:

Further tests in the laboratory, such as a blood test, are usually needed by a doctor to then determine whether the sufferer also has various other conditions, such as glandular fever. In most cases, inflammation of the tonsils will usually heal within one week, and rarely progresses to a serious condition.

Steps to Overcome Inflammation of the Tonsils

If the inflammation of the tonsils that occurs is severe enough, the doctor will usually then take medical action, including:

Home Care 

Inflamed tonsils can be treated with home remedies so that they recover quickly. Some home care strategies that need to be done include:

1. Get plenty of rest.
2. Drink plenty of water to prevent dehydration.
3. Make sure the room is kept moist.
4. Take lozenges to soothe sore throats.
5. Avoid secondhand smoke.
6. Consume foods and drinks that provide comfort, such as broth and warm water mixed with honey.
7. Gargle with salt water to relieve sore throat.

Administering Antibiotics 

The next treatment for inflammation of the tonsils is to take drugs. As it is known that inflammation of the tonsils is then caused by a viral or bacterial infection, usually the doctor will prescribe antibiotics for you. The type of antibiotic given is generally penicillin for inflammation of the tonsils due to infection with group A Streptococcus bacteria.

Meanwhile, for inflammation of the tonsils that is not caused by a virus, the sufferer then only needs limited medicine to relieve the symptoms they are experiencing. These drugs include paracetamol or ibuprofen as pain relievers and reduce fever due to inflammation of the tonsils.

Operation 

In some cases, someone who suffers from tonsillitis will usually be directed to perform surgery in the form of removing the tonsils. The operation given by this doctor aims to treat inflammation of the tonsils that is quite chronic or inflammation of the tonsils caused by bacteria that cannot respond to antibiotics.

Inflammation of the tonsils that recurs too often and may require surgery, here are some characteristics of the tonsils that need surgery:

1. Tonsils that continue to occur more than seven times a year.
2. Tonsils that have continued to occur more than four to five times a year in the previous two years.
3. Tonsils that have continued to occur more than three times in one year in the previous three years.

Having a tonsillectomy will also allow someone with tonsillitis which can trigger the following complications:

1. Episodes of intermittent breathing during sleep (obstructive sleep apnea disorder).
2. Difficulty in breathing
3. Difficulty swallowing food, especially meat and other thick foods
4. An abscess that doesn’t respond to antibiotics.

You can do all the steps to overcome inflammation above. However, as previously explained, if the symptoms of tonsillitis are increasingly disturbing, you should immediately consult a doctor.

How to Distinguish Tonsillitis and Sore Throat 

Did you know that tonsillitis and strep throat can occur together and what’s the difference? Here’s the full explanation.

In fact, a person can experience tonsillitis and strep throat at the same time. However, there are still differences in symptoms between the two. If you don’t understand which one you are experiencing, then you should immediately consult a doctor and do the recommendations the doctor has given, such as taking regular medication and getting enough rest.

Tonsillitis itself can be caused by group A Streptococcus bacteria, which are then responsible for strep throat as well. However, you can experience tonsillitis due to bacterial infections as well as various other viruses. In addition, inflammation of the tonsils (tonsillitis) which attacks the tonsil glands, namely glands which then function as the body’s defense system.

Meanwhile, strep throat or pharyngitis is a disease that occurs due to inflammation in the throat area.

Here are some ways to differentiate tonsils and strep throat.

Appearance Features

However, in some aspects you can still see the difference. For example, in tonsillitis, redness will appear in the tonsil area, whereas in strep throat, only red spots appear in the mouth area.

Symptoms

Inflammation can cause a variety of symptoms such as fever, neck stiffness, abdominal pain, and white or yellow discoloration on or around the tonsils. Meanwhile, strep throat causes a higher fever, aching rheumatic pain all over the body, nausea and vomiting, so that the tonsils appear red swollen with white streaks of pus.

If you experience one or more of the symptoms as mentioned above, then you should immediately consult a doctor.

Closing

Basically, the tonsils are one part of the body that is owned by every human being. Then, as previously explained, these tonsils already have a function, which is to ward off germs or viruses from entering the body. However, as we get older, the tonsils in a person will get thinner, so that their function will weaken. Therefore, it will be easier to get tonsillitis.

Even so, inflammation of the tonsils itself is harmless and some are dangerous. Apart from that, inflammation of the tonsils is also caused by a virus which can make it difficult to swallow food. If inflammation of the tonsils is increasingly interfering with your activities, you should immediately consult a doctor to get further treatment.

This is a discussion about the meaning of tonsils, the characteristics of tonsils, and how to distinguish tonsillitis from strep throat. Hopefully all the discussion above is useful and can add to your insight.

Maintaining the health of the body is practically a must. If you want to find books about body health, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Source: from various sources

Recommended Related Books You Must Read

99 Frequently Asked Questions Ears, Nose, Throat

Based on the author’s experience as an ENT specialist for 4 decades, many questions and statements from patients or patients’ parents are the same again. This means, ENT problems are actually still a problem that is often faced by many people.

• Do all tonsils need surgery?
• If my child doesn’t hear enough, does he sneeze?
• Doc, I have sinusitis, every morning my nose is blocked

This book contains 99 questions and answers about the Ear, Nose and Throat (ENT). It is discussed simply and uses everyday language so that it is easy to understand. Reading it will make you feel as if you are in a doctor’s office, and ask directly what complaints you have.

Let’s Treat Your Ears, Nose and Throat

Have you taken good care of your ears, nose and throat? Why do you have to be careful when cleaning your ears? In this book, you will know that ear, nose. And the throat is related, you will also know what things are harmful to the nose, how to deal with a nosebleed, and much more. Come on, take care of your ears, nose and throat so that they are always healthy! In this series, there are four books. The other titles are Let’s Take Care of Your Teeth, Let’s Take Care of Your Eyes, and Let’s Take Care of Your Skin.

 

Comprehensive Textbook of ENT-KL Science Ear, Nose, Throat, Head-Neck

The Comprehensive Textbook of ENT-KL Science was written by Indonesian ENT-KL experts with their respective fields of expertise. The book covers basic theories regarding ENT-KL to clinical aspects in the field of ENT-KL. Basic theories such as anatomy, physiology to pathology are presented systematically in easy-to-understand language. Clinical aspects such as clinical examination, health sciences, and ENT-KL disease science contained in this book can be used as a reference for medical students, general practitioners, ENT-KL PPDS, and ENT-KL specialist doctors in comprehensively understanding ENT-KL science.

 

Getting to Know Digestive Diseases: Gastritis (Stomach Disease)

Digestive organ disease or digestive system that is often found is gastritis. Gastritis (dyspepsia / ulcer disease) is inflation or swelling of the gastric mucosa. The mechanism of mucosal damage results from an imbalance between digestive factors such as gastric acid and pepsin with mucus bicarbonate production and blood flow. The main causes of gastritis are infections (bacteria and viruses), irritation of the lining of the digestive organs which can be caused by drugs, alcoholic beverages, excessive gastric acid excretion, chronic vomiting, and ingestion of poisons.

 

Minimalist Bathroom Design Toilet Seat – Bathroom needs cannot be separated from human life. In fact, almost every building in this world has a bathroom. Starting from a bathroom with a squat toilet to a bathroom with a sitting toilet.

Not only that, you know, even for the design of each bathroom the longer it gets better. Both bathrooms with a relatively large width to even small ones can all have quite varied designs.

If you want to have a different bathroom design but don’t know where to start. So this article will provide reviews related to tips or recommendations for minimalist bathroom designs, toilet seats, and other things related to the bathroom.

Toilet Seat Design Recommendations

It is undeniable that every human being has a different sense of comfort. Even for bathroom design needs, everyone can have different wishes. Because it has to do with convenience.

So it’s no wonder that everyone builds a bathroom with the design or feel they want. Now the explanation below can help you in choosing the desired bathroom design.

1. Bathroom with Natural Shades

If indeed you are one of those people who get bored easily. So you can also use natural nuances in the bathroom. This natural nuance can be helped by adding ornamental plants to the inside of the bathroom.

Besides that, there are natural stone ornaments. Where the addition of this natural stone can also make the bathroom look more elegant and easy to make the mind fresher.

Even for natural stone maintenance, you only need to use lacquer paint so you can avoid moss, mold and weathering. In order to make it look brighter, the application of a clear ceiling combined with a large lamp is the best choice.

2. Bathroom With Patterned Shades

A bathroom with a sitting type toilet can indeed give a luxurious impression. Especially if the presence of a sitting toilet is combined with a bathtub or shower. However, when you want to do that.

So a partition or a vague boundary is needed between the bathing area and the toilet area. The goal is so that water does not easily enter and also does not become muddy. To avoid feeling monotonous and boring.

You can use floor tiles with patterned models. This will still be able to make an elegant impression on the bathroom that you make.

3. A Bathroom With a Touch of Barrel

Although mostly barrels made of natural rock or cement are often used in squat toilet bathrooms. But there’s nothing wrong if you want to use a barrel combined with a toilet seat.

Then for the floor you can try granite or patterned ceramics. This way you can get a mix of modern and traditional nuances. You can also get a different impression with this mixed nuanced bathroom.

4. Bathroom 1×1

Not all bathrooms have a wide enough area. Some people who decide to make a bathroom in must be smart to find the right size. Most of the sizes used are 1×1 m.

With such a small size, you can actually get comfort, you know. Starting from the arrangement of the sink can be placed on the back of the bathroom door. Furthermore, on the inside of the bathroom, a different room is made.

One room for defecating and the other for bathing. In the bathroom, the floor should be made higher so that the water does not come out. Then in the section where the toilet is placed, a drainage hole should be provided in the middle area. This is intended so that there is no standing water in the bathroom.

5. Aesthetic Bathroom

You can also create an aesthetic impression in the bathroom. You can try this bathroom with an aesthetic feel by applying a hanging bathtub. Then for the toilet seat, you can give a wallpaper to make it prettier on the cover.

You can also give a minimalist shelf that can be used to store bathroom necessities such as towels and others. Then for the walls and floors you can use ceramic granite and ceramic motifs.

6. Bathroom 2×1

Not only with a size of 1 × 1 m, but the size of 2 × 1 m for the bathroom is currently also one of the trends that is often the choice of homes with a minimalist design. Of course, with this size, you can really remodel the interior design that is combined with the toilet seat.

It is better to place the toilet in the middle between the bathroom and the sink which is behind the door. You can also choose the color theme you want to use on the walls. It can also be a monochrome theme or it can be a modern theme.

If you choose to use a bathroom with a monochrome theme. Then try to place an ornamental plant so that the impression of comfort is getting more and more. You can also add a frame in certain parts.

7. Simple Bathroom

If you are one of those people who likes simple things. Then you can also create a simple nuance in a residential bathroom. But in this case the color combination you choose also needs to be considered.

Or you can also use two ceramic motifs that are mixed and matched to stay in harmony. Then for the tub, you can try using a unique shape like a barrel made of natural rock. With this concept, simple nuances will be more easily realized.

8. Bathroom 2×3

A bathroom with a size of 2×3 m is quite large. With that size you can try to put a bathtub in it. Laying the bathtub can be in the corner of the bathroom room.

Then for others is the selection of ceramic colors. You can try to choose according to your taste, such as white or blue. Next, give a touch of ornamental plants in the bathroom. These plants can be placed hanging.

9. Modern Nuance Bathroom

Talking about the toilet seat, it turns out that it cannot be avoided with a modern impression. Although to create a modern feel does not always require a large enough area. Because even with a small room, you can easily make a modern impression.

In this modern bathroom, it will usually be divided into two models of rooms separated by glass. This room is the wet part for bathing and the dry part for defecating. With the separator, the water will not pool in other areas.

Besides that, usually bathrooms with modern nuances also often use additional touches of wood in them. You can make a shelf for bathroom furniture with wood base materials.

10. Luxury Bathroom

Of course, if you hear the word luxury, you can mean that everything can give a different impression. You can try choosing vintage, rustic colors or a touch of European accents.

Bathrooms with luxurious nuances also need to be given other touches, from glass, sinks to special bath furniture storage areas.

With 10 recommendations for minimalist bathroom designs, you can say that it will make it easier for you to create a room full of comfort. But also make sure that the theme chosen is in line with the funds you have.

If the funds and the theme you choose are indeed no problem. Then the process of decorating or renovating the bathroom space will also be smoother, of course. Especially if you also read other types of designs such as the explanation listed in the book entitled “75 Favorite Bathroom Designs,”

Tips for Choosing a Sitting Toilet

The increasing need for toilet seats has made many toilet manufacturers compete to produce their best results. But of the many sitting toilets that are sold in the market. Of course, to choose the best sitting toilet, tips are needed.

If you don’t know what tips are needed in choosing a toilet seat. So the explanation below can really help.

1. Pay attention to the size and shape of the toilet seat

Until now, the toilet seat has received various kinds of developments. Value from shape, size to design of the toilet seat itself. Of course, the size and shape can be adjusted to the size of the bathroom you have.

If you have a bathroom with a minimalist size. Then the choice of a round or elongated toilet seat is the one that can be used. However, for a fairly large room size, you can use the full sitting toilet option for aesthetics.

Then don’t forget to check the size of the toilet seat. Because this is related to the distance between the toilet and the bathroom wall.

2. Features Offered

Next are the features offered by the toilet seat. The more here it turns out that the development of toilet seat production is also increasingly diverse. Like some toilet seats that already have additional features that are quite useful.

An example is a toilet seat with automatic deodorizer features, temperature control, automatic sensors and dryers. But you also need to know that for each feature offered, the price will vary.

Therefore you also need to pay attention to the availability of funds you have. If there are insufficient funds. Then an ordinary sitting toilet is the best choice. Even though it’s normal, the function of the toilet seat itself can still be useful.

3. Type of toilet

Until now, it turns out that there are various types of toilet seats sold in the market. Of course, ordinary people don’t really know the types of toilet seats. But at this point you can read a brief explanation regarding several types of toilet seats.

1. A toilet without a water tank at a more affordable price. In this type, you still need dipper assistance for the exhaust system.
2. Secondly, there is a mono block toilet which offers a simple concept.
3. Third, there are two-block toilets with a lighter weight than the others.
4. Finally, there is a hanging type of toilet seat. This type of toilet also looks more luxurious and easier to find in public places such as malls and hotels.

4. Know the Watering System

There are also various choices for flushing systems from the toilet seat. Starting from the watering system with the help of a dipper, single flush to dual flush. For single flush, it only has one flush button.

Meanwhile, two flushes mostly save water usage. Because this type of watering system is already in a regulated condition.

5. Exhaust System

Paying attention to the exhaust system is also very important, you know. Because this is also related to the pipe installation process. Until now there are at least two exhaust systems that are most widely used.

Wash down is a sewage disposal system by utilizing the encouragement of water sprinkling. In addition, this process also allows dirt to be more easily removed.

Then for siphonic is a sewage process with two working systems. Starting from the withdrawal of dirt and new will be removed with a water boost system from the tank.

With the help of the five tips above, of course, it will make it easier for you to get the best quality toilet choice. The toilet that you choose can be applied to the design examples in the book entitled “Idea House Series – 62 Bathroom Designs,”

Tips for Cleaning Sitting Toilets

Having a toilet seat also requires routine maintenance so that there is no disease transmission. Even so, not everyone knows how to properly care for a toilet seat. As a result, the quality of the toilet seat has decreased.

To make it easier for you to clean the toilet, use the tips below.

1. Pour the cleaner on the toilet

Before stepping into this first stage. First make sure you have used various kinds of personal protection. From masks to rubber gloves. Because the toilet seat is an area that has a lot of germs.

If you have, you can start by preparing a toilet cleaning liquid and then pour enough on the toilet seat area to be cleaned. You can also use a brush or brush to evenly distribute the liquid in certain parts of the toilet to be cleaned.

2. Shut up for a few minutes

After the process of pouring liquid into the toilet seat is complete. So you can wait a few minutes in advance. This is done so that the toilet seat liquid can work properly to kill germs or bacteria.

3. Start scrubbing with a brush

When the liquid has finished pouring. Then you can move on to the next stage, which is to start scrubbing the toilet with a toilet brush. Or in certain parts that are difficult to reach and have stubborn stains.

So you can try to use the help of an old toothbrush to make it easier to clean stubborn stains in the toilet seat area.

4. Spray with Disinfectant

The last is to spray disinfectant on the toilet seat. This is done so that the toilet remains clean without any stains. You can use it on the outer walls, edges and toilet seats.

Do some of the tips above when you want to clean the toilet seat more easily.

Book recommendations

In order to master the design of the parts of the house to be even better. There’s nothing wrong with using a reading book as a reference. You can try reading a book entitled “Diversity of Sitting Room Designs” created by Mala Silviani Winda Meiliana.

The book with the title “Variety of Sitting Room Designs” was released in 2020 and published by Transmedia Pustaka publishers. The total page of this book is 120 sheets. Meanwhile, the price offered is Rp. 42,000.

Get the book “Variety of Sitting Room Designs” more easily at the nearest sinaumedia bookstore. Or you can also buy through the sinaumedia.com online site.